о
667
?.
963/64-
964/65
UNIVERSITY OF
WICIПTA
BIENNIAL CATALOGUE
1963-1964
1964-1965
WICHITA, KANSAS
JULY, 1963
...
&
~ ,..
("'\
а
"
~
о
~
~
и
о
z
г­
а::J
,_. !--' )> /\)
~
'8 '8 /\) ~ tl
~~
~
0\0\
\.Л ~
~
(t
>
.,....
,:.
U'1
В>
1Л
lr
U"I
University of Wichita
1-
Prcsident\ llomc
2 - Beta Theta Pi Fra1er11it)
3 - Communicatioo' Buildin~
4 - Commons Building
5 - H eorion (;)·mna,iun1
6 - Power Plant
7 - Art BuildinJ.:
8 - Fiske Hall
9 - Science Building
10 Jardine Hall
11 - Mшri son
Hall
20 - Alpha Chi Omega Surority
21
ISA Hou~e
12 - 1"ine Art' Center
1 .~
- l' ield
14 -
Ноще
\'c:teraлs
22 - Psycholoю · LaЬoracor)'
Field
1S Carnpus Лc1ivi1i e" Center
16 - Induшial Arts Вuilding
17 - Political Science Building
18
!)elta Delta l)e!ta Sororit)'
19 - Gamn11 Phi Beta Sorority
All corr••pondente should
Ье
23 - Oelta Gamma Sorarit)
2{ -- Alpha Phi Sororit)·
25 - Grace \Vilkie llall
26 - Grace Wilkie Шning llall
27 - - Frank А. Ncff Hall
28 - Math an~I Physics Вui lding
Campпs
29 30 31 32 33 3i
.~5 -
АЫаh Libr&r) Building
Central Heating Plant
Engineering Building
lngineering Researth
.\ 7 - Four·
1
38 - Ph)si
39 - Rc:.~·
L
Fngiлeering Lalюraюry
ROTC Armory
Walter Н. Deech Memorial
Wind Tu.o nel
36 · - Jet Cell
10 - Police • <.<•1ошн1с:•
fl - W ichita Water Depc. Tower
·f2 - Brennan Residcnce Halls
·Н - Phi Delca 11ieta Fraternicy
44 - Sigma Phi Epsilon Fraterлicy
1'5 - l)clta Upsilnn Fratemicy
diretled to the opproprlote Oeon or other Univenity oflicer ot the Univen ity of Wichito, Wichita 8, Konsos
ruЫi 1h•d Ьу
the WU
ruЫlt
l•lot/...,, 0111<• , f l•••
Но//
UNIVERSITY OF WICHITA
BIENNIAL CATALOGUE
1963-1964
1964-1965
Universlty of W/chita
Thirty-eighth and
Thirty-ninth
Sessions
and
Fairmount Col/ege
Slxty-seventh and
Sixty-elghth Sessions
СА
July, 1963
This catalogue becomes etfective
Thiв
catalogue
iз
SeptemЬer
for information only and does not
conвtitute а
\Z_
3- \ 8 .l ~\ ~(; \
W~4 v
..?8& 3~-t-h
\~ь 3/ь1 - \~Б1/ь5
JUL 29 '6Э
1, 1968.
contract.
.....
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Раgв
Calendar for 1963-1964
2
Board of Regents . ...........................
3
Administrative Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
University Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
The University of Wichita
Descript ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adm.iзsion Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tultlon ............... ....................
Fees . .....................................
General Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Requirements for Graduation . . . . . . . .
Honors and А \vards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foundations for Religiouз Education . . . . . . . . .
Student Personnel Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
18
14
14
15
15
18
19
20
26
26
28
University College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Requjrements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SO
Courses ........... .. .............. ... ...... 33
Fairmount College of LiberaJ Arts and Sciences .
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer of Credit Within the University .....
Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Departments, Majors, Minors, Courses:
American Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Biology ... ............................ . ..
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English Language and Literature . . . . . . . . .
F1·ench ................ .. ........ .... ....
Geology and Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
German ....... ....... ....... ....... ..... .
History .................................
ltalian .. ........... ..... ............. . ..
Jour nalism ................... ... ........
Latin and Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mathematicв
.. ... .. ... ... .... ... .. .. ... .
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics ....... .... .. .. ........ ...... .....
Police Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religious Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sociology and Anthropology ................
Social W ork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spanish .................. ..... .. .... .....
Speech ................. .. ... ... .. ..... ...
S4
84
36
36
88
39
40
41
43
43
45
45
46
46
48
48
50
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
58
Ра.gв
College of Business Admi11isL1·ation and Indust1-y. .
Requirements .............................
Course W ork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curricular Emphases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Associate of Applied Science Degree . . . . . . . . .
Departments, Majo1·s, Minors, Courses :
Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Administ1·ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Economics ...............................
Sec1·etarial T1·aining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60
College of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accreditation and Ce1·tification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requir·ementз . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Teaching Fi e ldз . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Departmental Majo1·s and Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Departments, Majors, Minors, Courses:
Teacher Education Cuпicula ..... ..... . ....
Administ1·ation and Cu1·1·iculum . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ai1· Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Art Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational Psychology .. ......... ........
Elementa1·y Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indust1·ial Education ...... ...... ..........
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Logopedicз . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Military Science ........... ....... ........
J\.Iusic Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education, Health, and Recreation ..
Secondar·y Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Social and Philosophical Foundations
of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student P e1·sonnel and Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . .
68
68
60
61
61
62
62
63
65
66
68
69
72
72
72
72
73
73
74
74
75
75
77
78
78
80
81
81
College of Fine A1·ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Department of Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Requi1·cmcnts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Cou1·ses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
School of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Requi1·ements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Applied Music Regulations ................. 87
Major, l\fino1·, Courses . ............ .... 87, 88
School of Enginee1·ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curricula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Departments, Courses:
Ae1·onautical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Enginee1·ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engineering Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indust1·ial Enginee1·ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mecbanical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanics and Mate1·ials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
91
91
93
93
94
95
95
96
97
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
lndex ....................................... 99
CALENDAR FOR 1963-1964
1963
September 9 through 11,
:Мonday
through Wednesday .................. Pre-Freshman period
Entrance tests for freshmen who have not taken them previously
September 11, 12, 13, 14 Wednesday through Satu.r day ..... . .. Registration for First Semester
Septernber 16, Monday ..................................................... C!asses begin
October 26, Saturday ... ... .. ....................... .... Final day fo1· removing incompletes
November 8, Friday ............................. . ..... . .... ............ Mid-term repo1·ts
November 22, Friday . ..... ............ .................. . F'inal day for non-penalty grades
November 28, 29, 30, Thursday, Friday, Saturday . ................ ...... Thanksgiving i·ecess
December 2, Monday .. ........ ... ..................... P1·e-1·egist1·ation for Second Semester
December 13, F1·iday .. ... . .... . ..... ..... . ....... . ....... . .. .. ..... Pre-registration ends
December 21,
Satш·day
.......................... Christmas i·ecess begins at close of classes
1964
J anuary 6, Monday ....................................................... Ciasses
reвume
January 14, Tuesday ........ .... ..... ......... . .... .... .................... . Classes close
January 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 22, Thu1·sday, Friday,
Saturday. Monday, Tuesday ,~ 1 : •••• • • • • • • • •
•• • • • • • •
First Semester Final Examinations
January 29, 30, 31, Feb. 1, Wednesday, Thursday,
Friday, Saturday ......... .. ....... Counseling and Registra.tion for Second Semeste1·
February 3, Monday ........... .. .... . .... . ....... . .. . .... .............. ... . Classes begin
March 14, Saturday .............. .......... . ... . ..... . Final day for removing incompletes
March 25, Wednesday ............................... Easter recess begins at
сlозе
of
сlаsзез
March 27, Friday ...... ....... .......... ... .... .. ............ . ......... Mid-term reports
April 1, Wednesday .. . ........... .. ...................................... Classes resume
Ap1·il 10, Friday ....... ...... . .......................... Final date for non-penalty grades
April 24 (or
Мау 1),
Friday ................................................ Мау Festival
Мау
22, Friday ... . ........... . .. .... ....... .... .... ........ . .. .... . .. ..... Сlаззез close
Мау
23, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, Saturday, Monday, Tuesday,
Wednesday, Thursday, Friday . ................... Second Semester Final Examinations
June 7, Sunday ...................................... Commencement Exe1·cises, 6 :00
Р.М.
June 15, Monday ......................................................... Summer School
2
UNIVERSIТY
OF WICHITА
ВOARD
S.
UNIVERSIТY
OF REGENTS
(Datв
С.
Brennan
Term expires July 1, 1964
Sidney J. Brick
Terrn ехрi1·ез July 1, 1964
Sam Brolund
Tenn expires July 1, 1964
~lrs. Е. К. Edmiзton
Term expires July 1, 1964
Robert Morton
Term expires July 1, 1964
to
timв
of first appointment)
Aldrich, Benjamin М., Professor of Mechanical Engineering (1956). B.S.M.E" University of Nebraska,
1927; M.S., South Dakota State College, 1934;
Registered Professional Engineer.
Angulo, J . Е" Assistant Professor of Spanish (1961).
B.S., Instituto Santiago de Cuba, 1921; А.В.,
Friends University, 1925; М:.А., University of
Kansas, 1981.
Armstrong, Richard F., Assistant Professor of Sociology (1961). В.А" Arizona State College, 1950 ;
М.А., State University of lowa, 1959.
Clyde М. Reed
State Board of Regents Appointee
ADМINISTRATIVE
ТНЕ UNIVERSIТY
F ACULTY
titlв rвfвтв
Ahrens, Raymond Н., Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Religious Education (1963). А.В" Oberlin College, 1952; B.D., Yale University, 1955.
Gerald F. Byrd
Ех Officio as Mayor of the City of Wichita
Dr. D. Cramer Reed
Term expires July 1, 1964
Paul V. Smith
Term expires July 1, 1964
Additional member to Ье appointed at
following
Bath, Charles F., Assistant Professor of Piano and
Music Literature (1961) В.М., University of
Michigan, 1951; М.М., Eastman School of Music,
1958.
а
later date
Becker, D. Wayne, Instructor in lndustrial Education (1962). В.А., University of Wichita, 1958;
M.S., Kansas State College of Pittsburg, 1962.
Berg, J. R., Professor and Dean of University College and Head of the Department of Geology
(1946). А.В., Augustana College, 1988; M.S.,
State University of Iowa, 1940; Ph.D., ibld., 1942.
OFFICERS OF
Harry F. CorЫn (Resigned)
President
Bergmann, Gerald Е., lnstructor in Aeronautical Engineering (1963). B.S.A.E., University of Wichita, 1961.
Hugo Wall
Dean of the Graduate School and
Director of Summer Session
Bernard, David Е., Associate Professor of Art
(1949). B.F.A., University of Illinois, 1989;
M.F.A., State University of lowa, 1949.
J ackson О. Powell
Dean of the College of Education
Jack D. Heysinger
Dean of the College of Business Administration
James К. Sours
Dean of Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and
Sciences
Walter Duerksen
Вezzi,
Diodato, Associate Professor of Education
(1959). B.S., Michigan State College, 1948; Ed.
М., University of Oklahoma, 1954; Ed.D., ibld.,
1956.
Bish, John Т" Instructor in Biology (1968). B.S.,
Unive1·sity of Wichita, 1962.
Blake, Leslie М., Associate Professor and Head of
Department of Speech (1940). B.S" Kansas State
College, 1987; M.S., ibld., 1939.
Dean of the College of Fine Arts
Kenneth Razak
Dean of the School of Engineering
Blythe, Jack, Professor of Geology (1949). В.А.,
University of Wichita, 1947; M.S., Nortbwestern
University, 1950; Ph.D" University of Oklahoma, 1957.
J . R. Berg
Dean of University College
Josepblne Fugate
Dean of Women
Boardman, Eunice, Assistant Professor of Music
Education (1957). В.М.Е., Cornell College, 1947;
М.М.Е., Teachers College, ColumЬia University,
1951.
Glen Gardner
Тreasurer
John Gaddis
Physical Plant Administrator
Bosley, Elizabeth Caswell, Assistant Professor of
Logopedics (1940). А.В., Friends University,
1988; М.А" University of Kansas, 1935.
Worth А. Fletcher
Registrar
Boughton, Harrison, lnstructor in Voice and Choral
Music (1961). В.А., Iowa State Teachers College,
1956; М.А., University of Denver, 1959.
Laura М. Cross
Assistant Registrar
UNIVERSIТY
OF WICHITA
з
Brandner, Patricia Couger, Instructor in Mathematics (1956). А.В" University of Wichita, 1955;
М.А., iЫd" 1956.
Christian, Robert V., Jr., Professor and Head ot Department of Chemistry (1946). B.S" University
of Wichita, 1940; Ph.D" Iowa State College, 1946.
Bratton, Clayton G., Assistant Professor of Journalism (1956). B.J., Univerвity of Missouri, 1950;
M.S., Univerвity of Kansas, 1956.
Cohen, Вenja.min Bernard, Associate Profeвsor of
Englisb (1960). В.А" University of Maryland,
1948; М.А., iЫd., 1944; Pb.D., Indiana University,
195().
Breazeale, John, Profeвsor and Head of Department
of Phyвics (1959). B.S" Millsaps College, 1947;
M.S., University of Alabama, 1951; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1955.
Brewer, Jeneva J., Assistant Profeвsor of Mathematics (1949). А.В" University of Wichita, 1946;
М.А" ibld., 1949. (Leave of Absence)
Britton, Clark V., Jr" Assistant Professor of Commercial Art (1957). В.А.А., Alabama Polytechnic Inвtitute, 1952; М.А.А" ibld., 1955.
Brown, Quincalee, Instructor in Speech (1963).
В.А., University of Wichita, 1961; М.А" University of Pittsburg, 1968.
BuЫeniec,
Ernest Julian, Assiвtant Professor of
Botany (1961). В.А., Harvard, 1949; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1952; Ph.D" iЫd., 1957.
Buess. Charlee М., Associate Pro!essor of Chemistry
(1961). В.А" Ohio State University, 1942; M.S.,
Western Reserve Univerвity, 1946; Ph.D., Univereity of Southern <:Jalifornia, 1949.
Bunn, Veme А., Associate Professor of Administration (1955). B.S., University of Idaho, 1949;
M.Litt., University of Pitt:sburgh, 1950.
Burgess, Phyllis, Asвociate Professor of Secondary
Education (1957). В.А" Southwestern College,
1982; М.А" Northwestern University, 1940.
(Leave of Absence)
Borke, William Т., Instructor in English (1962). А.В.,
Boston University, 1955; М.А" ibld" 1956. (Resigned)
Collier, James D" Instructor in Mechanics and Materials (1962). B.S" University of Alabama,
1962: м.s" iЬid., 1962.
Comstock, George А" Professor and Coordinator of
Men's Activities and Counseling Services (1953).
А.В" University of Colorado, 1935; М.А., ibld.,
1940; Ed.D., ibld., 1948.
Cook, Everett L., Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering (1953). B.S.A.E., University of
Wichita, 1954; M.S.A.E., iЬid., 1958.
Corbin, Harry F., University Profesзor (1946). А.В.,
Univerзity of Wichita, 1940; B.D" University of
Chicago, 1948; LL.B., University of Kansas,
1949. (Leave of Absence)
Cotter, Cornelius Р., Profeззor and Head of Department of Political Science (1963). А.В., Stanford
University, 1949; М.Р.А., Harvard University,
1951; Ph.D., ibld., 1953.
CowgilJ, Donald О., Professor and Head of Depa.r tment of Sociology and Anthropology (1946) .
А.В" Park College, 1988; М.А. Washington University, 1985; Ph.D" University of Pennsylvania,
1940.
Craig, Andrew J" Associate Professor and Head of
Department of Aeronautical Engineering (1957).
B.S.A.E., Texas А & М, 1952; M.S.A.E., University of Wichita, 1960.
Butler, Earle Н., Assistant Professor and Acting
Head of Department of Industrial Engineering
(1957) . B.S.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1922;
B.S.I.E" ibld., 1922.
Cress, Allan М., Professor and Head of Department
of German (1958) . А.В., University of Illinois,
1942; М.А., ibld., 1948; Ph.D., ibld., 1952.
Carroll, Robert L., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
(1968). B.S., Southeast Missouri State College,
1956; Ph.D., University of Missouri, 1962.
Crockett, Helen, Assistant Profesвor and Assistant
to Dean of University College (1949). В.А"
University of Wichita, 1951; :М.А" University of
Wichita, 1955.
Ceasar, James, Professor of Violin (1949) . В.М.,
Cleveland Institute of Music, 1940; B.S., Western Reserve University, 1947; М.А., ibld., 1949.
Chrisman, Paul G., Assistant Professo1· and Student
Loan Counselor (1955). B.S" Kansas State
Teachers College, Pitt:sburg, 1986; М.А., ibld.,
1941.
Christenson, Donald D., Associate Professor of Administration (1958). B.S" University of Wichita,
1955; M.S., Univerвity of Illinois, 1957; Pb.D.,
iЫd" 1962.
4
UNIVERSIТY
Crossnoe, Тhomas G" Assistant Professor of Art
(1958) . А.В" Peabody College, 1950; М.А., iЬid.,
1951.
Crown, Gary D., Instructor in :Мathematics (1962).
А.В., University of Wichita, 1960; M.S" ibld"
1962.
Cortis, Bruce, Assistant Professor of History (1962).
А.В., Parsons College, 1955; М.А., State University of Iowa, 1958. (Resigned)
OF WICHITA
Cutler, Bruce, Assistant Professor of English (1960).
В.А., State University of Iowa, 1951; M.S., Kansas State University, 1957.
Flemming, David G., Assistant Professor of Speech
and Drama (1953) . В.А., Adelphi College, 1951;
:М:.А., Cornell University, 1953.
Davenport, John Е., Major, U. S. Air Force, Assistant Professor of Air Science, (1959). В.А., University of Indiana, 1949.
Fletcher, Worth А., Registrar and Professor of Chemistry (1927). В.А" University of Indiana, 1925;
М.А., iЫd., 1926; Ph.D., ibld" 1927.
DeMarco, Barbara, Instructor in French (1962). В.А"
Smith College, 1961; М.А., University of Arkansas, 1962. (Resigned)
Ford, William R., Professor of Electrical Engineering (1961). B.S.E.E" Kansas State University,
1942; M.S.E.E" ibld" 1948; B.S. in Вuв. Adm"
ibld" 1950.
Fortney, Kenneth R., Jr., lst Lieut. U. S. Army,
Assist.ant Professor of Mi!itary Science (1962).
В.А" University of Wichita, 1959.
Dent, William С., Asзistant Professor of Accounting
(1962) . B.S.B.A., University of Arkansas, 1954;
М.В.А" ibld" 1959; С.Р.А. Certidcate, Texas.
Dick, Harry R., Associate Professor of Logopedics
(1963). B.S" University of Nebraska, 1952;
М.А., ibld., 1953; Ph.D" Washington State University, 1957.
Frazer, Robert W., Profeвsor and Head of Department of Пfвtory (1946). А.В" University of
Callfornia at Lов Angeleз, 1936: :М:.А" iЫd" 1940;
Ph.D" ibld" 1941.
Distler, Donald А., Assistant Professor of Biology
(1963). В.А" University of Louisville, 1952;
м.s., ibld" 1957.
Fugate, Josephine В., Professor and Dean of Women,
(1955). А.В., University of Kansas, 1924; М.А"
ibld., 1929.
Donaldson, Robert N., Co-Ordinator of Athletics
(1962) . В.А., Kansas State Teachers College,
1944.
Gane, ElizaЬeth Мае, Assistant Professor and Assistant to the Dean of Women (1960); В.А"
Rando!ph-:М:acon Women's College, 1987; М.А"
Syracuвe University, 1959.
Dralle, Lewis А., Associate Professor of History
(1963). А.В., University of Chicago, 1939; М.А.,
University of California at Los Angeles, 1948;
Ph.D" ibld., 1952.
Duerksen, Walter, Professor and Dean of College of
Ffne Arts (1932). B.P.S.M., Unfversity ot Wichita, 1931; М.М., Northweзtern University, 1938.
Dunn, Colon И., Professor and Head of Department
of Electrical Engineering (1959) . B.S., John
Brown University, 1942; М.Е.Е., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1953.
Dunning, Wayne W" Assistant Professor of Chemistry (1961). B.S" Iowa State College, 1952; M.S"
Iowa State University, 1959; Ph.D., ibld., 1961.
Elliot, Patricia, Instructor in Speech (1962). А.В.,
Southwest Missouri State College, 1960. (Resigned)
Ellis, Howard Е., Professor and Chainnan of the
School of Music and Head of Department of
Music Education (1955). А.В., AIЬion College,
1942; М.М" University of Michigan, 1947; Ph.D.,
ibld., 1957.
FarnswortЬ.
David N" Associate Professor of Po!itical Scfence (1956). А.В., University of Wichita,
1953; М.А., University of Illinois, 1955; Ph.D.,
University of Illinois, 1958.
Fife, Natasha Matson. Instructor in Women's Physical Education (1959). B.S" Texas Women's University, 1958.
Fitzgerald, Wayne М., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering (1963) . B.S.M.E., Oklahoma State University, 1958; M.S.M.E" University of Wichita,
1962.
UNIVERSIТY
Garinger, Ermal Е., Instructor in Spanish (1963).
А.В. & B.S" Marion College, 1946; М.А., ВаВ
State University, 1952.
Gardner, Dorothy, Associate Professor of Spanish
(1947). А.В., Park College, 1936; М.А" University of Alabama, 1947; Ph.D" University of California, 1961.
Genova, Anthony С., Jr., Assistant Professor and
Head of Department of Philosophy and Religious Education (1962). А.В" University of
Chicago, 1957; Ph.D" ibld" 1958; М.А., ibld"
1958.
Gerhard, Paul F" Associate Professor and Head
of Department of Journaliвm (1949). В.А.,
University of Colorado, 1941; :М.А., iЫd" 1948.
Gerling, Amy G" Profesвor of Sociology (1947).
А.В., University of Wisconsin, 1981: А.М., iЫd.,
1938 ; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1939.
Glenn, William М" Dlrector of Campus Activities
Center, Aвsistant Professor and Counselor in Student Services (1955). А.В. in Education, University of Wichita, 1947; M.S" Kansaв State Teacherв
College, Emporta, 1950.
Goldman, Louis, Assistant Professor of Education
(1962). А.В" University of Michigan, 1950;
М.А., ColumЫa University, 1954.
Gossett, Lucille, Assistant Professor of Eng!ish
(1937). В.А., Baker Univerвity, 1922; М.А" University of Wfchita, 1940.
Gould, J. F., Assistant Profeвsor of Music Education
(1958) . В.М.Е., University of Wichita, 1940;
М.М" Universfty of Southern California, 1952.
OF WICHITA
5
Gray, James, Assistant Professor of American Civilization and Нistory (1963). В.А" Univer.sity of
California at Los Angeles, 1954.
Heysinger, Jack D" Professor and Dean of College of Business Administration (1957) . В.А"
State Univerзity of Iowa, 1947; J.D" ibld" 1949;
L.L.M., Univerвity of Michigan, 1957.
Green, John А., Associate Professor and Head of
Department of French (1963). В.А" Brigham
Young University, 1954; :М.А" iЬid" 1955; Ph.D.,
University of Washington, 1960.
Hines, RoЬert S., Associate Professor of Choral
Music (1961) . B.S., Juilliard Schoo] of Music,
1952; М.М., Univerвity of Michigan, 1956.
Gregor, Norman, Assistant Professor of English
(1963) . В.А" University of Minnesota, 1949;
:М.А" University of Minnesota, 1953; Ph.D"
University of New Mexico, 1956.
Hinton, Evelyn А., Associate Profeвsor of Educational Psychology (1929). Graduate, Columbla
Normal School of Physical Education at Chicago,
1924; А.В" Univerвity of Wichita, 1929; M.S.,
University of Waвhington, 1988.
Griffith, Kathryn, Associate Professor of Political
Science (1949). А.В" Univerзity of Wichita,
1947; М.Р.А" Syracuse University, 1954.
Holloway, Helen, Instructor in Music Education
(1963) . А.В" :МcPherson College, 1932. (Resigned)
Hamilton, Howard В" Professor of Electrical Engineering (1953). B.S.E.E" University of Oklahoma, 1959; M.S.E.E" Univerзity of Minnesota,
1955; Ph.D., Oklahoma State Univerзity, 1962.
Holman, Carol Schowalter, Assistant Professor and
Coordinator of Audio-Visual Services (1942) .
В.М., University of Wichita, 1935; М.М.Е" ibld.,
Hammond, Geraldine, Profeвsor of English (1932).
А.В" University о! Wichita, 1931; А.М" University of Кansas, 1932; Ph.D., University of Colorado, 1944.
Holmer, Robert М., Professor and Head of Division
of Physical Education, Health and Recreation
and Head of Department for Men (1955). B.S.,
University of Kanвas, 1941; M.S., ibld" 1948;
Ph.D" State University of Iowa, 1954.
Hannum, Clair А., Professor of Biology (1946). B.S"
University of Washington, 1923; :М.S" iЬid" 1924;
Ph.D., ibld., 1942.
Hansen, Donald W., Assistant Professor of Speech
(1962). B.F.A., University of Arizona, 1952;
М.А" iЬid.,
1954.
Hanson, Gordon С., Professor of Educational Psychology (1938). А.В., Augsburg College, 1928;
Ph.D., University of North Dakota, 1937.
Hanson, Loring О., Professor and Head of Department of Mechanics and :Мaterial.s (1955). B.S. in
С.Е., University of Kansas, 1928; M.S. in С .Е.
University of Wisconзin, 1932.
Пarder,
Marvin
(1947).
А.,
Professor of Political Science
University of Wichita, 1947; М .А.,
University, 1950; Ph.D., ibld" 1959.
А.В"
ColumЬia
Harnsberger, John L., Associate Professor of History
(1962). В.А., Hamline University, 1948; :М.А.,
University of Minnesota, 1950; Ph.D., iЬid" 1952.
Пecht,
Sabrina l\I" Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1950). А.В., Kansas State Teachers College, Pittsburg, 1939; M.S" University of Michigan, 1945.
Herman, David Т., Professor of Psychology (1949).
А.В" lndiana University, 1940; М.А., ibld., 1942;
Pb.D., iЬid., 1947.
1950.
HoJmes, Lowell D., Associate Professor of Sociology
and Anthropology (1959). B.S., Northwestern
University, 1950 ; Ph.D" ibld" 1957.
Пomburger,
6
UNIVERS IТY
Н.,
Professor
о!
Accounting
Virginia.
Howard, Robert Т., Professor of Mechanics and Materials (1960). B.S., Maвsachusetts Institute о!
Technology, 1942; Sc.D" ibld" 1947.
Пuerta,
Marcelino, Jr., Head Football СоасЬ (1962).
B.S., University of Florida, 1949; М.А" iЬid., 1950.
Irwin, Orvis
(1959) .
С., Research Professor of Logopedicв
В.А., Baldwin-Wallace College, 1914;
М.А., Columbla University, 1924; Ph.D" Ohio
State University, 1929.
Ivey, Frederick
(1962),
А.В.
М., Assistant Professor of German
Tulane University, 1960.
Jabara, Fran, Professor and Head of Depa1·tment
of Accounting (1949). B.S., Oklahoma State
University, 1948; М.В.А., Northwestern University, 1949; СРА Certificate, Kansas.
Jenkins, Alvin W., Jr., Assistant Professor of Physics (1961). В.Е.Е" North Carolina State College,
1951; M.S., iЬid" 1955; Ph.D" University of Virginia, 1958.
Jenningв,
Hermansen, Svend О., Professor of Economics (1955).
М.А., University of Copenhagen, 1947; М.А" University of Aarhus, 1948; Ph.D., Northwestern
University, 1955.
Richard
(1956). J.D., University ot Zurich, 1937; M.S"
Columbla University, 1946. СРА Certificate, West
Vance S" Assistant Professor of Clarinet
and Saxopbone (1953). В.М., Eastman School of
Music, 1950; :М.Еd., University of :Мississippi,
1952; Certificate Ecoles D'Art Americaines FontaineЫeau, France, 1957.
OF WICHITA
Johnson, John W" Jr., Associate Professor of Chemistry (1955). А.В., University of Wichita, 1952;
М.А" ibld., 1953; Ph.D., University of Illinois,
1956.
Lindquist, Emory, Unive1·sity Professor (1953). А.В.,
Betl1any College, 1930; В.А" Oxford University,
1933; М.А., iЬid., 1937; Ph.D., University of
Colorado, 1941; LL.D., Augustana College, 1952.
Jones, Lawrence М., Professor and Chai1-man of
Graduate Studies in Business (1957). B.S., University of Wichita, 1953; М.В.А" Harvard University, 1955. D.B.A., iЫd., 1961.
Lineback, Richard Н" Assistant P1·ofessor of Philosophy (1963). В.А., University of Cincinnati,
1958; М.А., Unive1·sity of Indiana, 1962.
Jones, R. Е. Douglas, Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1962). В.А" University of Oklahoma,
1955; М.А., ibld., 1957; Ph.D" Iowa State University, 1962.
Keith, Bradley F., Assistant Professor of Physical
Education (1962). B.S" Unive1·sity of Kansas,
1953; М.А., Colorado State College, 1959; Ed.D.,
ibld" 1962.
Kennedy, Richard S., Professor of English (1957).
А.В., Unive1·sity of California at Los Angeles,
1942; М.А., University of Chicago, 1947; Ph.D.,
Harva1·d University, 1953.
Kenyon, Grant, Associate Professor of Psychology
(1955). B.S., University of Wichita, 1949; М.А.,
ibld., 1950; Ph.D., Univerвity of Rochester, 1957.
Linscht!id, Harold W., Associate Professor of Mathematics (1958). В.А., Bethel College, 1929; M.Ed.,
Phillips University, 1937; :М:.А., University of
Oklahoma, 1941; Ph.D., iЬid., 1955.
Lucas, Walter А., Associate Professor of Education
(1951). В.Е., State Teacbers College, Fredonia,
New York, 1941; M.S., New York State College
for Teachers, Albany, 1947; Ed.D., University of
Colorado, 1949.
McClelland, William F., Captain, U. S. Air Force,
Assistant Professor of Air Science (1962). В.А.,
University of Kansas, 1953.
McDonough, Donovan, Instructo1· in English (1962).
В.А., State University of Iowa, 1955; М.А., iЫd.,
1959.
Kerr, James L., Professor of Band and Wood,vinds
(1946). B.S. in Education, Kansas State Teachers
College, Pittsburg, 1936; B.S. in Mu.sic, iЫd.,
1936: М.М., Northwestern University, 1948.
McDougal, James R., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering (1961). B.S.E.E., University of
Kansas, 1952; Master's Degree in Electrical
Communications Engineering, Tohoku University,
1957.
Кirkpatrick,
МсКау,
Robert Р., Associate Profesзor of Physical Education and Golf Coach (1949). В.А.,
University о! Wichita, 1941; Ed.M., Boston University, 1948.
Кiskadden,
RoЬert,
Associate Professor of Art
(1949). B.F.A., University of Kansas, 1947;
Ohio Wesleyan University, 1949.
М.А.,
Knapp, Robert К., Assistant Professor of Psychology
(1961). В.А., Kent State University, 1954; М. А.,
ibld., 1956; Ph.D., Michigan State University,
1960.
l{reter, Leo Е" Assistant Professor of Music Theory
and Literature (1960). В.А" Carleton College,
1955; М.А., Cornell University, 1957; D.M.A.,
iЫd" 1960.
Gordon В., Professor and Head of Department of Mechanical Engineering (1959). B.S.M.E"
University of Maine, 1941; M.S., ColumЫa University, 1946; Ph.D" iЫd., 1951.
Ма,
Er-Chieh, Associate P1·ofessor of Mechanics and
Materials (1962). B.S., National Chiao-Tung
Univerзity, 1946; M.S.A.M., Kansas State University, 1959; Ph.D" ibld., 1962.
Mali, Kuldip Singh, Associate Professor of Economics (1968). А.В., Punjab University, 1940 and
University of Rangoon, 1941; М.А., Punjab University, 1944; Ph.D" Indiana University, 1960.
Malone, Henry Н., Assistant Professor of English
and Schola1·зhip Counselor (1948). А.В., University of Wichita, 1932; М.А" iЫd., 1950.
Ladd, Nelson S., Instructor in Physics (1962). B.S.,
University of Wichita, 1961; M.S., iЫd., 1962.
(Resigned)
Marsh, Т. Reese, Professor of English (1943). В.А"
J ohns Hopkins University, 1924; Ph.D., State
University of Io,va, 1933.
Leslie, John Н., Jr., Instructor in Industrial Engineering (1962). B.S.1.E., University of Wichita,
1961.
MerrЩ
Levenson, David, Associate Professor of Stringed Instruments and Music Theory (1948). М.В., МсGШ
University, 1940; :М:.М., Boston University, 1960.
Lewis, Robert W., Professor and Head of Department of Administration (1963). B.S., University
of Kansas, 1952; D.B.A., Harva1·d University,
1960.
UNIVERSIТY
Walter М., Professor and Head of Department of English (1959). B.S.L., Northwestern
University, 1937 ; А.М., Harvard University,
1941; Ph.D., iЫd., 1946.
Meyer, Richard J., Assistant Professor and Dir·ector
of Educational Television (1961). В.А., Stanford
University, 1954; М.А" iЬid., 1961.
Мiller,
Ralph, P1·ofessor of Physical Education and
Head Basketball Coach (1951). B.S., University
of Kansas, 1942.
OF WICHITA
7
Мiller,
William Е., Associate Professor of Logopedics (1949). B.S., University of Wichita, 1940;
М .А., ibld., 1947; Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1950.
MiJlett, John Н., Professor of Political Science
(1957). А.В., Beloit College, 1940; М.А., University of Cincinnati, 1942. Ph.D., University of
Illinois, 1950.
Мinser,
J. Robert, Associate Professor of Voice and
Opera Workshop (1950). В.М.Е., University of
Wichita, 1950; M.S.M.E., University of Illinois,
1955.
Missal, Joshua М., Associate Professor of Music
Theory and Viola (1952). В.М., Eastman School
of Music, 1937; М.М., ibld., 1938.
Mood, Robert Gibbs, Professo1· of English (1936).
А.В,. Southwestern University, 1920; А.М., Columbla University, 1924; Ph.D., University of
Illinois, 1939.
Moorehouse, Melvin Paul, Associate Professor of
Speech and Drama and Assistant to the Dean
of University College (1957). В.А., Westminster College (Pennsylvania), 1935; М.А" Ohio
State University, 1942.
Murphy, Daniel L., Associate Professor of Geology
(1958). В.А., Lehigh University, 1951; М.А.,
University of Missouri, 1955; Ph.D., University
of Michigan, 1961.
NeJson, F. William, Professor of English (1947).
А.В., University of Texas, 1943; А.М" Columbla
University, 1948; Ph.D" University of Oklahoma,
1957.
Netsch, Berbert, Associate Professor of Mechanical
Engineering (1960). Dipl. Ing., Technical University of Stuttgart, 1943; Dr. ТесЬ" Technical
University of Vienna, 1947.
Newman, Arthur Е., Assistant Professo1· of Voice
(1959). New York University; Columbla University; and Juilliard Conservatory.
Nibarger, Agnes, Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1946). А.В" Northwestern State College,
1929; M.S" University of Wichita, 1937; М.А.,
iЬid.,
1951.
Nicholson, GJen 1., Assistant Professo1· of Educational Psychology (1963). В.А., State University
of Iowa 1948; М.А., ibld., 1952.
Nickel, Kenneth N., Professor and Head of Department of Education (1956). А.В., University
of Wichita, 1936; М.А., University of Kansas,
1947; Ed.D., University of Colorado, 1957.
Noah, Calvin, Instructor in Geology (1963). А.В.,
Fort Hays Kansas State College, 1952; M.S"
University of Wichita, 1956.
Noel, О. Carroll, Asзociate Professor of Education
(1950). B.S., Kansas State Teachers College, Emporia, 1927; М.А., University of Wichita, 1948.
8
UNIVERSIТY
Norris, Roy, Inst1·uctor in Electrical Enginee1·ing
(1959). B.S.E.E" University of Wichita, 1959.
O'Bryant, Joan, Assistant Professor of English
(1948). А.В., University of Wichita, 1945; М.А"
ibld" 1949.
ОЫ,
Enuenwemba, Inst1·ucto1· in Mathematics (1962) .
B.S., University of Kansas City, 1955; M.S"
ibld" 1958. (Resigned)
OhJson, Morton К., Assistant P1·ofessor of Economics (1962). В.А" University of Colo1·ado, 1954;
М.А" University of Nevv Mexico, 1959; Ph.D"
University of Colorado, 1961.
PaJmer, Мartin F., Professor and Chairman of Department of Logopedics (1934). А.В., Olivet College, 1927; М.А., University of Michigan, 1981;
Sc.D., iЬid., 1987.
Parker, AJbert R., Associate Professor of History
(1952). B.S., Central State College, 1935; Ed.M.,
University of Oklahoma, 1941; Ph.D., ibld., 1950.
(Leave of Absence)
Patton, ВоЬЬу R., Assistant Professor of Speech
(1961). В.А" Техаз Ch1·istian University, 1957;
М.А" University of Kansas, 1962.
Pfetfer, Charles В" Assistant P1·ofessor of Enginee1·ing Graphics (1956). B.S., Northeast Missouri
State College, 1936; М .А., ibld., 1949.
Poland, Leo А., Associate Profeзsor of Accounting
(1958). B.S., University of Kanвas, 1947; М.В.А"
Harvard Unive1·sity, 1948; D.B.A., University of
Indiana, 1962.
Porter, Frances, lnstructor in Women's Physical
Education (1962). B.S., University of Michigan,
1936.
Po\vell, Jackson О., Professor and Dean of College of Education (1950). B.S., Southeastern
State College, Oklahoma, 1941; M.S., Syracuse
University, 1947; Ph.D., ibld" 1950.
Pronko, Henry, Professor and Head of Department
of Psychology (1947) . А.В., George Washington
University, 1936; Ph.D., Indiana University, 1942.
Razak, Kenneth, P1·ofessor and Dean of School of
Engineering (1949). B.S., University of Kansas,
1939; м.s" iЬid., 1942.
Reif, Martin А., Asвistant Professor of History
(1959). В.А., University of California at Los
Angeles, 1954; Ph.D., ibld" 1960.
Richardson, William Н., Assistant Professor of
Mathematics (1962). А.В., Chico State College,
1959; M.S., Iowa State University, 1961.
Ricketts, Faye Margaret, Associate Professor and
Head of Department of Secretarial Training
(1981). А.В. in Business Administration, University of Wichita, 1927; М.В.А" University of
Texas, 1932.
OF WJCHITA
Risser, Arthur С., Associate P1·ofessor and Head
ot Department of Engineering Graphics (1951).
В.А" Grinnell College, 1929.
Ritchie, Tom V., Assistant P1·ofessor of Organ
(1962) . В.М" University of Illinois, 1947; М.М"
American Conservatory of Music, 1949; Ph.D"
Univerзity of Indiana, 1960.
Robertson, James Р., Distinguished Professor of
Orchestra and Conducting; Director of University Symphony (1949). А.В" Drury College,
1931; В.М., ibld., 1933; М.А" Teacherз College,
Columbla University, 1944.
Roe, Virginia Dunn, Inзtructor in Secreta1·ial Training (1960). B.S" Northeast U>uisiana State
College, 1959; М.В.А" Indiana University, 1960.
Rogers, Etbel Elizabeth, Instructor in Mathematics
(1958). B.S., Kansas State College, 1946; М.А"
No1·thwestern University, 1950.
Rounds, Harry D., Assistant P1·ofessor of Biology
(1963). В.А., University of Virginia, 1952; M.S"
University of Pittsburg, 1960; Ph.D., ibld" 1962.
Ruchte, Marshall F., Professor and Head of Depart.
ment of Mathematics (1961). В.А., University
of Omaha, 1949; М.А., University of Wisconsin,
1950; Ph.D., ibld" 1953.
Ruoff, James Е., Associate Professor of English
(1960) . В.А., University of Washington, 1949;
М.А., University of Pennsylvania, 1951; Ph.D"
ibld., 1954.
Ryan, Robert 1\1., Associate Professor of Economics
(1946). B.S., Michigan State Normal College,
1934; B.C.S., Detroit Business University, 1936;
М .А" Wayne University, 1946.
Sabus, Francis John, Assistant Professor of Men's
Physical Education (1956). В.А., Iowa State
Teachers College, 1951; М.А" State University
of lowa, 1956.
Sarachek, Alvin, Professor and Head of Department
of Вiology (1958). В.А., Unive1·sity of Kansas
City, 1949; М.А" iЫd" 1950; Ph.D" Kansas State
College, 1958.
Sarin, Irving М., Instructor in Trumpet and EnsemЫe (1960). New England Conservatory of
Music; Boston Conservatory; and Juilliard Conservatory.
Savaiano, Eugene, Professor and Head of Department of Spanish (1946). B.S" Kansas State
Teachers Col1ege, Emporia, 1936; M.S., ibld"
1937; Pb.D" University of Chicago, 1948.
Scha"•acker, Erwin, Ini1tructor in English (1963).
B.S., University of Illinois, 1956.
Scblesier, Karl, Associate Professor of Sociology and
Anthropology (1962). Ph.D" University of Bonn,
1956.
Schmidt, Donnld L" Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1963). В.А., Bethel College, 1953; M.S"
UNIVERSIТY
lo\va State Unive1·sity, 1955; Ph.D" lo\va State
University, 1962.
Schoener, Wilhelmina, Instructor in German (1963).
А.В., Friends University, 1926; М.А" University
of Kansas, 1962.
Schrag, Robert L" Professor of Electrical Engineering (1957). B.S. in Е.Е., Kansas State College,
1945; M.S" Califo1·nia Institute of Technology,
1946; Ph.D" Pennsylvania State University,
1954.
Schultz, George А., Assistant Professor of History
(1959). В.А., Tabor College, 1950; М.А" Uni\•ersity of \Vichita, 1956.
Simon, CJarence Т" Consulting Professor of Depa1·tment of Logopedics (1958). В.А" Wittenberg University, 1919; М.А., No1·thwestern Univc1·sity, 1922; Ph.D" Unive1·sity of Iowa, 1925;
Sc.D" \Vittenberg Unive1·sity, 1954.
Simoni, John Р., Professor of Art (1955). А.В" Colo1·ado State College of Education, 1948; М.А"
ibld" 1949; Ph.D" Ohio State University, 1952.
(Leave of Absence)
Snodgrass, Fritz М., Assistant Professor of Men's
Physica.l Education and Track Coach (1956).
B.S., Kansas Stnte Teachers College, Pittsburg,
1926; м.s" iЬid" 1942.
Snyder, Melvin П., Jr" Professo1· of Aeronautical
Engineering (1947). B.S., Ca1·negie Institute of
Technology, 1947; M.S" University of \Yichita,
1950. (Leave of Absence)
Soper, Fred J., Assistant Professor of Accounting
(1960). B.S., Unive1·sity of Kansas, 1955;
М.В.А" University of Wichita, 1962; СРА Certificate, Kansas.
Sours, James К., Гrofessor and Dean of Fai1·mount
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (1951).
В.А" University of \Vichita, 1949; М.Р.А., Harva1·d University, 1951; Ph.D" ibld" 1954.
So,vards, J . Kelley, P1·ofesso1· of Hiзtory (1956).
А.В" University of Wichita, 1947; М.А" University of :М:ichigan, 1948; Ph.D., ibld" 1951.
Spa.n gler, Eugene С., Associate Professor of Speech
and Drama, Managing Director of Theater Facilities (1947). В.М" University of Wichita, 1939;
M.F.A" State University of Iowa, 1950.
StaЫer,
Robert D" Assistant Professor of French
В.А" Stanford University, 1948.
(1963).
Steffen, Barry Е., Associate P1·ofessor of Administration (1962). B.S" University of Colorado,
1942; м.s" iЫd" 1948.
Steinbauer, Robert А., Associate Professor of Piano
and Music Lite1·atu1·e and Head of Department
of Piano (1959) . В.М" University of Michigan,
1950; М.М" ibld" 1951; Mus.D" University of
lndiana, 1959.
OF WICHITA
9
Strange, John М., Associate Profeзsor of Art (1944).
B.F.A., Univerзity of Oklahoma, 1930; M.S., Fort
Hays Kansas Sta.te College, 1938.
Stringfield, Richard Е" Lt. Col., U.S. Air Force, Professor and Head of Department of Air Science
(1960). Litt.B., Rutgers University, 1939.
Stuart, David О., Professo1· of Mechanical Engineering (1960). B.S.M.E., Iowa State Unive1·sity,
1947: Ph.D., iЬid., 1957.
Swartz, Paul, Profeззor of Pзychology (1956). В.А. ,
University of Buffalo, 1947; М.А., Stanford
University, 1949; Ph.D., University of Rochester,
1951.
Taggart, Gladys Martha, Professor and Head of
Department of Physical Education for Women
(1928). B.S., State University of Iowa, 1923;
М.А" Teacherв College, ColumЬia University,
1928; Ph.D., New York University, 1959.
Tasch, Paul, Professor of Geology (1955). B.S., College of the City of New York, 1948; M.S., Pennsy1vania State Univerвity, 1950; Ph.D" State University of Iowa, 1952.
Taylor, Ross McLaury, Professor and Head of
Department of American Civilization (1939).
А.В., University of OkJahoma, 1930; М .А ., ibld.,
1983; Ph.D., State University of Iowa, 1988.
TealJ, Mary Jane Woodard, Assistant Professor of
Speech and Dramatic Art (1946). В.А., Northwestern University, 1983; М.А" ibld., 1987.
Teare, RoЬert J., Assistant Professor of Psychology
(1960). B.S., St. Louis University, 1955; M.S.,
Purdue, 1957; Pb.D" ibld" 1960.
Teresa, George W" Associate P1·ofessor of Biology
(1963) . B.S., Arkansas А. & М. Col!ege, 1952;
M.S" University of Arkansas, 1955; Ph.D" Kansas State University, 1959.
Terfiinger, Curtis D., Associate Professor of Administration (1957). В.А., University of Kansas,
1953; LL.B., ibid., 1955.
Terwilliger, Gordon В., Professor of Graduate Music
Studies and Piano (1946). В.М.Е., Northwestern
University, 1942; М.А., Columbla Univerвity,
1946; Ed.D., ibld., 1952.
Teufel, Ht1go, Assistant Professor o:f Mathematics
(1963). B.S" University of Kansas, 1955; M.S"
Univerзity of Ne>v Mexico, 1960.
Тhayer, Lee О., Associate Professor of Administration and Psychology (1959). В.А., University of
Wichita., 1953; М.А., ibld., 1956.
Thompson, Gary L., Instructor in Mechanics and
Materials (1962). B.S.M.E., University of Kansas, 1959.
Throckmorton, Helen J., Assistant Professor of English (1954). А.В., Friends University, 1945;
M.Ed" University of Colorado, 1956.
Todd, Richard, Assistant P1·ofessor of History
(1963) . А.В., Sacramento State College, 1952;
B.D., Fuller Theological Seminary, 1955; М.А.,
Unive1·sity of California, 1958.
10
Ungs, Тhomas D., As.sistant Professor of Polit1cal
Science (1960). В.А" Unive1·sity of Iowa, 1951;
М.А., ibld" 1952; Ph.D" ibld" 1957.
Un.ruh, Henry, Jr., Aвsociate Professor of Physics
(1961). В.А., University of Wichita, 1950; M.S.,
Kanвas State Univerзity, 1952; Pl1.D., Case Institute of Technology, 1959.
P1·ofeвso1· of Accoнnting
Bethel College, 1955; М.В.А., University of Wichita, 1959; СР А Ce1-tificate, Kansas.
Voth, Melvin,
(1963).
Assiзtant
В.А.,
Walker, Margaret L., Assiзtant Profesзor of English
(1947). А.В" University of Kansas, 1919; М.А"
Radcliffe ColJege, 1930.
Profeзsor of Political Science, Dean of
Graduate School, and Du·ector of Summer Seз­
sion (1929). А.В., Leland Stanfo1·d University,
1926; Ph.D" ibld" 1929.
WaII, Hugo,
Wal1, Lillian, Aвsistant Professor of Modern Languages (1963). В.А" Kansas Wesleyan, 1932;
М.А., Kansas State Teachers College, Emporia,
1953.
Wallingford, Frances А., Assista.nt Professor of
Piano (1956). В.М., Southwestern College, 1931;
А.В" ibld., 1933; М.М., Univerвity of Wichita,
1956; Certificate, American Conservatory in FontaineЫeau, France, 1928; Certificate, Mathay
School of Music, London, England, 1938.
Watson, Тully F., Profeзsor of Physics (1947). В.А.,
University of Oklahoma, 1928; M.S., ibld., 1930.
Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1935.
Webb, Edgar L., Instructor and Acting Head of
Department of Industrial Arts (1959). В.А.,
University of Wichita, 1959; M.S" Kansas State
College of Pittsburg, 1961.
Weinberger, Morris J" Assistant Profeвsor of Education (1961). В.А., Univexsity of Minnesota,
1947; M.Ed., University of Co\orado, 1952.
Welsbacher, Richard С., Aвsistant P1·ofessor of
Speech (1958). А.В., Denison University, 1948;
М.А., University о! Denver, 1950.
Wentz, William Н., Jr., Assistant Professo1· of Ae1·0nautical Engineering (1963). B.S.M.E., University of Wichita, 1955; M.S.A.E., ibld., 1961.
Wherritt, Robert С., Assistant Professor of Mathematics (1962). B.S" Tulane University, 1955;
M.S" ibld" 1961.
Wilkes, Mary Nell, Asзistant Professor of Secretarial
Training (1956). B.S" Texas State College for
Women, 1939; М.В.Е., University of Colorado,
1961.
Williams, Marshall L., Inst1·uctor in Education and
Assistant to Director of Campus Activities Center
(1961). B.S., OkJahoma State University, 1951;
м.s., ibld., 1955.
UNIVERSIТY OF WICHITA
Winget, Lynn, Associate Professor of Spanish (1961).
А.В., University of Wichita, 1948; М.А., University of \Visconsin, 1949; Ph.D., ibld., 1960. (Leave
of Absence)
Wood, Curtise L., P1·ofessor and Head of Depa1·tment of Economics (1956). В.А., Сое College,
1938; М.А., State University of Iowa, 1953;
Ph.D., iЬid., 1956.
Wrestler, Ferna Е., Aвsociate Profesвor of Mathematics (1947). B.S., Kanзas State Teache1·s College, Pittsburg, 1924; А.В., University of Kansas,
1925; М.А., ibld., 1926.
Wyand, Preston W., Colonel, U. S. Army, Professor and Head of Military Science (1961) . А.В.,
Western Maryland College, 1985; U. S. Army
Infantry School, 1943; U. S. Army Command and
General Staff College, 1949; M.Ed" University of
Maryland, 1954.
Wyer, Robert М., Major, Infantry, U. S. Army,
Assistant Professor of Мilitary Science (1960).
В.А., State University of Iowa, 1951; U. S. Army
Infantry School, 1960.
LШRARY
STAFF
Carson, Doris М., Assistant Professor and Assistant
Cataloguer (1957). А.В., Kansas Wesleyan University, 1933; М.А., Unive1·sity of Kansas, 1941;
M.S., University of Illinois, 1954.
Cowles, Josephine М" Associate Professor, Cataloguer (1947). Sc.B., Ottawa University, 1928;
B.S., in L.S., University of Illinois, 1936; M.S.,
iЫd., 1949.
DyЬdabl,
RusseJI Е., Assistant Profeзsor, Documents
Librarian (1956). В.А., Union Co1lege, 1987;
М.А., University of South Dakota, 1947.
Johnson, Ellen М., Asзistant Professor and Reference and Circulation Librarian (1959). А.В.,
Friends Univerзity, 1939; M.S., University of
Illinois, 1941.
Johnston, Clara Frances, Assistant Profeзsor, Assistant Cataloguer (1954). А.В., Univerзity of Wichita, 1950; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan, 1958.
O'Harra, Downing Р., Professor, Librarian (1985).
А.В., Southwestern College, 1925; А.М., University of Illinoiз, 1928.
Paddock, Beatrice, Inзtructor and Humanities Reference Librarian (1962). А.В., Friends University, 1926; А.В., University of Michigan, 1930.
Paulson, Merle, Instructor and Periodicalз Librarian
(1962). В.А., Kansaз State Teacherз College,
Emporia, 1953; B.S., iЬid" 1954; М.А., University of Denver, 1962.
Taggart, Thoburn, Jr., Inзtructor and Social Science
Reference Librarian (1962). В.А., The University of the South, 1953; М.А., George Peabody
College for Teachers, 1958.
UNIVERSIТY
Van Keuren, Katharine, Associate Professor and
Assistant in Documents (1945). А.В" Fairmount
College, 1922; М.А" ColumЫa University, 1938.
Wuertz, Clara L., Instructor, Reference Librarian
(1989). А.В" North Central College, 1920.
REТIRED
F ACULTY
Albright, Penrose S., Professor Emeritus of Physics
(1943). B.S" Renssalaer Polytecbnic Institute,
1922; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1929; Ph.D.,
iЫd" 1936.
ВееЬе, Viola McKinney, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Classical Languages (1929). А.В" Fairmount College, 1909; А.М., University of Wichita, 1932.
Branch, Bazel Elisabeth, Professor Emeritus of
Zoology (1962) . В.А" University of Кansas, 1908;
А.М., ibld., 1912; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1921.
Сох, А.
D., Retired Assistant Professor of Industrial
(1952). B.S., Kansas State
Teacbers College, Pittsburg, 1925; М.А" University of Wichita, 1940.
Arts Education
Downing, Jacquetta, Professor Emeritus of French
(1917). А.В., Fairmount College, 1921; М.В.,
iЫd., А.М., University of Kansas, 1922; L'institut de Phonetique (Sorbonne), 1929.
Graham, Marie, Asзociate Professor Emeritus of History (1917). А.В ., Fairmount College, 1915;
М.А., University of Chicago, 1916.
Hangen, Eva Catherine, Professor Emeritus of English (1929). А.В., University of Kansas, 1918;
А.М., iЬid., 1923.
Haymaker, Mary, Associate Profesзor Emerituз of
English (1925). А.В., Fairmount College, 1925;
М.А" University of Colorado, 1927.
Hekhuis, Lambertus, Dean Emeritus of College of
Liberal Arts and Sciences (1926). А.В., Норе
College, 1913; М.А., iЫd., 1916; B.D" University of Chicago, 1925; Ph.D., iЫd., 1925.
Isely, М. Alice, Retired Refe1·ence Lib1·arian (1911).
M.L.S., honoris causa, University of Wichita,
1932.
Lieurance, Thurlow, Dean Emeritus of Fine Arts
(1926). D.M., hono1·is causa, Cincinnati College
of Music, 1925; Diploma composition, Ecoles
D' Art Ame1·icaines en France, 1931.
Major, S. S., Sr., Retired Instructor in Physics
(1932). А.В., William Jewell College, 1917.
McDonald, Clinton С., Professor Emeritus of Biology
(1926). А.В., University of Indiana, 1922; М.А.,
iЫd., 1924; Ph.D., iЫd., 1926.
Rydjord, John, Dean Emeritus of Graduate School
(1926). А.В" University of Wisconsin, 1922;
М.А., Northwestern Unive1·sity, 1923; Ph.D.,
University of Califo1·nia, Be1·keley, 1925.
OF WICHITA
11
\Vilkie, Grace, Dean Eme1·itus of Women (1912).
А.В., University of Kansas, 1912; М.А., ColumЬia University, 1926.
Wilner, George D., Professor Eme1·itus of Speech and
Dramatic Art (1923). А.В" University of Michigan, 1917; А.М., ibld., 1955.
Daughtridge, Mary Craig, Inst1·uctor in Piano
Edwards, Robert, Inst1·uctol' in Piano
Gerbrandt, Carl, Instructo1· in Voice
Jackson, Dennis, Instructor in Voice
Jamison, Ines, lnstructor in Voice
Jones, Robert, Instructor in Saxophone and Clarinet
APPLIED MUSIC INSTRUCTORS -1962-1963
Мiller,
Alfaro, Daniel, Inst1·uctor in Bassoon
Moots, Anne,
Anderson, Jerry, In.structor in Piano
Pease, Beatrice, Instructo1· in Violin
Baldwin, John, Instructor in
Percнssion
Marguerite, Instructo1· in Piano
Instтuctor
in Piano
Roller, Roger, Instructo1· in
ОЬое
Bickford, Mary, Instructor in Harp
Sapp, Alma, Instructo1· in Voice
CaUan, Edward, Inst1·uctor in Flute
Wade, Eugene, Inst1·ucto1· in F1·encb Ho1·n
12
UNIVERSIТY
OF WICHITA
ТНЕ
UNIVERSITY OF WICHITA
DESCRIPTION
The University of Wichita was created Ьу а referendum vote of the people of Wichita on April 24, 1926.
In J une of the same year the Board of Trustees of
Fairmount College, founded in 1895 under the auspices
of the Congregational Cburch, formally deeded the
property of the College to the University.
The Unive1·sity campus, some 140 ac1·es in extent, is
located in the northeastern section of the city, atop the
highest slope in Sedgwick County. At present, the
campus contains 42 buildings and Vete1·ans Field. The
Institute of Logopedics, which houses the Logopedics
Department, iв located at 2400 Jardine Drive.
The Univerвity is organized into the following Colleges and Schools, offering the indicated degrees:
The University College
Associate of Applied Science
Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
Bachewr of Arts
Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Science in Medical Teclmology
College of Business Administ1·ation
and Industry
Аввосiаtе
in Applied Science
Bachelor of Business Adminiвtration
Bachelor of Science in Business Admi1iistration
School of Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Aer0tiaittical Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Meclianical Engineering
College of Education
Bachelor of Arts in Education
College of Fine Arts
Bachelor
Bachelor
Bachelor
Bachelor
of Art Education
of Fine Arts
of Music
of Мивiс Education
Graduate School
Master
Master
Master
Master
Master
Master
of Arts
of Business Administration
of Education
of Fine Arts
of Music
of Music Education
Masteт of Science
Master of Science Education
Doctor of Philosophy
Surnmer School
The University of Wichita is accredited
Ьу
the
UNIVERSIТY
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, the National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education, the National Association of
Schools of Music, and the Kansas State Board of
Education.
Women g1·aduates of the University witl1 Bachelor's
deg1·ee or higher ai·e eligiЬle f01· membe1·ship in the
Ame1·ican Association of Unive1·sity Women.
ADМISSION
REQUIREMENTS
The application for admission must Ье di1·ected to
the Registrar, University of Wichita. Не must also
have а transc1·ipt of credits earned fl·om high school
and а11 othe1· colleges attended. The Unive1·sity,
th1·ough its faculty Committee on Admissions, i·est1·icts admission in gene1·al to students meeting one
of the follo\ving requirements:
1. G1·aduation from an accredited high school or
p1·eparatory school with а g1·ade ave1·age of С
(2.00) or better in the p1·esc1·ibed coui·se of study.
2. G1·aduation f1·om an acc1·edited Kansas high
school with а g1·ade average of С - (1.50) 01·
highe1·; students •Nith an average bet\veen 1.50
and 2.00 are admitted on academic p1·obation.
3. G1·aduation f1·om an acc1·edited high school and
achievement of а minimum composite sco1·e of
20 on the American College Testing Examination,
or of 435 on the College Entrance Examination
Board SAT, 01· the equivalent on а nationally
i·ecognized standard test fo1· college enti·ance.
4. Presentation of at least fifteen ассерtаЫе units
of high school or preparatory school wo1·k dist1·ibuted according to the 1·egulations of the Kansas State Board of Education and in \Vhich an
ave1·age of at least С (2.00) has been earned.
Conditional admission as an unclassified student
may Ье granted when the student is deficient Ьу
not more than two units. Such deficiency should
Ье removed Ьу the end of the first year and must
Ье 1·emoved before the student may Ье admitted
to Junio1· standing.
5. HonoraЫe dismissal f1·om the last i·ecognized
college 01· unive1·sity attended. ( In the absence
of а statement about academic standing on the
t1·anscript, probation standards unde1· "Rules Rega1·ding Schola1·ship" - р. 16 - of the Unive1·sity of Wichita shall p1·evail.) If а t1·ansfer student is admitted Ьу special action with less than
а satisfactory gтade ave1·age, he is admitted on
academic probation and enrolled in University
College (see р. 30).
6. Qualification as а special student. This basis for
ent1·ance is i·est1·icted to persons beyond their 21st
Ьirthday and who ai·e not candidates fo1· degrees.
Upon completion of sixty semeste1· hours with an
ave1·age of С (2.00), а special student roay peti.
tion fo1· admission to regular standing.
7. Special consent from the Committee on AdmisOF WICHITА
13
sions. Occasionally, а pe1·son \vhose educational
experience has been inte1·rupted fo1· an extended
time (Ьу military service, ma1·riage, career, etc.)
will Ье favox·aЫy conside1·ed. The Committee rese1'Ves the right to require а program of testing
and advisement of its own description p1·io1· to
the consideration of such an application.
For additional i·equirements зее the admission requirementз set fo1·th Ьу the individual colleges.
АП ente1·ing freshmen а1·е enrolled in University
College (see р. 30) and are required to complete the
freshman entrance examinations as part of thei1· enrollmen t in University College. Exceptions а1·е made
for transfe1· students witl1 15 01· mo1·e hours of ассерt­
аЫе c1·edit, Continuing Education students, and ce1·tain others. In the latter сазе, written exemption muзt
Ье obtained from the Dean, University College. All
c1·edentials must Ье on file with the Regist1·a1·'s office
prior to entrance to the Unive1·sity.
HIGH SCHOOL PREPARATION
See page 30.
ADМISSION ТО
ADVANCED STANDING
The regulations governing admiзsions to advanced
standing in the colleges of the University of Wichita
are adminiзtered Ьу а committee on advanced standing which evaluates the credentials of each candidate.
These credentials must include original official transcripts of preparatory school records and college records, а certificate зtating that the зtudent is eligiЬle
to return to the college or university last attended,
and а statement telling in which college of the University the student expects to continue his work.
No advanced standing credit will Ье given for work
during а four-year course of вtudy in а high вchool,
an academy, or other preparatory school.
The maximum advanced вtanding credit for work
done in а junior college is one half of the total required for the degree objective at the University of
Wichita. In no case will work done in а junior college
Ье credited as work of the junior or senior years in
the University.
А student transferring from an accredited institution shall receive the credit in the courses submitted,
without presentation of а w1·itten examination, provided it supplements the \vo1·k in the cur1·iculum in
which he is enrolled.
The distribution of courses which are to fulfill either
а major or minor presented Ьу а transfer student must
Ье approved Ьу the head of the department concerned.
In the event the courses transferred complete the
pattern required at the University of Wichita, the requirement of additional work is at the discretion of
the department head. Should the pattern involve two
or more departments, approval of each must Ье secured.
ADМISSION ТО
GRADUATE SCHOOL
Applications for admission to graduate standing
should Ье filed with the Graduate School three weeks
in advance of the registration day, and should Ье accompanied Ьу complete and official transcripts of all
14
UNIVERSIТY
college work not already in the Registrar's office at
the University of Wichita.
Students have no official status in the Graduate
School until their applications and transcripts are on
file and the transcripts have been evaluated Ьу the
Graduate Offlce.
The University of Wichita offers graduate work in
the following departments : Accounting, Administration, Ae1·onautical Engineering, Art, Biology, Chemistry, Economics, Electrical Engineering, English,
Geology, Нistory, Logopedics, Mathematics, Mechanical Engineering, Music, Philosophy and Religious Education, Physical Education, Physics, Political Science,
Psychology, Sociology and Anthropology, Spanish, and
Teacher Education.
For graduate work а prerequisite of 24 hours is required in the major field except for Education where
tbe requirements for state certification serve as the
prerequisite. Exceptions to these rules may Ье made
when the objectives require а comЫned undergraduate
major. The following departments require а reading
knowledge of а modern foreign language for the master's degree: Biology, Chemistry, English, Geology,
Нistory, Logopedicз, and Psychology. The department
of Sociology and Anthropology makes tl1e requirement
contingent upon the nature of the thesis topic. The
Spanish department requi1·es а i·eading knowledge of
а second Romance language 01· of Latiп.
An application to candidacy should Ье ftled in the
Graduate Office upon completion of 10 graduate bours
toward the degree. This application must Ье filed
upon the completion of 20 graduate hours.
For admission to full graduate standing an applicant
must have а 2.5 grade average in all work undertaken
during the junior and senior years, and а four-year
average of 2.5 in his major and minor work.
In Logopedics а program leading to а Ph.D degree
is otfered.
For further information inquire at the graduate
office or request а graduate bulletin from the Dean of
the G1·aduate School.
REGISTRAТION
Specific information regarding registration is set
forth in the Schedule of Classes puЫished for each
semester, and must Ье observed in order to avoid payment of а late registration fee. Registration will not
Ье permitted after the third week of school.
ТШТIОN
RESIDENT .............. $12.50 per semester hour
NON-RESIDENT ......... $15.00 per semester hour
1. For all 500 and 600 courses the tuition is $2.50
ре1· semester hour higher than the above rates.
2. For courses in Secretarial Training the tuition
charged students carrying less than 9 semester
hours is based on the clock-hour instead of the
credit hour.
3. No tuition is charged for Music 111-412 А, 111412 В, 111·412 F, and 111-412 М, or for Recital
if presented for audit credit.
OF WICHITA
4. The charge per semester hour for courses audited
iз the same as for courses taken for credit. ТЬе
charge per semester bour for non-c1·edit courses,
unless otherwise specified, is the same as for
credit courses.
5. The fee for Psychology 60, Improvement of Reading Techniques, is $12.50 for either resident or
non-resident students.
FEES
Departmental Fees
Air Science Activities Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50
Military Science Activities Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50
Music: Piano, Organ, Voice, Band, and
Orchestral Instruments
Practice room fee, per semester . . . . . . . . 5.00
Rental for any University-owned
instrument, per semester . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.50
Organ Rental, per semester ........... , . 10.00
Deposits
In certain courses deposits are required to cover tье
cost of supplies and equipment furnished Ьу the University for the convenience of the зtudent, to provide
for the replacement of University equipment checked
out to the individual student and lost or broken while
in his possession, or to cover the cost of transportation
for Geology field trips. That portion of the deposit, if
any, which remains after the actual cost of these services has been deducted will Ье returned to the student
at the completion of tье semester. The following
courses require deposits аз indicated:
Chemistry: 108, 111, 112, 201, 231,
232, 323, 324, 406, 413, 423, 424,
433, 445, 446, 551, 552, 553, 554 . $10.00 each
Geology : 225, 385 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 each
Geology: 836 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.00
GENERAL REGULATIONS
Grading Notation
Miscellaneous Fees
Late Registration .......................... $15.00
Student Union Fee:
Students can-ying 9 or more hours . . . . . . 7.00
Students carrying fewer than 9 bours . . . 8.00
(Dоез not apply to ТV and extension courses.)
Library Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00
Parking Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00
Graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.00
Transcript, after the first one . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00
Teacher's Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00
Special Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00
(otber than advanced standing)
Advanced Standing Examination - Same i·ate
per semester hour аз regular tuition.
Change of Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00
(for еасЬ addition of а course or cbange of
section, unless made Ьу administrative action.)
NОТЕ:
Miscellaneous fees are not
Refund of
refundaЬle.
Тuition
Students wbo reduce their program during tье first
two weeks of classes shall receive а 50% refund of the
tuition applicaЫe to tье courseз dropped. Thereafter
no refund of tuition will Ье made to students wbo reduce their semester bour load during the refund
period. А student who withdraws from the University
may Ье allowed а refund of tuition upon the following schedule:
During the first two weeks of the semeзter the
refund of tuition granted iз ............. 80%
During the third week of the semester
the refund iз ............ . .............. 60 %
During the fourth week of tbe semeзter the
refund is . ............................. 40%
During the fifth week of the semester the
refund is ......... . ....... . .......... . .. 20%
After the fifth week there is no refund.
UNIVERSIТY
Grades are А, В, С, D, I, F, Wf, Wd, Aud., and Cr.
А indicates distinguisbed achievement
В indicates superior achievement
С indicates average achievement
D indicates below average
F indicates failure; the work must Ье repeated in
class in order to receive credit.
The notation 1 for undergraduates means that some
portion of the session's work has been omitted. Upon
completion of tье omitted work during the first six
weeks of the next session in which the student is
enrolled the 1 will Ье converted into а grade. If tbe
work is not completed during tье first six weeks of
the next session in which the student is enrolled the
1 will become an F.
Withdrawals are of two kinds. HonoraЫe withdrawal, Wd, is permitted when the student's work in
the subject concerned is of passing grade. Withdrawal
with failure, Wf, indicates that tье student is failing
in the course at time of withdrawal.
No student may repeat any course more than twice
(that is, he may not Ье enrolled for more than three
times). Each time the student's academic record
shows any grade, including Wd and Wf, for а given
course constitutes an enrollment in that course. Exceptions may Ье made Ьу concurrence, in writing, of
the heads of the student's major department and the
department offering tье course.
An auditor тау enroll in а class but will receive
no credit therefor. Не may do all of tbe required
work, а portion thereof, or no work at all. For the
record, attendance and failure to do tbe required
work will Ье reported to the reзpective deans. Fees
for audit are identical with those set for the credit
course. Auditing а course later to Ье pursued for
credit is not approved. The change from audit to
credit in the course, or the reverse, is effected
through the regular change of course cards with the
attendant signatures required. Courses in Secretarial
Training may not Ье audited. After the tenth week
OF WICHITA
15
of the semester, the student may not change from
credit to audit.
The grade Cr. is given for successful completion of
Recital or Reading Laboratory.
Credit Points and Credit Point Index
For each hour of work which the student takes,
credit points are given according to the grade attained
аз follows: А, 4 points; В, 3 points; С, 2 points; D,
1 point; 1, Wd., and Aud., no points; F and Wf, no
pointз.
ter, reports of unsatisfactory grades are sent to
the students.
Cla.ssification
tаЫе:
Freshmen: Under 24 semester hours and 48 credit
points
Sophomo1·e::1: 24 :;emeste1· hours and 48 credit points
Junio1·s: 50 seme::1ter hoш·s and 120 c1·edit points
Seniors: 90 semeste1· hou1·s and 200 c1·edit points.
See General Requirements fo1· G1·aduation, page 18.
Rules Regarding Scholarsblp
А
student whose cumulative credit point index is
below the following levels shall Ье placed on
probation during the next tenn in which he is
enrolled : 1-63 bours, 1.500; 64 or more hours,
1.700.
2. А student on probation may not enroll for more
than 12 semester bours of work in an eighteen
week te1·m, or о/з аз many semester· hours аз the
number of weeks fo1· \vhicl1 he is enrolled in the
summe1· term, plus 1 houi· of militai·y 01· air science,
physical education, 01· ma1·ching band.
3. А student \vhose cumulative credit point index is
under the required average at the end of the term
during which he is on probation and whose credit
point index i.s under 2.000 for the probationary
term sball Ье suspended for 18 weeks. After а
lapse of at least 18 weeks the student may apply
for readmission on final probation. Should the
student's cumulative credit point index fall below
the required level at the end of the term during
which he is on final probation, and if he receives
Iess than а 2.000 grade point index for the term
he is on final probation, he shall Ье suspended for
one calendar year. Readmission following any
period of suspension sha11 Ье considered on the
merits of the individual case. Note: А student
on probation who enro1ls in less tlian seven
semester hours shall not Ье suspended Ьу reason
of failure to raise the cumulative averagc to the
required level; however, if such а student has
earned 12 or mo1·e hours in t\vo or more terms,
the cumulative credit point index including these
hours sha11 Ье used to determine \vhether he sball
Ье suspended.
Students are expected to maintain а С average in
all work for which they are registered for credit
during any semester. Failure to maintain this standard implies the advisabllity of limiting the student's
program. Inasmuch as students are not eligiЬle to
register for courses in practice teaching unless they
maintain а standard average, and since а practice
teaching course is required for state certification,
students \vho faiJ to maintain а satisfacto1-y average
are required to abandon the teaching objective.
No student shall Ье allowed credit to\vard graduation for D grade work in excess of one-quarter of
his total hours.
At the end of the first eight \veeks in еасЬ semes1.
16
UNIVERSIТY
ot Students
Students are classified according to the follo\ving
Eligibility For Courses
Courses numbered 99 or below are non-eredit
courses.
Courses numbered 100 to 199 are primarily for
freshmen, but students from other classes may Ье
admitted for lower division credit.
Courses numbered 200 to 299 а1·е primarily for
sophomores, but juniors and seniors may Ье admitted
for lower division credit. Freshmen may Ье admitted
if they are qualified and are not expressly excluded.
Courses numbered 300 to 399 are primarily for
juniors. Seniors will Ье admitted. Freshmen and
sophomores а1·е excluded except аз noted below.
Courses numbered 400 to 499 are primarily for
seniors. Juniors may Ье admitted if they meet the
prerequisites and are not specifically excluded. Freshmen and sophomores are excluded except аз noted
below.
Courses numbered 500 to 699 are for graduate students only, and no student may Ье admitted to these
courses unless he has been adrnitted to the Graduate
School. Seniors who are within 10 bours of completing the Bachelor's degree may take work for graduate
credit provided this work is beyond the requirements
for their undergraduate degree, for which they must
then Ье enrolled, and provided they have been admitted to the Graduate School. Application for graduate credit must Ье made through the Graduate School
and approved Ьу the Graduate Office and the major
adviser before taking the course.
Students with completcd prerequi.sites in pbysics,
language, mathematics, Air Science and Military
Science courses may Ье admitted to upper division
coui·ses in sequence for uppe1· division credit. With
tl1ese exceptions lo\ver division courses must Ье taken
exclusive\y until the student has completed 50 hours
and 120 c1·edit points, when he may elect upper division courses.
Regulations Concerning Hours of Credit
Except in the School of Engineering, the maximum
semeзter schedu\e for freshmen is 16 bourз, for sophomoreз 17 hours, and for upperclassmen 18 hours, to
each of which may Ье added one hour of military or
air science or physical education. Half the bours of
а course audited count toward the maximum. То
register in upper division courses, except Ьу special
permission, а student must have completed 50 semester
bours and attaincd 120 credit points.
А student whose average for the last 30 hours of
work or whose over-a\l average for more than 30
OF WICHITA
semester hours is 2.600 or above may apply for permission to take one hour in excess of the maximum
Joad in any session; if the average is 3.000 he may
apply for permission to carry two hours in excess.
А student with а cumulative credit point index of
3.25 or above may carry more than two excess hours
during а semester or summer ten:n without petition.
Students in the School of Engineering must арр!у
for permission to take hours in excess of those prescribed in the engineering curricula. Application for
permission to carry excess hours must Ье made to the
Committee on Admission, Advanced Standing, and
Exceptional Programs in advance of registration in
the hours for which permission is requested. At least
а portion of the student's prior work must have Ьееn
taken in the University of Wichita.
Applications will Ье considered Ьу the Committee
on the basis of the merits of the individual сазе.
Maxirnum Hours in One Departrnent
Not more than 12 hours may Ье taken in any one
department at one time except that а student who
has completed the prescribed fields of study and а
major portion of his minor may take more than 12
hours in his major field.
Exemptions for Superior Achievernent
А student who has completed а minimum of twelve
hours at the University of Wichita and has а cumuJative credit point index of at Jeast 3.25 and а credit
point index of at Jeast 3.00 the p1·evious semeste1· may
Ье granted the following privileges.
1. Exemption from regulations governing the maximum number of hours а student can take during
а semester or summe1· term.
2. Exemption f1·om regulations governing the maximum nuшber of hours а student can take during
а semester in one department.
3. Permission to en1·01l in 300 and 400 courses, for
lower division credit, prior to having estaЫished
50 semester houi·s and 120 credit points.
4. Permission to have cou1·se prerequisites waived
with the consent of the instructor of the course
and the head of the department in which the
course is taken.
Honors Sections
Hono1·s sections are availaЫe for specially selected
freshmen and sophomores in certain departments.
These cou1·ses are designed to stimulate the students
to а higber level of achievement.
Honors Courses
Honors courses are open to exceptional scholars
who may wish to do individual work, either in research or in other creative projects, under the direct
supervision of а member of the faculty. These courses
are not regular class work but are individual programs
of study carried Ьу the student as original projects
under the direction of а professor. А student who has
attained junior standing and whose record sbows an
over-all grade index of at least 3.00 is eligiЫe to
apply for admission to an Honors Course in the field
of his major study. The course may Ье pursued for
one or two years. During that time the student's
grade index shall not fall below 2.80.
The application for admission to an Hono1·s Course
must include а written statement of the proposed
project for individual study. This must Ье recommended Ьу the dean of the college, the head of the
department, and the instructor undei· whom the work
will Ье taken. The application must Ье filed in the
Graduate Office not late1· than the beginning of the
senior year and Ье approved Ьу the Graduate Council.
Academic c1·edit up to а maximum of six semestcr
hours may Ье ea1·ned in an Honors Course, with individual depa1·tments determining the maximum credit
which may Ье earned in that department. Upon completion of all requirements, the student will Ье graduated with honors in the field of his major study, and
his diploma will carry а statement to that effect.
Should he fail to secure honors, credit will Ье applied
toward the regular degree.
То secure graduation with hono1·s, the student must
complete his project to the satisfaction of the faculty
adviser, write а thesis or its equivalent on his study,
and pass an oral examination over his thesis and his
major field.
А committee of three, prefe1·aЬly including а representative from another university, shalI Ье appointed
Ьу the dean of the Graduate School to conduct the
oral examination. The oral examination is open to
the puЬJic.
Rules Regarding Examinations
No re-examination shall Ье given. The grade received on а regular quiz or examination shall Ье final.
Special examinations, when requested, wШ Ье given
only with the dean's consent and after the payment of
а two dollar fee.
А student who misses an assigned examination
must p1·esent to his instructor an excuse from the
dean of his college before he is permitted to take а
make-up examination.
Credit
Ву
Examination
Advanced standing credit may Ье obtained Ьу examination. А student desiring advanced stAnding
credit Ьу examination should file а petition with the
Committee on Admission, Advanced Standing, and
Exceptional Programs. No one may apply for permission to take an advanced standing examination
until he has а minimum of 15 semester hours of credit
at the University of Wichita. If the request for an
examination is approved Ьу the committee, the student will рау the Comptroller the same fee as that
charged for regular en.r ollment in the course. Upon
p1·esentation of the receipt from the Compt1·oller, the
assigned instructor will give the examination. C1·edit
will Ье granted only if а grade of С or better is attained and approval is given Ьу the Committee. D and
F grades wШ Ье recorded on the student's transcript.
Student Responsibllity
1. The student shall consult his advise1· on all matters pe1·taining to his academic career, including
any change in his p1·ogram.
UNIVERSIТY OF WICHIТA
17
2. The student shall observe а!\ regulations of his
college, and shall select coщses according to the
requirements of his college.
3. The student shall attend all meetings of each
class for which he is enroHed. The instructor will
announce at the beginning of the semester
wbether he conside1·s attendance in computing
final grades.
4. The student shall fulfill all requi1·ements for
graduation.
5. The student shall Ье personally i·esponsiЫe for
the fulfillment of all University i·equirements and
the observation of all University regulations.
П.
Change of Course
Any change of program must
dent's advisor.
вtart
with the stu-
Withdrawal
1. Voluntary Withdrawal on the part of the student
from а course or courses in which he is enro1led
must follow official procedure:
P1·ocedure
1. Consult adviser; oЬtain Drop slip(s) at this
time, and have adviser sign in appropriate
place.
2. Take Drop slip to instructor fo1· g1·ade and signature. (This step may Ье omitted <luring the
first week of а semester.)
3. Take Drop slip(s) and Paid Fee Bill to Dean's
Office for final signature.
4. Take completed Drop slip(s) and Paid Fee
Bill to the Regist1·ar's Office.
5. Refund, if any, wШ Ье made according to the
schedule puЬlished in the Schedttle of Classes.
6. Complete withdra,val from the University must
Ье made in writing to the Dean's Office.
Grade
1. А Drop slip rnarked "WD" indicates that withdrawal from the course has occui·red, but no
grade has been ea1·ned.
2. А Drop slip marked "WF" indicates that withdrawal from the course has occurred, that
а grade of "WF" wiJI appear on the student's
perrnanent record, and that this grade will
count аз an "F" when the student's g1·ade point
average is calculated.
3. During the first ten weeks of the semeste1· ( 01·
the co1·responding period of а summer session),
а student may withdraw Ьу official procedure
from а course with either "WD" or "WF" depending on his status in the cou1·se at the time
of withdrawal, аз judged Ьу his instructor.
4. After the tenth week of the semester (01· the
corresponding pe1·iod of а summer session), а
student who withdraws from а cou1·se shall i·eceive the grade of "WF" unless he makes complete withdrawal from the University, in which
case his grades shall Ье determined Ьу his instructors according to his status in the courses
at the time of withd1·awal.
18
UNIVERSIТY
Administrative Withdrawal may Ье initiated Ьу
the student's Dean's Office in the following instances:
Class attendance so irregular that in the inst1·uctor's opi11ion full benefit cannot Ье derived from
the cou1·se;
Consecutive absence for two weeks or more;
Failure to withd1·aw from one or mo1·e classes Ьу
the official p1·ocedure given above;
Failure to make complete withdrawal from the
University Ьу the official procedure given above.
Procedu1·e
1. The student will Ье notified Ьу the Dean's
Office before final action is taken, and will Ье
given а chance to explain bls position.
2. ln the case of official notices from the Dean's
Office \Vhich are ignored, or returned because
the address given Ьу the student at the time
of enrollment is incorrect, Administrative
\Vithdrawal will take place.
REQUШEMENTS
GRADUAТION
GENERAL
FOR
1. А total of at least 124 hours of credit, ассерtаЫе
toward the degree for which the student is working. This means hourз of credit earned and does
not include courses with grades of Wd, Wf, Aud,
or 1.
ln addition, а student must have а credit point
index of 2.000 or over at the time of graduation.
This rule applies to students whose first date of
admission to any institution of collegiate rank was
on 01· after September, 1958. [Thc credit point
index will Ье computed on the basis of all courses
which tbe student hаз attempted, which, if passed,
would Ье counted toward any degree in tbe school
or college in which the student is enrolled. ln case
of i·epeated cou1·ses, hours and gi·ades for the Jast
time the course is attempted are included in the
computation of the index.] The only exclusions are
courses with recorded grades of Wd, Aud, or I.
2. А credit point index of 2.000 or better must Ье
achieved in the student's major.
3. А minimum of 40 hours taken in courвes numbered
300 and 400 after а total of at least 50 hours and
120 credit points bas been attained.
4. At least 80 hours must Ье taken at the University
of Wichita and 24 of the last 30 hours or 50 of
the Iast 60 hours must Ье taken in r esidence.
5. Prescribed Fields of Study:
1. Mathematics and Natural Sciences: 9 hours.
Courses must Ье taken in at least 2 of the
three subdivisions; а minimum of four hours
must Ье а laboratory science.
а. Mathematics: 121 (3), 141 (5).
Ь. Chemistry: 103 (5), 111 (5), 112 (5).
· Pbysics: 128 (5), 124 (5), 243 (4), 244
(4).
Geology: 105 (2), 111 (5), 112 (3), 201
(З).
Physical Science Survey: 101 (5).
OF
WICHIТA
Bio\ogy: 101 (5), 102 (5) .
Biological Science Survey: 102 ( 5).
Communications: 8 hours. 6 hours must Ье
in English composition or gтam:mar* and 2 in
Speech 111.
а. English 111* ( 8) ; and one of the following
courses: 211 (8), 225 (3), 311 (3), 812 (8),
с.
П.
813 (3), 814 (8), 815 (3) .
Ь.
Speech 111 (2), additional courses: 212
(2), 228 (3).
III. Humanities: 12-15 hours**. Courses must
Ье
taken in at least 3 of the six subdivisions.
а. Art: 200 (3), 300 (3), 205 (3); alternates:
303 (3), 310 (3), 401 (8), 402 (3), 461 (8) .
Music: 113 (2), 114 (2), 161 (2), 881 (2),
832 (8); ensemЫes and applied music where
Ь.
backgтound justifies.
History: 101 (4), 102 (4), 118 (2), 114
с.
After one lower division course has been
taken upper division courses, except 499,
will apply.
Literature (English or foreign) : Engl. 221
(8), 131 (3), 182 (8).
(3), 222 (8), 223 (8), 251 (3), 252 (8) ,
810 (3); plus all literature courses аз
alternates; French, German, or Spanish
literature courses.
d. Philosophy and Religion: 121 (3), 225 (3),
226 (3), 244 (3), 275 (3), 331 (3); 125
(2), 130 (2), 333 (3), 446 (3).
е. American Civilization: 111 (3), 112 (3).
f. Humanities: 102 (4).
IV. Social Sciences: 9-12 hours**. Courses must
Ье
а.
taken in at least 3 of the four subdivisions.
Economics: 221 (3), 340 (3), 422 (2), 449
(2), 458 (2).
Ь.
Political Science: 100 (3), 211 (3), 221 (3).
с. Psychology: 111 (3), 112 (2), 246 (3).
d. Socio\ogy and Anthrop9\ogy: 111 (8), 124
(3).
.
V. Physical Activities: 4 hours. At least 2 hours
must Ье in one subdivision. (Must Ье taken
in at least four separate semesters.)
а. Air Science: 113 (1), 114 (1), 223 (1),
224 (1).
Ь.
Military Science: 118 (1), 114 (1), 223 (1),
224 (1).
Physical Education : (men), any of the 101·
108 series, (1) each; only 1 hour in each
varsity activity may Ье taken in the Р.Е.
101-4 series; (women), any of the 101-108
series, ( 1) each.
d. Ma1·ching Band (1).
Any student who hаз passed his twenty-fi.f th
Ьirthday prior to the beginning of а зemester is
с.
•studenta exceptionally qualif!ed ln English ае eelected Ьу the English Departmcnt may enroll ln Enitllвh 225 rather t.hon 111. These
studcnts, upon completion of Enalleh 225 wlth an А, or upon recommendntion of the Departmcnt, will have satisf!ed tbcir Ensrlish Communlcatlons requirement. Otbcrwlse tbcy must complete t.his requirement \vlth one of the additJonal Englisb courses llA!tcd аЬоvе under
''Communlcations."
••s.Jeetlon fr->m Ш and IV muвt toto\ 24 bouмi wltb а mlnlmum of 12
ln IТOUP Ш and а minlmum of 9 ln group IV.
UNIVERSIТY
excused from the physical activities requirement.
The credits of transfer students will Ье evaluated on the basis of the nature of the course at the
institution from which the transfer is made.
6. The specific graduation requirements of the college
from which the student gтaduates .
7. The specific requirements for major and minor
fields of study.
8. А student whose college program has not Ьееn
interrupted Ьу more than two consecutive years
may gтaduate under the requirements in etl'ect at
the University on the date he first entered any
College or University or the requirements of any
subsequent catalog; provided however, that in no
сазе will а student Ье allowed to graduate under
the requirements of а catalog in effect earlier than
two уеаrз preceding his matriculation at this University. If his college progтam hаз been interrupted Ьу more than two consecutive years а student will Ъе subject to the catalog requirements in
effect when he re-enters, or if he elects, the requirements of а later cata\og.
HONORS AND AWARDS
Honors
Graduation With Honors. Degrees are conferred
with honors upon students who have shown exceptional scholarship. Students attaining а scholarship
index of 3.90 receive the sutnma сит laude, those
with an index of 3.55 receive the тrw,gna сит laude,
and those with an index of 3.25 receive the сит laudв
award.
Тhе Dean's List. То recognize meritorious academic achievement and to stimulate those who have
the capacity for superior work, а dean's list iз published each semeste1·, citing for recognition students
in the upper ten per cent of their respective сlаззез
in each college, but no student with а credit point
index of less than 3.25 is во cited.
Prizes
William Н. Swett Prize for Efficiency. William Н.
Swett, Ъу the terms of his will, estaЫished а prize
consisting of the income from $5,000. "The yearly
income therefrom shal\ Ье given at the end of each
school year to the graduating student who shall have
attained the highest average in his studies and school
work during his or her last year in college." The fund
became availaЫe in 1924.
University Citizenship Award. The Wichita Branch
of the American Association of University Women
estaЫished in 1927 an an.n ua\ gift of $25 to the girl
of the junior class who hаз attained the highest efficiency in university citizenship.
Cosmopolitan Achievement Award in Accounting.
EstaЫished in 1953. An award of $50 is made annually to an uppe1·-division student with а declared
major in accounting upon the recommendation of the
Department of Accounting.
Lапу Ricks Geology Award Fund. EstaЫished in
1957, in memory of Larry Ricks. The interest from
the investment iз used аз а cash gift or award made
at the end of each academic year to an undergraduate
student in Geology who shows great promise and
excellence in scholarship.
OF WICHITA
19
Instrument Society of America Student Award.
EstabHshed in 1958, Ьу the Wichita Section of the
Instrument Society of America, this award of $50 and
а certificate is made annually to an engineering or
science student for achievement, demonstrated Ьу the
p1·eparation and p1·esentation of а technical paper on
the subject of instrumentation or an allied field.
The Н. Lee Leavell Insurance Awards. Established in 1959, these are annual awards in the amount
of $100 each, made availaЫe to junior or senior men
selected Ьу the Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid from personз who have an interest in insurance and who have succesзfully completed а placement
analysis and an aptitude index. The bases upon which
selection of the scholarship recipients will Ье made
are: (а) interest in insurance, (Ь) the recipient must
Ье 21 years of age at the time the award is given,
(с) he muзt have completed зuccessfully the above
mental teзts, (d) he muзt have an above average
scholarship record, (е) he must Ье а male junior or
senior student (seniors must Ье 22 Ьу time of graduation; juniors may have the award renewed in the
senior year if the app1icant is still qualified). Final
date for appHcation is February 1.
FINANCIAL AIDS AND AWARDS
The University offers to students the following
scholarships, tuition aid, loan funds, and employrnent
opportunities. Inquiries regarding student aid should
Ье addressed to the Committee on Scholarships and
Student Aid. AppHcations for all undergraduate scholarships and loanз must Ье made to thiз committee.
Applications for graduate fellowships must Ье made to
the Dean of the Graduate School.
UNDERGRADUATE SCHOLARSНIPS
AND TUIТION АШ
Тhе
University of Wichita Alumni Scholarships.
in 1950 Ьу the University of Wichita
Alumni Association, these scholarships а1·е open to
incoming freshmen and to undergraduate students.
They are awarded on the Ьаsез of scholarship and
need, and provide f1·om $100 to $300 а year. The final
date for application is February 1.
Walter Н. Beech Squadron Scholarship. EstaЫished
in 1952 Ьу М:rs. Olive Ann Beech and daughters. Тhis
scholarship cai·ries а stipend of $600 ($300 per year
fo1· two yeai·s). Recipient must Ье а junior or senior
and an active member of the Arnold Air Society. The
final date for application is August 15.
Тhе Walter Н. Веесh Scholarships in Aeronautical
Engineering. This scholarship is awarded in two
parts. The freshman scholarship wШ Ье granted to
five freshmen for one year in the amount of $250
each on the basis of their higb school records and
entrance examinations. ТЬе upperclass scholarship
is awarded at the end of the freshman year to one
of the five freshman scholars who attained the best
academic record. This award shall Ье а three year
grant in the amount of $600 annually. А 3.000 grade
average must Ье maintained to retain the scholarship. Final date for application is February 1.
EstaЫished
20
UNIVERSIТY
The Boeing .Airplane Company Scholarships. Esin 1956, а four-year scholarship carrying
а stipend up to $2000 ($500 annually for four years)
is awarded annually to an entering male freshman
student. Recipient must pursue а degree in one of
the foJJowing fields of study: engineering, mathematics, physics, or business administration. Selection
will Ье based on applicant's record in high school, his
demonstrated leadership qualities, and financial need.
The final date for application is February 1.
The Fred Cochran, Jr., Memorial Scholarship.
EstaЫished in 1950 and maintained in memory of
Fred Cochran, Jr., Ьу Мrз. Fred Cochran, Jr., and
William F. Cochran, III, а grant of $250 is made annually to а graduate of а Wichita high school. The
grant is based on scholarship, Jeadership, and need,
without discrimination аз to race, re1igion, or color.
The final date for application is February 1.
The Grace Wilkie Scholarship. The scholarship is
the interest from an invested principal for wЫch
women students are eligiЬle, however, preference is
given to Grace Wilkie Hall reзidents.
Foreign Student Scholarships. Grants of tuition
and/or fees, books, etc., are made annually Ьу the
University to foreign-born studentз. (Write for full
details to the Foreign Student Adviser, University of
Wichita, Wichita 8, Kansas.
Friends of the University Scholarships. Several
grants of $100 to $300 are made on the basis of scholarship and need to graduating seniors from the Wichita high schools. The final date for application is
February 1.
The Harry Gore Scholarship Fund. EstaЫished
in 1952, the fund provides that one-half of the income
shall Ье used to make scholarship grantз. Each scholarship grant is for $5000 ($1,250 annuaJly for four
years), and is made to an entering freзhman student.
In determining the recipient of а Gore Scholarship the
Committee considers tbe student's scholastic record in
high school, his abi\ity and pa1'ticipation in generaJ
school activitieз, and hiз character, industry, and amЬition. The final date for application iэ February 1.
Odor-Aire Chemistry Scholarship. EstaЫished in
1954 Ьу the Odor-Aire Company. An award of $250
iз made annually to а high school senior interested in
purэuing а course of study in chemiзtry. The final
date for app!ication is February 1.
Dr. Henry Onsgard Scholarship. EstaЫished in
1958 Ьу former зtudents and friendз of Dr. Onsgard.
The interest from the investment will Ье used аз а
stipend for one or more scholarships awarded annuaJly
to an upper-division student majoring in history.
Bases for selection will Ье academic achievement, activitieз record, personal achievement, and financial
need. Final date for application is February 1.
University of Wichita Music Scholarships. Each
year а limited numbe1· of scholai·ships ai·e g1·anted to
music students planning to majo1· in thiз field. Evidence of financial need, musical aptitude and over.aJl
high school g1-ade average of В 01· higher constitutes
the basis for i·ecommendation for Music Scholarship
g1·ants to the Unive1·sity Scholarship Committee. Interested students should contact the Dean of the School
taЫished
OF WICHITА
of Music, Unive1·sity of Wichita, Wichita, Kansas, fo1·
application Ыаnkз and detailed info1·mation.
University of Wichita Tuition Scbolarship. The
University annually makes several grants covering
part or all of the tuition and fees to students of outstanding scholarship. These are renewaЫe after one
semester to students maintaining а В or better average in the first semester. Grants made the second
semester are good for that semester only. Applications
for fall semester g1·ants must Ье made Ьу the p1·eceding February 1, and for the spring semester Ьу the
preceding Decembe1· 1. А new application is required
for each academic year.
Dr. Walter А. Ver Wiebe Scholarship in Geology.
EstaЫished in 1954 Ьу former students and f1·iends
of P1·ofessoг Walteг А. Ver Wiebe. This schola1·ship
bears the stipend of from $1600 to $2000 for fou1·
years and is awarded annually (fo1· f1·om $400 to $500
per year), and may Ье renewed p1·ovided the student
is academically qualified. The applicant must Ье а
graduate from high school (or the equivalent) with
а high scholastic reco1·d, sound cha1·acter, leadership
qualities, and have а prima1·y interest in Geology,
The applicant must have recommendations and Ье
availaЫe for interview. Recommendations а1·е submitted to the University Scholarship Committee. The
final date fo1· application is February 1.
The Women's Aeronautical Association of Kansas
Flying Award. EstaЫished in 1953 Ьу the Women's
Ae1·onautical Association of Kansas. This scho1arship
car1·ies а stipend of $600 ($150 at the beginning of
each of four semesters). Awa1·d is made to а junio1·
01· senior student with а 2.5 academic record who has
been accepted Ьу the Ai1· ROTC fo1· advanced contract
and who is recommended fo1· st1·ong leade1·ship qualities Ьу the Commanding Office1· of the Air ROTC
unit of the University. Final date for application
is August 15.
Карра Delta Pi, Wichita Alumni Chapter Scholarship. EstaЬlished in 1957, Ьу the Wichita Alumni
Chapter of Карра Delta Pi. Provideз an annual stipend of $100 awarded to an active member of the
Campus Chapter of Карра Delta Pi based on academic
achievement, promise as а teacber, and need. Final
date for application is February 1.
Arthur J. Hoare Scholarship in Mathematics. EstaЬlished in 1957, this fund provides that income shall
Ье used for annual scholal'ships to students majo1·ing
in Mathematics. Students al'e 1·ecommended Ьу the
Mathematics Depa1·tment to the Scholarship and Student Aid Committee fo1· these scholarships. The
awa1·ds shall not exceed full annual tuition, fees, and
costs of books. Applications are made th1·ough the
Depa1·tment of Mathematics p1·io1· to the close of each
Spring semester.
Wichita Chapter of Certified PuЫic Accountants
Scholarships. EstaЬlished in 1957, Ьу the Wichita
Chapter of Certified PuЫic Accountants, these scholarships are awarded annually to students who а1·е fulltime senior students in puЬlic accounting, have signified their intention of graduating at one of the three
ensuing term-ends, have demonstrated an intellectual
capacity of high order, аз determined Ьу their over-
all grade point index, and have demonstrated qualities
of leadership and character. The a\vards may consist
of one $300 scholarship, two $150 scholarships, or three
$100 scholarships; but, the total nщst not exceed $300.
These are awarded to students at the University who
are judged to have the inte1·est and capabllities to
become Certified PuЫic Accountants.
Logopedics Scholarships. The Logopedics Schola1·ship Fund p1·ovides fo1· а limited number of schola1·ships ranging from $50 to $200 а semeste1· for students planning to major in Logopedics. These scЬol­
arships are provided Ьу the Women's Advisory Council of the Institute of Logopedics, Lambda Tau Delta,
Sigma Alpha, Chi Sigma, and othe1· inte1·ested groups.
Applicants ai·e recommended Ьу the Department of
Logopedics to the Unive1·sity ScЪolai·ship Committee.
Fш·ther info1·mation may Ье secured Ьу \vriting to
the Scholarship Committee, I11stitute of Logopedics,
Wichita, Kansas. Final dates for application for the
fall Semester is Feb1·uary 1 and December 1 fo1· the
Sp1·ing Semester.
The Minisa Chapter (N. S. А. 1.) Secretarial Scholarship. EstaЫished in 1958 Ьу the Minisa Chapter
of the N.S.A.I. An annua\ awa1·d of $300 is granted
to а girl who has graduated from а high school in
Sedgwick County and who hаз indicated an intention
to enroll in the Co\lege of Business Administ1·ation
with an emphasis in secretarial training. Selection of
the winne1· will Ье made on character, need for financial assistance, pe1·sonality, and scholastic record in
high school. Final date for application iз February 1.
The Dr. Thomas Т. Holt and the Dr. Glenn Q.
Street SchoJarships in Medical Technology. These
scholarships were estaЫished Ьу the Eugene Hawk
Foundation of St. Francis Hospital and \Vill Ье
awarded annually to students who have indicated their
purpose in preparing as medical technologists. Тhе
stipend of these scholarships iз $800 each. In selecting tbe recipients, the Committee will consider such
factors as: interest in becoming а medical technologist, scholastic achievement, need for financial assistance, and а good cha1·acter and citizenship record. The
last date for application is February 1.
Тhе Pilot Club of Wichita Scholarship. Established in 1958, this scholarship iз availaЫe to an incoming freshman or а student enrolled in the University. An annual scholarship of $200, it is awarded
to а girl who meets the following qualifications: academic achievement, need, activities i·ecord, and personality development. Last date for application is
February 1.
Тhе Theodore Presser Foundation Music Scholarship. The Pres.ser Foundation offers scholarships to
one or more music majors. ТЬе awa1·ds are granted
each spring Ьу the Committee оп Scholarships and
Student Aid upon the recommendation of the Music
Department faculty. The award is g1·anted to а student in need of financial aid and preference is given
to those 'vho expect to become music teachers.
Тhе National Office Management Association
(NOl'tfA) Scholarship. EstaЫished in 1958 Ьу the
Wichita Chapter of the National Office Management
Association. This is an annual scholarship in the
amount of $850 for а junior in Business Administra-
UNIVERSITY OF WICHIТА
21
tion majoring in Management. The bases for selection
of tbe recipient will Ье scholastic achievement and
financial need. The final date for application is February 1.
Luella Bosworth Scholarship Fund. EstaЫished
in honor of the class of 1902, income from this fund
shall Ье used for scholarship nwards to students majoring in English. Classification аз а senio1· and the
highest overall grade average \Vill Ье considered Ьу
the Department of EngHsh and College of Libe1·al
Arts in i·ecommending зtudents for this Awa1·d. Applications are mnde through the Department of English to the Student Aid and Scholarship Committee
prior to the close of each Spring semester.
Garvey Geology Scholarship Fund. Scholarships
are awarded annually to two or three students majoring in Petroleum Geology in the amounts from $200
to $500, depending on the financial need. ТЬе bases
for eelection of the recipients of these awards are academic achievement, interest and promise in the field
of petroleum, geology, and financial need. The final
date for application is February 1.
Frank А. Neff Memorial Award. EstaЫished in
1961, in memo1·y of Dean Frank А. Neff, this award
is made to the outstanding junior in the College of
Business Administration and Industry.
Delta Delta Delta Scholarзhips. These are annual
scholarships of at leaзt $100 per year given to а junior
or senior girl at tье time it is awarded. Тhе Ьазеs
upon which selection is made are scholaзtic achievement and financial need. Applications may Ье obtained in the Student Aid Office at the Ьeginning of
second semester.
Alpha Tau Sigma Delta Gamma Elizabeth Spicer
and Eva С. Bangen Memorial Scholarship Fund.
EstaЫisbed Ьу the alumni of Alpha Tau Sigma Sorority. Interest on the fund to Ье used to award а
scholarship to а deserving member of the Delta Gamma Sorority.
Lucetta S. Carter Scholarship. Maintained under
the deed of gift of the Carter Memorial Room, it is
equal to the tuition of а resident student.
Flora Colby Clough Scholarship. EstaЬlished in
1918, the interest on $500 to Ьо awarded to а young
wornan in the Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and
Sciences, preferaЫy one epecializing in Englisb,
awarded upon nomination Ьу the English Department.
Тhе Independent Insurance Agents of Wichita,
Inc. EstaЫished in 1956. Annual scholarship awa1·ded
to а junior or senior who is enrolled in the College of
Business Administration or in the College of Liberal
Arts with а major in economics. Carries а stipend of
$375. ТЬе final date for application is February 1.
Тhе Henry W. Lawrence Photographic Jouma1ism
Scholarship. EstaЫished in 1955. Awarded annually
to а student witb а major or minor in journalism and
whose special interest is photog1·aphy. Stipend $150.
Olive Baker-Nease Scholarship. EstaЬ\ished in
1954 Ьу Stephen G. Nease аз а memorial to his wife.
The annual income frorn the estate, is availaЬ!e for
the scholarship stipend. Selection of scholarship winners is based upon need, academic achievement, and
22
pe1·sonality development. Final date for application
is February 1.
Pamassus Service Award. EstaЫisbed in 1954 Ьу
the University. This award is given annually to one
01· more students working on the Parnaзsus staff upon
recommendation of the Student PuЬ\ications Committee. The total annual stipend paid Ьу the award is
$600.
The Wicblta Press Women's Scholarship. Establisbed in 1958 Ьу the Wichita Press Women. Annual
award of $100 or more to а junior or вenior girl
majoring in journalism or radio or related fields with
а вcholarship average ot В- or better.
Pi Mu Epsilon l\lathematics Scholarship. Established in 1950 Ьу the Wichita University {Kansas
Gamma) chapter of Pi Mu Epsilon, honorary mathematics fraternity, consists of the interest on а scholarship fund. It is awarded to an upper-division student
with а declared major in mathematics upon the recommendation of the Department of Mathematics. The
award will Ье made upon the recipient's enrol\ing аз а
mathematics rnajor in the following semester.
F. С. Sauer Zoology Scholarship. EstaЫiзhed in
1937 Ьу Mary Е. Sauer, the interest on $1000 to Ье
awarded annually to а deserving student of blgh scholastic standing above the freshrnan year, preferaЬly
а zoo\ogy student, upon the recommendation of the
Zoology Department.
Sunfiower Service Award. EstaЬ\iзhed in 1954 Ьу
the University. This award iз given annually to one
or more students working on the Sunflower staff upon
recommendation of the Student PuЫications Committee. The total annual вtipend paid Ьу the award
is $600.
Donnitory Scholarships. ТЬе University annually
a'vards а limited number of scholarships covering
part of the dormitory fees for residents of Grace
Wilkie НаН. These а1·е renewaЫe after one semeзter
to students maintaining а В or better average in the
first semester. Grants rnade the second semester are
good for that semester only. Applications for fall
semester grants must Ье made Ьу the preceding
Feb1·uary 1, and for the spring semester Ьу the preceding December 1. А new application is required fo1·
each academic year.
Mortar Board Alumni Scholarship. EзtaЫished in
1945, а grant of $100 will Ье awarded to tbe sophomore girl having the highest scholastic average at
the end of her fresbman year.
Payne l\Iemorial Business Education Scholarsblp.
EstaЫished in 1959 in honor of l\tr. and Mrs. В. С.
Payne. The scholarship is avai\aЫe to busineзs education students. The bases for selection of the winner
will Ье academic achievement and financial need. ТЬе
зtipend is $120. The final date for application is
February 1.
The Pansy Pelzel Award of Карра Карра Iota
Sorority. This grant of $50 is awarded to а senior
woman wbo is planning to teacb. ТЬе Ьазез upon
which selection of tbe scholarship winner wi\1 Ье
made are academic achievement and financial need.
The final date for application is November 1.
UNIVERSIТY OF WICHITA
Dr. John L. Evans Scholarship. EstaЬlished in
1959, this award is availaЬle to tьose whom the authorities of the University may deem worthy, wbose
аЬШtу meritз the award, and who need financial help
to pursue the Pre-Medical course at the University.
The final date fo1· application is February 1.
ТЬе Pearl J. Мilburn 1\femorial Scholarship. Established in 1956, the fund provides а four-year scholarship carrying а stipend of $2,000 ($500 annually for
four years) awarded to an entering f1·eshman who has
graduated from а Wichita puЫic higb school with В
average or better, а record of high school activities,
and need for financial assistance. Recipient must
maintain а better than average scholastic record in
the University and take two years of English and
two years of American history during his college
course. Usually awarded once every four years. Final
date for application is February 1.
Ritchie Brothers Construction Company Scholarships. The Ritchie Brothers Construction Company
will annualJy award two scholarships, one to а Negro
Male and one to а son or daughter of an employee.
Both carry stipends of up to $300 for the year. Bases
for selection will Ье scholarship, need and character.
Final date for app1ication is February 1.
Тhе Sorosis Alumnae Award. The interest earned
Ьу the Sorosis Alumnae Fund shaП Ье awarded annually to а member of Delta Delta Delta Sorority
who bas completed at lea.st five semesters of work,
with an over-all average of 3.0, and who has contributed in some outзtanding manner to the University
of Wichita and the Delta Delta Delta Sorority.
Women's Symphony Society Scholarship. Established Ьу the Women's Symphony Society, the scholarship is open to music majors witb а stipend of from
$100 to $200 per year. Applications may Ье obtained
througb the Dean of the School of Music.
КFН Scholarship in Radio. А grant of $800 is
awarded annually. The bases upon which the selection of the scholarship winner will Ье made are academic achievement, need, potentiality for а career in
Radio, character, and Ieadership. The final date for
application is February 1.
Тhе Alice CampЬell Wrigley Memorial Scholarship
in Drama. Awarded to а student with Ьigh academic
achievement, interest and promise in the field of
theatre, and financial need. This scholarship iз in
the amount of $100 per year. The final date for
application is February 1.
Campus Activities Center Award. An annual sum
of $1,800 (or less) shall Ье awarded to three studentз
appointed Ьу the Governing Board, prior to January
1, to hold office during the following two semesters.
The student must carry at least nine hours and maintain а 2.000 cumulative grade average аз well аз а
2.000 each semester.
Тhе Molly Warren Wilcox Journalism Scholarship.
EstaЫished in 1955, an award of $50 annually is
granted to а major in journalism. The final date for
application is February 1.
Women's Aeronautical Association of Kansas Aeronautical Engineering Scholarsblp. This scholarsblp
is to Ье awarded to а junior or senior student enUNIVERSIТY
rolled in aeronautical enginee1·ing and carries а stipend of $400 annually. А grade average of 2.500 or
better is requi1·ed. The final date for application is
February 1.
Aeronautical Local 733 International Association
of Machinists Scholarship. Four schola1·ships were
estaЫished in 1962 Ьу Aeronautical Local 738 of
the International Association of Machinists. They
will Ье granted to members of Local 733 or their
children in the amount of $200 for the year. The
p1·imary criterion for selection will Ье academic
achievement. Each year one grant wШ Ье made to а
freshman, а sophomore, а junior, and а senior. Final
date for application is February 1.
Тhе Wichita Chapter of the National Association
of Accountants Accounting Awards. These awards,
estaЫished in 1962 Ьу the Wichita Chapter of the
National Association of Accountants, will Ье presented annually in the amount of $50 to two or more
full-time male students \vho are juniors majoring
in accounting. Criteria for selection consist of high
academic achievement and qнalities of leadership
and character. Announcement of awa1·d winners wilJ
Ье made at the October meeting of the Association.
Advertising Club of Wichita Scholarship. Established in 1962 Ьу the Advertising Club of Wichita,
the scholarship is an annual award of $300 or $150
per semester to an advertising major or minor of
junior or senior status. Criteria а1·е need, scholastic
i·ecord, and active participation record in outside advertising activities.
Wichita Community Theatre Scholarsblp. Established in 1962, а $250 scholarship will Ье awarded
annually to а high school graduate of the Wichita
area. High scholastic standing and а desire to major
in speech are requisites for application. Final date
for application is February 1.
GRADUATE FELLOWSHIPS
AND SCHOLARSПIPS
Graduate Fellowsblps. Graduate fellowship grants
are made in several departments upon i·ecommendation of the department concerned and the Dean of
the Graduate School. These fellowships carry remission of tuition and fees and а stipend of $750 to $1500.
Application should Ье made to the Dean of the Graduate School, University of Wichita, Wichita 8, Kansas.
Franklin Scholarship. Тhе О. М. Franklin Serum
Company provides an annual scholarship of $500 to
а graduate student in chemistry. The University
remits the student's full tuition, but costs of equipment and cbemicals used in the i·esearch may Ье deducted from the grant. The Chemistry Department
recommends the recipient of the scholarship.
James Н. Hibbard Memorial Scholarship. Established in 1952 Ьу the Wichita Foundation of Medical
Research. Provides awards to g1·aduate students in
Chemistry who are interested in the study of medicine
or in research in some phase of medicine.
Tuition Fellowship. Tuition fellowships provide
remission of а part or all of the tuition and fees.
Application should Ье made to the Dean of the Graduate School.
OF WICHITA
23
COMBINED
SТUDENT
LOAN FUND
ТЬе special
Ьined Student
funds described belo\v provide u ComLoan Fund for зtudents with satiзfac­
tory scholar5hip 1·ecordз. Total lo:шs made to one
student may not ex:ceed $300 and satisfactory endo1·sers а1·е required for all loans. All loans rnade to
students Ьеа1· interest at the l"ate of 4% and а $3
service charge is made on each loan. The time and
manner of repayment is to Ье agreed upon Ьу the
student and the University at the time the loan is
made. Application for theзe loanз is made in the
Student Aid Office.
Barclay Student Loan Fund. EstaЫished in 1931,
$100 given Ьу :Мr. and :Мrз. \V. Houston Barc\ay.
Edwards Loan Fund. EstaЫished in 1910 Ьу R. Е.
Edwards of Kinsley, availaЫe for aiding deserving
students to secure an education in Fairmount College,
now incorporated in the University of Wichita. The
article of gift specifies that recipients shall Ье encouraged to work and to add to the amount such sums аз
they can, in order that others may receive similar aid
in oЬtaining an education.
Dr. L. А. Doмell Loan Fund. Est.aЫished in 1959
in memory of Dr. L. А. Donnell. The fund will Ье
incorporated into the Comblned Student Loan Fund
with money being loaned to deserving and needy students who have satisfactory scholarship records.
Dr. Т. \Valker Weaver Memorial Loan Fund. EstaЫished in 1962 Ьу gifts f1·om friends in the memory
of Dr. Т. Walke1· Weaver, former Board of Regents
membe1·. This fund is to Ье uscd for loans to worthy
and needy students.
Goldsmith Student Loan Fund. EstaЬlished in 1943
Ьу а gift of $2,140 Ьу Dr. and Мrз. W. 1\1. Goldsmith,
availaЫe to juniors and seniors \Vbo bave completed
one year of residence work at the University of
Wichita. The rules governing the fund provide that
at least fifty per cent of the fund shall Ье reserved
for non-resident studentз.
Laura Piper Ноор Memorial Fund. EstaЬlished in
1924 Ьу а gift of $400 made Ьу Major Oscar W. Ноор
of the Fairmount class of 1920, in memory of his
motber, Laura Piper Ноор. This is to Ье used as а
perpetual loan fund to help worthy зtudentз and to
Ье administered according to the discretion of the
President of the University.
lnter-Racinl Good WШ Fund. EstaЬlished in 1926
for the benefit of Negro students enrolled in the University of Wichit.a, to Ье administered jointly Ьу tl1e
Univerзity and а Commission of Inter-Racial Good
Will.
Fred С. Speh Student Loan Fund. EзtaЫisbed in
1931 Ьу Frederic С. Speh in memory of his зоn, Fred
С. Speh, availaЫe to juniors and seniors and administered Ьу tbe President of the University togethe1· with
the committee. The maximum amount any one student
may borrow is $200. Repayment time is governed Ьу
the зtudent's financial circumstanceз and requires life
inзurance in amount equal to the зum borrowed.
Student Council Loan Fund. EзtaЫished in 1932
Ьу the Student Council, а зum of $150 аз а loan fund
for needy students, preferaЬly needing financial aid
to defray graduation ex:penseз.
24
UNIVERSIТY
University Loan Fund. Establiзl1ed аз а зeparate
fund from money repaid Ьу studentз who have receivcd tuition loans, and used to supplement tbe en<lo\ved loan funds.
Women's Aeronautical Association Loan Fund.
EstaЫished in 1940 Ьу the Women's Aeronautical
Association of Wichita, а sum of $100 to Ье loaned
to \vorthy studentз in the aeronautical curricula.
Woman's ВiЫе Class, First Presbyterian Church,
Loan Fund. EstaЫished to provide assistance to
\Vorthy students.
LOAN FUNDS FOR SPECIAL PURPOSES
Chriзtian Conference Loan Fund. EstaЫished in
1923 Ьу а friend of Fairmount Co!Jege, а fund of
$300 to еnаЫе зtudents more easily to attend У.М.С.А.,
Y.W.C.A., and other Christian conferenceз. Loans may
not exceed $75 each and must Ье repaid within three
months after tbe date of leaving college, intereзt at
four ре1· cent, рауаЫе annually.
C.U.W. Scholarship and Loan Fund. EstaЫished
in 1952 Ьу the Council of University \Vomen and
consiзts of $50 to Ье used only for loans to women
and is availaЫe to new students on the campus.
Delta Epзilon Loan Fund. Established in 1956 Ьу
the Epsilon Cbapter of Delta Epsilon, Science Fraterni ty to Ье used for making Joans to majors in the
following departments: cl1emistry, engineering, logopedicз, geology, mathematics, physicз, psychology, and
zoology.
МJnnie Ferguson Owenв Loan Fund. Est.aЫisbed
in 1940 Ьу Dorothy Owens :М:eyers, а fund of $200
for payn1ent of tuition and fees, availaЫe to senior
students of voice.
Kansaз Engineering Society Loan Fund. EstaЬ­
lished in 1956 Ьу the Kansas Engineering Society, а
fund of $400 to Ье loaned to worthy studentз enrolled
in accredited engineering curricula. Loans bear service cbarge but bear interest only after recipient bas
left the University.
Eugene McFarland Loan Fund. EstaЫished in
1956 in memory of Dr. :МcFarland, to Ье used for
loans to studentз majoring in art.
Reno В. Myers Memorial Loan Fund for Music
Students. EstaЫished in 1962 Ьу giftз f1·om f1·iends
in tbe memory of Reno В. :Мyers. Tbls fund is to
Ье used for loans to \vorthy and needy students in
music.
Rollins :Мemorial Fund. Est:iЫished in 1927 in
honor of Walter Huntington Rollinз, third President
of Fainnount College, Ьу his claзsmates of Dartmouth
College, Class of 1894, and certain WicЫta friends,
the sum of $1000 in perpetual trust, the income from
\vhich is to form an accumulative revolving fund to
Ье loaned from year to year to а worthy student or
students in the Fainnount College of Liberal Arts
and Scienceз.
AJumni Loan Fund. \Vichita University Alumni
Association Loan Fund, estaЫished in 1956 Ьу the
Alumni Association of the University of Wichita. All
moncy given Ьу the Alumni Association for this fund
is put in the regular Joan fund and administered Ьу
OF WICHITA
the Committee on Scholarзhips and Student Aid.
Kansas Sales Executive Club Loan Fund. Established in 1957, $1000 availaЫe for loanз to juniors
and seniors with а major in marketing and who have
an interest in selling.
Grand Army of the RepuЫic Living :Мemorial
Loan Fund for Logopedics Students. EstaЫished in
1952, Ьу the Daughters of the Union Veterans of the
Civil War, provides а fund of $2500 to Ье used for
loans to students who are direct descendants of а
Union Veteran of the Civil War and majoring in
Logopedics. Maximum loan is to Ье $800 per student
to Ье repaid after the date of leaving college in payments ассерtаЫе to both the student and the University. Interest at 1 % рауаЬ!е annually.
Garvey Loan Fund. EstaЫished in 1958 Ьу James
S. Garvey, а fund to Ье loaned to wortby students
who meet character, citizenship, and need qцalifica­
tionз.
Charles Е. Parr Loan Fund. EstaЫished in 1959
through the estate of Charles Е. Parr, а fund to Ье
loaned to wortby students desiring а higher education.
George W. Shepherd Memorial Loan Fund. Established in 1962, the funds are to Ье loaned \Vith no
interest charge to students seeking careers a.s
police officers.
Pete Lightner Memorial Loan Fund. Est.'lЬ!ished
in 1962, in memory of Pete Lightner. This fund is
to Ье used fo1· loans to worthy and needy music students or athletes.
Senior Class of 1961 Loan Fund. EstaЫished Ьу
the Class of 1961. The funds p1·ovided will Ье loaned
to worthy and dese1-ving g1·aduating seniors. Repayment may Ье made after graduation.
Boeing Emergency Loan Fund. EstaЫished Ьу Boeing Ai1-plane Company. This fund was made availaЫe
to the University of Wichita to mnke short duration
emergency Joans to students having financial need
who а1·е citizens of the United States, and are maJdng
satisfactory academic prog1·ess. Any majo1· field of
study leading to а bachelor's degree will qualify; some
p1·eference is given to engineering and science stu.
dents.
National Defense Student Loan Fund. This fund
estaЫished under Tit1e II of PuЫic Law 85-864 is to
assure that no student of abllity wШ Ье denied an
opportunity for higher education because of financial
need.
Two academic criteria must Ье met Ьу the student
to estaЬJish eligibility for these loans:
(1) Не must Ье а full-time student on either the
undergraduate or graduate level, or Ье accepted
for admission аз а full-time student.
(2) Не must Ье in good standing and сараЫе of
maintaining such standing.
The maximum amount availaЫe to an individual
borrower in one fiscal year is $1000 and the total
amount during the duration of the program is limited
to $5000.
Interest on these loans does not commence until one
year from the date the borrower ceases to Ье а fullUNIVERSIТY
time student at an institution of higher education.
Simple interest of 8% per year on the unpaid balance
is charged.
Тhе principal amount plus interest thereon shall Ье
repaid in ten equal installments beginning one year
from the time the borrower ceases to Ье а full-time
student. Full or partial payment at any time prior ti>
repayment schedule shall Ье permitted.
Any borrower who serves as а full-time teacher in
а puЫic secondary or elementary school shall Ье eligiЫe for cancellation of 10% of the amount of the
loan plus interest thereon, which is unpaid on the first
day of such service, for each academic year of such
service. А maximum of 50% may Ье cancelled in this
manner. In the event of the borrower's total and
permanent disabllity or death, the unpaid indeЬted­
ness shall Ье cancelled.
United Student Aid Funds. The University of
Wichita is а pa1·ticipant in а prog1·am of loans that
may Ье made th1·ough а student's home town bank.
These loans may Ье made to students who have completed thei1· freshman yen1'. А student may bor1·0\v
up to $1000 per year - or а comblned total of $3000
for а undergraduate and/01· g1·aduate education. Interest on these loans is limited to 6% simple interest.
Repayments begin after finishing undergraduate 01·
graduate education. Payments may Ье spread ove1·
36 monthly installments. blonthly i·epayments begin
within 30 days if withdrawal is made before graduation. The Unive1·sity must app1·ove the loan and advise the bank. Inst1·uctions and applications may Ье
secured from the University Office of Student Aid or
the student's home town bank.
ASSISTANТSНIPS
Departmental Assistants. Academic assistantships
are open to upper division studentв who bave been
recommended Ьу their respective departments, have
а grade of 2.5 or better in the department in which
they are to assist, and an over-all average of 2.б or
better. Departments may select sophomores with outstanding abllity. These assistants grade papers, assist
in laboratories, and assume the duties of clerical or
tecbnical assistants.
Clerical and Technical Assistants. Clerical assistants must Ье recommended Ьу the department concerned and must have а g1·ade of 1.75 or better (entering freshmen, а high school average of 85 or better).
Technical assistants must have the Committee's permission, Ье recommended Ьу tbe department head,
have upper division standing, and have an over-all and
major department grade of 2.25.
Library Assiвtants. Library work is availaЬle to
both men and women students. А general average
of at Jeast 1.75 is required. Interested students should
арр]у to the Librarian or to tbe Student-Alumni Employment Office.
Custodial and Food Service Workers. Work is
availaЫe fo1· а Jimited number of students in these
areas. А general average of 1.5 is i·equired. Inte1·ested
students should арр\у to the Office of Buildings and
G1·ounds 01· the Office of Directo1· of Food Service.
OF WICHITA
25
FOUNDATIONS FOR
REUGIOUS EDUCAТION
The Ransom Foundation was estaЫished Ьу Katherine S. Ransom аз а memorial for her husband Ьу а
gift of $75,000. It iз administered аз а truзt fund
under the name of "The Ranзom Fund for Religious
Education."
Тhе Butler Foundation wаз eзtablished Ьу Emily
Butler. It iз а truзt fund of $10,000 to Ье used for
the purpoзe of aззisting in the financing of the "Department of Religious Education of the University
of Wichita."
At the specific request of the trusteeз of Fai1-mount
College а small portion of the income of the Joint
Ransom-Butler Foundation is now set aзide annually
for use in defraying the cost of outstanding lectures
in religion, science, and literature.
Тhе Louisa J. Byington Foundation was eзtab­
lished in 1980 and conзiзts of the sum of $1,000 to
Ье used in the Department of Religious Education.
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
Student services of univerзities today concern themselves with the non-curricular азресtз of а student'з
development. At the University of Wichita, such services are the responsibllity of the Office of Student
Personnel Se1·viceз. All requeзts for information not
provided in this catalogue should Ье addreзsed to the
Di1·ector of Student Personnel Services.
Orientation (Pre-Freshman Period)
Major objectiveз of the Pre-Freshman Orientation
period are:
(1) То Iearn аз much аз роззiЫе about the new
зtudent
through teзting and counseling.
(2) То acquaint the new student with general college routine, 01·ganization, and regulations.
(8) То acquaint students with each other and to
encourage development of community spirit
through а planned зocial program.
Achieving the above objectives i·esults in the new
making more effective uзе of the University
experience.
Through faculty adviserз and special counselors,
the "orientation" of the student continues throughout
hiз college caree1·, and dоез not end with tbe formal
pre-freshman orientation program.
зtudents
Counseling
The Unive1·зity recognizeз that the рrоЫеmз of the
individual may Ье overlooked in the mазз procedures
of the University. It attempts to provide serviceз
which meet the needз of the student who iз unaЫe to
find his way, either alone or with the aid of Ьis peers.
These services, аз provided Ьу the University, include
educational counseling and vocational counseling.
Each student is aзsigned to а faculty member whose
responsibllity it is to adviзe him, especia1Iy in аса26
UNIVERSIТY
demic matters. In the event that the faculty adviser
findз proЫems which he feels require professional
help, he may refer the student to Student Perзonnel
Serviceз for asзiзtance. In addition, а variety of diagnostic techniqueз are availaЫe through Student Personnel Services and i·eferrals to the psychiatrist retained Ьу the University may Ье made through this
Office.
International Students
The University of Wichita \velcomes students who
represent tье rich heritage of other peoples and cultures and is e.a ger to share American opportunities
and culture in return. Students who are interested in
graduate or undergraduate study are required to meet
all admiзsion and graduation requirements of the University. То obtain admission each зtudent must: (1)
outline an academic or professional objective and reasonз for desiring to study at the University; (2) present evidence of а strong academic record and the
capacity to profit Ьу additional college study; (З)
pre.s ent evidence of the abllity to read, wri te, and speak
English with sufficient fluency to participate in the
instructional program of the University; ( 4) present
evidence of adequate financial support to travel to
Wichita, to live reasonaЬly while in the United Stateз,
and to return to his native country; (5) possess а
hea1th insu1·ance policy valid du1·i.ng the period at the
University. А limited number of scholarships for
room, board, tuition and/or Ьооkз are availaЫe to
outst.'lnding students. Applications for scholarships
must Ье on file Ьу February 15, in order to Ье considered for enrollment in September. Any information
or questions concerning admission, cш·riculum, and
scholarships should Ье directed to the Foreign Student
Adviser.
Employment Opportunities and Informatio11
The University maintains an Alumni-Student Employment Bureau, also known аз the Placement Office.
This office has three functions:
1. То help the students, while they are in school,
find part-time or even full-time jobs Ьу which
they can earn part or all of thei1· expenses. While
the Unive1·sity cannot guarantee to find jobs fo1·
all students, it does work out in practice that
students who want to work сап find jobs, eithe1·
on or off campus. Inquiries are invited.
2. То help students who are about to gi·aduate find
satisfying and satisfactory career opportunities.
This is done Ьу on-campus inte1·views Ьу national,
state and local firms, and Ьу individual listings.
Counselling and other aids а1·е availaЫe.
3. То pe1'form the same functions аз above for
alumni of the University.
The University Placement Office actively unde1·takes to promote opportunities for students in the
above areas. Teacher Placement is handled separately
(see р. 27).
Veterans' Affairs and Selective Service
There are certain
OF WICHITA
proЬlems
of special concern to
АН single, under-g1·aduate, non-resident students 21
and under who are enrolled in nine 01· more houi·s for
credit must live in University-owned 01· Unive1-sityapproved housing, the final decision being the prerogative of the University. NO CONTRACTS FOR NONUNIVERSITY HOUSING SHOULD ВЕ MADE BEFORE SECURING APPROVAL IN ТНЕ OFFICE
OF STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES, 113 Jardine Hall. The University reserves the right to make
policy adjustments where the situation demands and
to change the residence of any student or to deny
or cancel residence accommodations of any student,
in cases where such action is deemed desiraЫe.
For complete inforrnation write to the Director of
Housing, 113 Jardine Hall, University of 'Vichita,
Wichita 8, Kansas.
veterans and to those students who must maintain
continuing relations with !оса! draft boards. То assist
these students with proЫems, the Adviser to Veterans is availaЫe in his office at 132 Jardine Hall.
Read.ing hnprovement Laboratory
ТЬе
University provides special aid to studentз who
'vish to improve sk.ills in reading and study hablts. А
non-credit course aimed primarily at reading improvement is availaЫe. In connection with this service а
battery of tests is administered, and through individual conferences an attempt is made to identify
particular weaknesses and to suggest ways to overcome them. The office of the Reading Improvement
Laboratory is located in Room 004, Fiske Hall. А
further description of the reading course can Ье found
in the listings of the Psycbology Department.
Student Government
Writing Laboratory
The University of Wichita believes that one of its
primary tasks is educating for the responsibllities of
citizenship in our democratic society. With this in
mind, it places an ever increasing emphasis on the role
that the Student Government Association plays on the
campus.
The S.G.A., under itз present constitution, is divided
into three organs of student government. The Cablnet, Congress, and Student-Faculty Court carry out
the executive, Iegislative, and judicial functions respectively.
In addition to sponsoring such student activities as
Freshman Orientation, Homecoming, Hippodrome, and
Мау Day, the Congress, which is completely student
elected, charters and registe1-s all other student organizations subordinate to it. It recommends to the
President of the University the names of students to
Ье appointed to University committees and advises
the University Administration on the student vie\vs
about policy.
With the cooperation of the English Department
tbe University offers а non-credit tutorial program
designed to help any student who has proЪlems in
writing. Thi.s service is offered in the Writing
Laboratory and designated as English 99.
А student may enter the Writing Laboratory
either voluntarily or upon the recommendation of
an instructor. At the Laboratory Ье works individually with members of the English faculty, learning to criticize, proofread, and correct his own
compositions.
The Writing Laboratory, located in 329 Jardine
Hall, is open from 10-12 and from 1-3, М:onday
through Friday. No appointment is necessary and
no fee is charged.
Teacher Placernent Bureau
Assistance is given to students and alumni desiring
teaching positions. The service is availaЫe only to
students who have completed 15 semester hours at
the University of Wichita and who have an over-all
С average. The registration fee of $5.00 is to Ье paid
to the University cashier. Application forms may Ье
oЬtained from the Teacher Placement Bureau, Room
223, Campus Activities Center.
Student Health and Hospitaljzation
The University of Wichita maintains а Student
Healtb Se1-vice located in the Commons Building, room
111. The Health Service staff consistз of Lew Purinton, M.D" Director; Frances Schiltz, l\1.D.; William
Nixon, M.D.; Austin Adams, M.D., Psychiatrist;
and Wanda .l\faltby, R.N., Nurse-Counselor. ТЬе staff
are members of the American College Health Association, an organization which attempts to standardize
practices regarding activities in American colleges and
universities.
All new and t1·ansfer students, 01· students 1·egis.
tering anew after an inte1·ruption of their p1·og1·am,
working toward а degree and enrolled for nine (9)
or more credit hou1·s, ахе requi1·ed to submit to the
Student Health Service а certificate signed Ьу а
licensed physician (:М.D . ), stating that the student
is free from tuberculosis and/ or othe1· contagious
diseases. The approp1·iate form will Ье mailed to all
new applicants for admission to the University, or
may Ье obtained from the Student Healtb Service.
The nurse may Ье eeen at the Student Healtb Service Office for first aid, illness, or counseling regarding
Housing
Recognizing the influence which on-campus living
facilities have on the development of social competence and on the entire educational experience,
the University maintains two residence balJs for
\Vomen and two for men. Housing contracts cover
room and board at $825.00 per sernester, plus а linen
fee of $5.00. This is рауаЫе in advance or in four
installments of $85 each. А deposit of $25.00 should
accompany the application for space in а residence
hall. This sbould Ье done Ьу June 1. Housing rental
does not cover occupancy during Christmas recess.
No contracts for room alone wШ Ье executed.
When а housing shortage exists, studente living off
campus at the University's request may, upon application, secure а eeparate meal contract.
UNIVERSIТY
OF
WJCHIТA
27
personal health proЫems. Services of the staff physicians are availaЫe Ьу appointment during the scheduled clinic hou1·s аз posted in the Student Health
Service Office. Polio, tetanus, and flu immunizations
а1·е offered to those desiring them. Summaries of
medical health records are prepared for students upon
request. А terminal physical examination is optional
for senior students.
The University of Wichita student body has chosen
to participate in the Blue Cross-Blue Shield Hospital
Surgical Medical plan. Opportunities to participate in
the program are offe1·ed at the beginning of each
regular semester. Information is availaЫe at the Student Health Service Office.
CAМPUS ACТIVITIES
PI SIGMA АLРНА - Political Science
SIGMA ALPHA ЕТА- Speech and Hearing
SIGMA DELTA PI -Spanish
SIGMA GAMMA TAU -Aeronautical Engineering
SIGMA PI SIGMA - Physics
SIGMA NU EPSILON -Journalism (men)
TAU ВЕТА SIGМA-Band (women)
ZETA PHI ЕТА - Speech Arts
Other Organizations and Activities
Accounting Club
Alpha Карра Psi (Business and Commerce)
Alpba Phi Omega (Service)
American Institute of Elect1·ical Engineers (А.1.Е.Е. )
Anchorettes
Angel Flight
Army Blues
Arnold Air Society (Air Cadets)
Association of Women Students (A.W.S.)
Church Groups
Debating Society
Engineering Council
Flying Club
Geology Club
Industrial Arts Club
Institute of Aeronautical Science (Student Branch )
Institute of Radio Engineers (l.R.E.)
Inter-Fraternity Council
International Students Club
Le Cercle Francais
Med1cal Science Association
Orchesiв (Modern Dance)
Parnassus
Pershing Rifles
Preвs Club
Psychology Club
Scabbard and Blade
Spanish Club
Student Government Association
Student Forum Board (PuЫic Atfairs)
Student Music Educators National Conferen('e
Student NAACP
Student National Education Association
University Christian Fellowship
University Playe1·s (Dramatics)
Women's Panhellenic Council
Women's Recreational Association (\V.R.A.)
CENTER
The Campus Activities Center is designed to provide recreational areas, lounging and reading rooms
and opportunities for student groups to meet and
carry on their p1·ograms. Dining facilities are availaЫe to the students, faculty, and their friends. The
bookstore stocks texts and supplies which meet the
students' day to day campus needs. The prog1·am of
activities is planned Ьу the Governing Board, а
representative Ьоdу of students, faculty, and alumni.
ORGANIZATIONS
Student organizations may Ье granted the privilege
of (1) the use of names in which the name of the
University is embodied or suggested, and (2) the use
of the University rooms or grounds for meetings and
of bulletin boards for announcements, on]y if they
have filed their registration forms furnishing the
Office of Student Personnel Services with lists of
officers and other executive members, statements of
purposes, and copies of constitution and Ьy-laws.
Honorary Organizations
ALPHA DELTA SIGMA - Advertising
ALPHA КАРРА DELTA-Sociology
DELTA SIGMA RHO - Forensics
ENGINEERING HONOR SOCIETY
GAMMA ЮТА CHI - Journalism (women)
КАРРА DELTA PI-Education
КАРРА КАРРА PSI - Bandsmen
КАРРА PI - Art
MEN'S HONOR FIVE - Service, scholarship,
leadership (men)
MORTAR BOARD-Service, scholarship,
leadership (\vomen)
MU PHI EPSILON - Music (women)
NATIONAL COLLEGIATE PLAYERS (Pi Epsilon
Delta)
ORDER OF ARTUS - Economics
PHI ALPHA ТНЕТ А- History
PHI MU ALPHA SINFONIA - Music
PI MU EPSILON - Mathematics
28
UNIVERSIТY
OF
WICHIТA
Young
Young
Young
Democ1·atз
КЕУ ТО
RepuЬlicanз
Women'з
Chriзtian
Aззociation
(Y.W.C.A.)
Social Organizations
Five national зororities and four national fratemitieз are maintained Ьу the students of the Univerзity:
Alpha Chi Omega, А\рЬа Phi, Delta Delta Delta, Delta
Gamma, and Gamma Phi Beta Ьу the women; and
Beta Tbeta Pi, Delta Upsilon, Phi Delta Theta, and
Sigma Phi Epsilon Ьу the men.
Fraternity and Sorority Awards. Each year tbere
is awarded to the fraternity baving the highest
scholastic average а вilver loving cup and to the
sorority having the highest average а зilve1· tea
service. The fratemity and зoro1·ity so honored are
in possession of the a\vardз for one year at the end
of which time new awards i11·e made and the trophieз
go to the new winnerз.
lndependent Students Association. А chapter of
the Nationa\ Independent Studentз Association exists
on the campus to promote friendзhip among the
зtudent body, аз we\I аз to further the educational
and зocial interests of itз members.
COURSE SYMBOLS
\Vhen t\vo cou1·se numbe1·s are joined Ьу а hyphen
the fi1·st semester is p1·e1·equisite to the зecond; \Vhen
the numbe1·з have an ampersand (&) between them
the t\vo semesters may Ье taken in eitbe1· 01·der. Unless зpecifically noted othe1'\vise, the fi1·st course listed
is offered in the fall semester, the second in the spring.
The pattern of соu1·зе offerings is indicated for many
coui·ses Ьу the follo\ving symbolз:
f - offe1·ed fall semeзte1· only
з- offe1·ed spring semeзter on\y
fs - otl"ered both semeste1·s
The numbe1· of hou1·s of credit fo1· each cou1·se is
indicated in pai·entheses follo,ving the сош·sе title.
'Гhе number of class meetings ре1· "·eek is no1·mal\y
the same аз the numbe1· of c1·edit hou1·s. Тwо l1ou1·s
of \abo1·ato1·y wo1·k а1·е usually i·equired for one hош·
c1·edit. In cou1·ses ittvolving othe1· than lectu1·e pe1·iods
the following symbols ai·e used: R, lecture; L, labo1·ato1·y; С, confe1·ence; D, demonstration.
UNIVERSIТY OF WICHITA
29
UNIVERSIТY
COLLEGE
J. R. BERG, Ph.D., Deon
All f reshmen admitted to the Unive1·sity of \.Vichita are en1·olled in Unive1-sity College. Prima1·ily designed to aid the f1·eshman through his fu·st year of
higher education, Unive1·sity СоПеgе provides for the
transition from high school into any of the bacealaureate deg1·ee colleges, usually at the end of the f1·eshman year. In order to p1·ope1·ly acquaint the studeнt
with university life, the freshman уеа1· is cha1·acte1·ized Ьу emphasis upon the use of test i·esults, an intensive faculty advising and 01·ientation p1·ogram, enrollment in gene1·al i·equi1·ement coщ·ses, and the aid
of several auxiliary se1'Vices. Removal of high school
deficiencies and fulfilling prerequisites of the baccalaureate colleges should also Ье accomplished during
the first year in University Col!ege.
In addition to the Freshman Division, University
College also administers : the Division of Continuing
Education, certain technical, and two-yea1· degree programs, the Division of Student Se1'Vices, and the
Campus Activities Center.
REQUIREMENTS F OR
in University College:
ADМISSION
as
а
f1·eshman
1. Make application fo1· admission to the Office of
the Registra1-, University of Wichita. (See
р.
13).
2. Send high school t1·anscript to Office of the Regist1·a1-, University of Wichita; send complete
t1·ansc1·ipt from any college 01· university attended since graduation from high school.
3. Take the Ame1·ican College Test and bave i·esults
sent to the Unive1·sity of Wichita. Registration
Ыanks and information are availaЫe through
high school counselo1·s and the Testing Office,
U11iversity of Wichita. (SEE EXCEPTION BELOW)
4. Take the Coope1·ative Reading Test given Ьу the
Unive1·sity of Wichita. For information on taking this test, contact the Testing Office, University of Wichita. (SEE EXCEPTION BELOW)
5. P1·esent а certificate signed Ьу а licensed physician (M.D.) stating that the student is f1·ee f1·om
tuberculosis and/01· othe1· contagious diseases.
TRANSFER STUDENТS
1. EXCEPTION: Any student t1·ansfe1тing 15 01·
more ассерtаЫе hou1·s from another college or
unive1·sity is not r·equi1·ed to take the two entrance tests listed above.
2. All transfer students admitted on p1·obatio11
are enrolled in Unive1·sity College.
3. T1·ansfer students with 24 or more ассерtаЫе
hours, and not on p1·obation, are eligiЬle to
apply for admission to а baccalau1·eate degree
college.
30
UNI VERS IТY
HIGH SCHOOL PREPARATION
Adequate high school p1·epa1·atio11 is а p1·e1·equisite
for admission to int1·oductory college courses and degree.granting college.s. Hence, it is necessary that
high school courses Ье chosen which will provide the
p1·oper background f01· college work. The following
i·equi1·ements are considered а minimum for successful college work:
3 units requi1·ed, 4 recomEnglish
mended
Foreign Language
2 units in one language
Нistory & Social Science 2 units required
Mathematics*
2 units, algebra and geometry
2 units, exclusive of genScience
e1·al science
Чn
add!t!on, the Colleges of Buвlneвe Admiдlвtratlon and LiЬeral Arts
and ScienC<!s require an additional ba.lf unit of algeb1·n; a n d the
College of Englneering requJres МAtbematica througb college algebrn,
trigonometry, and ana.IYilc geometry, or their equivalent.
ORШNTATION
AND ADVISING PROGRAM
selected group of experienced faculty membe1·s,
familiar with the p1·0Ыems of f1·eshmen, meet wi th
them individually and in small g1·oups through the
01·ientation and Advising Program. Each advise1· is
provided with an evaluation of his advisee's high
school work, his aЬilities as indicated Ьу the entrance
examinations, and autoЬiographical information.
Through f1·equent appointments with his adviser
during the year, the freshman is assisted in choosing
courses best suited to his individual aЬilities and
educational goals; th1·ough attendance at Orientatioп
meetings with the 1·est of the f1·eshman class, he
learns to understand Unive1·sity i·egulations and to
assume the i·esponsibllities of а Unive1·sity student.
А
SCНEDULE
Minimum i·equirements for the Bachelor's deg1·ee
are 124 semeste1· hours and 248 c1·edit 01· grade points.
То graduate in four yea1·s, а student should take 15
to 16 hour·s each semeste1-. In most cases, а typical
semestei- load of 15 hours is equivalent to 15 class
meetings per week, except that laborato1·y houi·s а1·е
usually douЫe the 1·eguia1· class hoщ·s.
If the student is undecided as to his а1·еа of emphasis, he may well enroll in any of the coui·ses selected from the 45 hoщ·s of 1·equi1·ed courses listed
unde1· tne "General Requi1·ements fo1· Graduation,"
found on р. 18, 01· other courses approved Ьу the adviser and Dean. If, however, the student is firm in
his conviction as to а major, or field of p1·ofessional
interest, the student's adviser wШ suggest coщ·ses
from both areas, i.e., those f1·om the "General Requirements" mentioned above, as well as introducto1·y
cou.r ses in areas of major or professional goals. А
sample first semeste1· schedule is shown below; second
semeste1· sequences in most ai·eas follow numerically
COLLEGE
upon the fi1·st semestei·. Fo1· example, in most cases,
courses numbe1·ed 101, 111, 141, 193, etc. below are
followed in the second semeste1· Ьу courses numbered
respectively 102, 112, 142, 194, etc.
SAMPLE FIRST SEMESTER SCHEDULE
1. The student must enroll in two or more of the fol-
lo,ving:
Hours
Psych. 111, General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
•Phys. Sci. 101, Physical Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hist. 101, Нistory of Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hum. 102, Man and the Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Am. Civ. 111, Aщerican Civilization . . . . . . . . .
Phil. 121, General Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
5
4
4
3
3
6-9+
•Scienee,
science.
Eщ;lnl!erlnir
nnd
Вuа!nевв mnjorв
subat!tute
lnЬorntory
2. Additional and/or alternative general courses: (selected
upon the advice of adviser).
Physical Activities: Physical Education,
R.O.T.C., or Marching Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Psych. 60, Remedial Read.iлg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . О
Engl. 99, Writing Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . О
(For additional general courses, see page 18.)
З.
Recommended Major a11d Professional Cou1'Ses:
LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
While this office se1·ves all students, it is especially
important to freshmen in these areas:
Housing
Schola1·ships and Loans
Part-time Employment
Student Government and Associations
Social Organizations
Health, Hospitalization, and Insurance
Personal and Vocational Counseling
Bookstore
Food Se1·vice
Recreation A1·eas
International Student Advising
University Forum
(Detailed information preceeds the section on
University College in this catalog.)
PREPARATION FOR DEGREE GRANTING COLLEGES: All credits accumulated in Unive1·sity College
may apply toward а degree, if ассерtаЫе to the deg1·ee
granting college of the student's choice.
1. General: Afte1· а freshman has 24 hours of
credit and а grade average of 1.500 he is eligiЬle to r equest transfer to а baccalaureate degree college.
2. Specific: Some of the degree colleges have spe-
cific entrance requirements. А freshman must
read these various requirements carefully when
he is arranging his first-year schedule with his
adviser.
Laboratory science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Mathematics (!or wblch eligiЬle) ............ 3-5
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Other liberal arts, English 111, or Speech 111 .... 3-2
BUSINESS
З.
ADl\ПNISTRATION
Acctg. 193, Introductory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . З
Math. 121, Discrete Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
(Secretarial Science, see department head.)
TEACHER EDUCATION
Psycl1. 111, General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engl. 111, College Eng!ish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
З
З
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Phys. Ed. 116, Pers. & Community Health . . . . 3
Phys. Ed. 118, Fundaщentals, Major Sports . . . З
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION
Ind. Ed. 111, Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Ind. Ed. 120, General Drafting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
ENGINEERING
Chem. 111, General Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Math. (for which eligiЫe) ................... З-5
Engr. D\vg. 109, Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
FINE ARTS - ART
Art 141, Basic Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FINE ARTS -1\ШSIC
. . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . 1
Mus. 113, Music Lite1·ature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Mus. 127, Music Theory (pre1·equisite, Piano) . . 3
Mus. 111,
EnsemЬ!e
UNIVERSIТY
Descriptions of Baccalaureate Degree Colleges
follow the section on University College in this
catalog.
DIVISION OF CONTINUING EDUCATION: Designed to meet the educational needз of those citizenз
in our community who а1·е not regнlarly enrolled students in another college of the University, through
academic work of а cultu1·al, vocational or semi-profeзsional natu1·e. Students enrolled in this Division
are mostly those 11ot wo1·1<ing towai·d а baccalau1·eate
deg1·ee.
The functionз of tbls p1·og1·am, which is di1·ected
largely to the adults of our community, are:
а. То provide continuing education in а variety of
fields fo1· those who wish to study for their own
personal enrichment.
Ь. То coope1·ate with business and industry in p1·0viding fo1· gтоuрз of employeeз specialized courses, with or without credit.
с. То sponsor lectu1·es, conferences and institutes
fo1· the benefit of students and the general puЫic.
d. То afford, througb cooperation with baccaJaui-eate deg1·ee colleges, соu1·зез during evening hoш·s
leading to а baccalaureate degree in one of the
colleges of the University.
е. То maintain administrative facilities for students
who have mat1·iculated fo1· special programs or
COLLEGE
31
for an unspecified degree, and who а1·е not en1·olled in anothe1· college of the University.
Transfer of Credit to а Baccalaureate Degree College: Students who accumulate c1·edits in the Division
of Continuing Education, and who later wish to \Vo1·k
towa1·d а baccalaureate degree in а degree.g1·anting
college, must request transfe1· to that college and meet
all of its requirements.
Residence and Exten.sion Credit: All c1·edit courses
offe1·ed within the City of Wichita carry i·esidence
credit; CI'edit courses offe1·ed at locations outside the
city ca1-ry extension credit. No co1·1·espondence wo1·k
is offered Ьу the Unive1·sity of Wichita.
Standards and Requirements: Students who do not
meet the i·equirernents for admission to c1·edit courses
may Ье admitted to these cou1·ses as audit students.
Such persons are enrolled as special students, рау the
same tuition, and i·eceive the same lectu1·e and classroom privileges as c1·edit students. They ai·e not requil·ed to take announced examinations.
Bulletin: Prior to each semester а bulletin is prepared Ьу the Division of Continuing Education announcing regist1·ation dates, coш·ses offered, schedule
of classes, and other pertinent info1·mation. The bulletin is availaЫe upon request.
SPECIAL PROGRAМS OF STUDY
University College provides cou1·ses which ai·e basic
to certain technical and professional fields. In some
of these prog1·ams а two-year deg1·ee, the Associate
of Applied Science, is offe1·ed.
РоНсе
Science
Courses in police science are designed to meet the
growing demand for trained personnel in the field of
law enforcement. The program has three specific objectives: (1) effective la\v enfo1·cement, (2) specialized tecbniques in combating crime, and (3) general
basic training fo1· police executives. While Wichita
police officers will continue to have p1·iority for enrollment in this prog1·am, othe1· Unive1·sity students
may Ье permitted to enro11 p1·ovided: (1) they obtain
clearance from the Wichita Police Department; and
(2) they are in good academic standing. Students desirous of ea1·ning а fou1·-year degfee in the College
of Liberal Arts and Sciences, with а 21 semester-boui·
minor in Police Science, may txansfer f1·om University
College upon completion of the two-yea1· degree.
ТЬе
prescribed cui·1·icult1m for the deg1·ee, Associate of Applied Science (Police Science), follo\VS:
А.
32
Core Cur1·iculum :
1. English 111 ................. . ....... 3
Speech 111 ... .... .......... . ....... 2
2. Science ...... .............. .. ....... 5
3. Humanities ....................... 6-8
4. Psycbology 111 ..................... 3
Sociology 111 .. ..................... 3
hoш·s
hours
bours
hours
hours
bours
UNIVERSIТY
В.
Remainde1· of the p1·og1·am :
1. Police Science ..... ................ 24 hours
2. Political Science ................... 6 hours
100
01·
121; 441
3. One cou1·se f1·om each of the following g1·oups:
а. Psychology 246 (3), 275 (3), 444 (3)
Ь. Sociology 211 (3), 339 (2), 340 (2)
4. Electives to complete а total of 64 houi·s fo1·
the deg1·ee.
Nш·sing
Courses are availaЫe fo1· studeпts who wish to
ente1· the field of nursing. While а b1·oad education
is included, it is i·ecommended that emphasis Ье placed
upon cou1·ses in science, psychology, and sociology.
The University p1·ovides additional prog1·ams, as described below:
1. In cooperation with Wesley Hospital, student
nu1·ses pш·sue а p1·escribed coui·se of study at the
University fo1· one уеа1· before entering the applied t1·aining in the hospital. Тhе p1·esc1·ibed cur1·iculum for tl1e nu1·sing p1·og1·am at Wesley Hospital includes the following:
First Semester
Н ou1·s
Chem. 103, Gene1·al Chemist17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Bio1. 223, Human Bio1ogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Second Semester
Biol. 120, Introduction w МicroЬiology . . . . . . . 3
Biol. 180, Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Psych. 111, General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Soc. 111, Introduction to Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Such college credit, augmented Ьу credit for the
t•vo years of specialized hospital training when
ce1·tified Ьу the State Boai·d Examination will provide а substantial foundation for the completion
of the wo1·k necessary to comply with the deg1·ee
requirements at the Unive1·sity, Ьу which t11e
Bachelor of Arts degree may Ье confeпed.
2. In cooperation with the University of Kansas, t\vo
years of p1·esc1·ibed cou1·ses can Ье taken at the
University of Wichita toward the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nu1·sing granted Ьу the Unive1·sity of Kansas.
The Dean's Office will p1·ovide info1·mation i·elative
lo specific requi1·ements.
Technical Education
Courses in Technical Education а1·е cu1·1·ently offered
on а non-college c1·edit basis in several ai·eas. These
p1·ograms are supported Ьу and ope1·ated in conjunction with the Director of Vocational Education, State
of Kansas, and Federal funds provided under tbe National Defense Education Act. The following cou1·ses
are available:
Technical Electronics I-VI
Technical Mathematics I-II
Technical D1·awing
COLLEGE
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE COURSES
Loweт Diviвion Соитвев
Communications
106 Traflic Control. (3). Teaches the three phases of
traffic control : engineering, education, and enforcement. ProЫems of traffic direction and regulation
with specal emphasis on safety.
111 College Englisl1. (3). Planning, writing, and criticizing compositions. Drills in вtandard English, literary
models, classroom discussions, and conferences.
60 Reading Improvement Techдiques. (О). 2L. Designed
for those students who seek to improve reading
skills. Reading and study hablts are diagдosed and
practice to\va1·d improvement is provided. Pre1·equisi te: approval of instructor.
99 Writing Laboratory. (О). А special aid to any student in the University who 11as proЫems in writing.
Ву appointment.
Humanities
102 Man and the Ar ts. (4). Aesthetic exp1·ession involving an analysis of appreciation in three major areas
of creativit;y: lite1·ature, music, and the visual arts.
Students will Ье expected to attend occasional concerts and operas, art exhibltions, and ftlms, most of
which will Ье scheduled at optional times.
Science
Neither of these courses satisfies the laboratory science
requirement for graduation as stated on page 18.
101 Physical Science. (5). 5R; D. Man in the pbysical
\vorld; offering sotne basic concepts in the physical
sciences.
102
Biological Science. (5). 5R; D. :Маn in the living
world. An introduction to the basic concepts of the
blological sciences, with emphasis upon man himself.
113
123 Contact and Interview Techniques. (3). А presentation of useful and practical techniques for the police
officer to employ in daily contacts with all people to
еnаЫе him to gain the most truthful information
pe1·taining to the successful completion of his job.
Starts with tbe new officer casually talking to citizens he meets in his daily routine and continues
through all phases of inte1-rogation up to and including the detective questioning suspects and the
use of the Polygraph (lie detector).
124 Personal ldentification. (3). Methods useful in the
searcb for persons wanted, using gene1·al physical
description, detailed cbaracteristics of various parts
of the human body, incluiling fingerprints, their comparison and classification, аз well as the use of habits, peculiarities, and haЬitats о! tbe individllal.
221 Crinu nal Law. (3). ADalysis and interpretation of
criminal law, procedure and evidence, offenses and
the elements of offenses; the Iaws of arrest, search,
and seizure; po\ver of law enforcement officers; development, admissibility, and presentation of evidence; testimony, demeanor, and procedure.
243
Special Investigation. (3) . Tecbniques of investigation; identifying, col!ecting, and preserving evidence;
sources of investigative information.
244
Introduction to Scient ific Crime Detection. (3).
Scientific aids as utilized Ьу la\v enforcement agencies in the investigation of crimes. This includes
their application in the :field as 'veJI as the laboratory
and their presentation in court.
245
Investigative Photography. (3). Photography as applied in law enforcement, both in the laЪoratory and
the field. This includes the use of specialized equipment and diagramming the crime scene.
P olice Science
The courses in police science are given Ьу officers of
the Wicblta Police Department, the Legal Department of
the City of Wichita, and the University faculty.
MAJOR. А major is availaЫe only to those who enrolled ii1 the program prior to September 1962. Begin11ing September 1962, only а minor wШ count toward а
four-year degree.
МlNOR. The minor consist-s of 21 bours in Police
Science.
Police Fundamentals. (3). Police rules and regulations, tactics, courtroom testimony, and report \vriting.
UNIVERSllY CO LLEG E
33
FAIRМOUNT
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
JAMES
К.
SOURS, Ph.D., Dean
Regardless of the а1·еа of his ultimate specialization, man is, before al\ else, а membc1· of civilization. Ours is а complcx civilization, one which requires an ever-increasing degree of sophisticated
understanding. То study the \ibe1·al a1·ts and sciences
means, in essence, to study the 1·a11ge and scope of
man's knowledge about himself and about his unive1·se.
Even though one нltimately specializes in advanced
professional fields of study, he is always а membe1·
of his society. То understand i t - its heritage, its
traditions, its envi1•onment, its ways of doing things,
or its proЫems - requires а libe1·al education which
is conducive to creative citizenship. The abllity to
interrelate the world's many phenomena, to cherish
beauty, to communicate interestingly and intelligently
- these and related abllities are enhanced Ьу liberal
education in the arts and sciences. In а very real
sense, а liberal education is а "libe1·ating" experience,
for through its processes and methods, one discovers
the key for opening the doors to exciting new discoveries throughout his life - he is freed from the
1imits of his past and invigorated Ьу the potential
of his future. Indeed, the p1·ofessions themselves
are increasingly aware of the value of basing specialized competence on general intellectual competence.
While vocational prcparation as sucl1 is not the
p1·ime concern of the Fairmount College of Liberal
Arts and Sciences, students frequently are intei·ested
in prepa1·ing themselves аз unde1·g1·aduates for further
study, at the graduate level, in the programs and
departments of the Collcge. Many aim at а teaching
or i·esea1·ch ca1·eer in one of the seve1·al subject matter fields, or perhaps at а position in industry or
business. Others ai·e interested in ttsing ttnde1·gi·aduate liberal a1·ts and sciences as а springboard for
specialized prepю·ation in such fields as medicine
or medical technology, nщsing, phat"Пlacy, Jaw, dentistry, theology, puЬlic se1·vice, social \vork, and many
othe1·s.
And of cou1·se, the liberal a1·ts and sciences а1·е
i·ecommended for the student who does not pa1·ticularly aim at а specific career objective, but who seeks
merely the thrill of discovery and of new ideas.
REQUIREMENTS
Admission
For tbe academic year beginning September 1,
1963, the follo,ving are requirements for admission
to the Fairmount College of Liberal A1is and Sciences
for students transfer1·ing :
а.
Ь.
с.
from the University College (see admission
requirements, page 13);
from other degree-granting colleges of the
University;
from other Universities or Colleges.
1. Successful completion of 24 semester hours.
34
2. А minimum grade point index of 1.500.
3. Completion of Eng1ish 111, 211, or 225 \vith
grade of С or better.
а
Beginning September 1, 1964, candidates fo1· admission to Fai1·mount College (including those who
enter the University аз freshmen in September 1963)
must meet the following requirements:
1. Successful completion of 24 semester hours.
2. А minimum grade point index of 1.700.*
3. Completion of English 111, 211, or 225 with а
grade of С or better.
In addition, аз of September 1, 1964, the follo,ving
requirements will Ье in effect:
1. Humanities:
The student must have completed satisfactorily
any three semester hours from Grottp ПI of the
University core curriculum (see page 32), or the
equivalent.
2. Mathematics:
The student must havc fulfilled the p1·erequisites
for Mathematics 141. (Тhis means that the student must have completed one and one-balf units
of algebra plus one unit of geometry in high
school, or must have completed Mathematics 50,
60, and 70 or equivalent.)
3. Modern Language (or Latin):
The student must have completed satisfactorily
one high school unit 01· one cotlege semester of
modern language (French, German, Italian, or
Spanish) or of Latin.
4. Natural Science:
The student must have completed satisfactorily
one high school unit or one college semester of
laboratory science, exclusive of elementary general science.
5. Social Science:
The student must have completed satisfacto1·ily
any th1·ee semester hours f1·om G1·oup IV of the
University core curriculum (see page 32), or tbe
equivalent.
Beginning September 1, 1967, additional admission i·equirements will Ье in effect:
1. Моdеш Langнages (or Latin):
The student must have completed satisfactorily
t\vo high school units or two college semeste1·s
of one modern language (French, German, Italian,
or Spanish) or Latin. Beginning with this date,
students enrolled in Fai1·mo1шt College will receive graduation credit for freshman-Ievel courses
in modern language (or Latin) only if such
courses are in а second Janguage field .
•тье
average wlll Ье Ьа8<!<1 on college.level couree& underta'ken onJy,
&nd will not lnclude high 1chool gradea. Probntlon levcl within Fairmount College wlll Ье 1.700 for the etudent \Vlth 24 to 68 hours of
credit and 1.900 wh~n the etudent Ьвв achieved 64 or more hourи.
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
2. Natu1·al Science:
The student must have completed satisfacto1·ily
опе of the following :
а. Two high school units of science at least one
of which must have been а laborato1·y science
(exclusive of elementary general science).
Ь. One higb scbool unit of Jaboratol'y science
апd one college semeste1· of laboratory sciencc.
с. Two co1lege semester.s of labo1·ato1·y science.
Degree Requirements
The Bachelor of Arts and Bachelo1· of Science degrees are confe1·red in this college. Each degree
requires а minimum of 124 c1·edit hours and а
grade point index of 2.00. ТЬе general requirements
for graduation are listed on page 18. Th1·ough August
of 1966, candidates for а deg1·ee f1·om this college
must complete the following:
1. two semesters of one fo1·eign language unless they
present two units of one foreign language from
а secondary schoo]. А student presenting one
tinit may fill the rcquirement
Ьу
Field Major
This major is designed to provide а field of study
wherein three or more depa1i;ments are coпelated
to secure а broader appreciation of the cultural and
dynamic factors of human conduct. The selection of
the courses is made with the counsel of the advise1·
and the approval of the dean of the college. Such
а major cuts ac1·oss departmental Iines and is determined Ьу the field of specific interest but rnust Ье
an ассерtаЬ!е comblnation. The allocation of the
36 bours 1·equired for the major is 18 in the major
department and not less than 9 in each of two minor
departments.
taking one addi-
tional semester of the same language in the University; and
2. th1·ee hours of mathematics, unless the student
presents two units of algebra or а comЬination of
one unit of algebra and one unit of geometry
from а secondary school.
Major and Minor Requirements
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences offe1·s
majors and minors in the follo\ving fields: American Civilization, Art, Вiology, Chemistry, Classical
Languages, Economics, English, French, Geology,
German, History, Jou1·nalism, Logopedics, Mathematics, Music, Philosophy and Religion, Physics, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology, Spanish and
Speech. А mino1· onJy is offered in the fie)ds of
Accounting, Anthropology, Engineering, Geograpby,
Police Science.
Candidates for the Bachelo1· of Al·ts degree shall
elect : (1) а major in one depa1·tment of not less
than 24 hours or more than 41 hoшs, or а comblned major co11sisting of 24 hottrs f1·om one department and 12 hou1·s from an аШеd depa1·tment, * or
а major from а p1·ofessional field, including art,
economics, logopedics, and mпsic; (2) at least 12
hours of upper division work in tbe major field;
(3) at least one mino1· consisting of coнrses meeting the specific requirements of the minor depa1·tment selected under the gпidance of the majo1·
adviser.
Students '\>Vho major in ai·t, logopedics, апd music
must estaЬlish two minors in the CoHege of Liberal
A1·ts and Sciences.
Students who establish minors in the p1·ofessional
schools must estaЫish а second rnino1· in the Col\ege
of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
•и а c:omЫned
А minor may comp1·ise the hours necessary for
professional t1·aining certification fo1· certain majo1·s.
Candidates fo1· the Bachelo1· of Science degree
should consult with their major adviser relative to
requirements. The Bacbelo1· of Science degree is
availaЬ!e in the following depaii;ments: Biology,
Chemistry, Geology, Mathematics, and Physics and
nonna11y requires 43 hoш·s fo1· the major.
major is elected the courses se!~ted mu3t Ье :i.pproved
b:v each department head concerned. See also specia! statements regarding majors under Mathematics, French, Germnn, a.n d Spanil!h.
Oth~r
Degree Requirements
In addition to major and minor requirements for
а degree from Fairmount Co11ege, the following
requirements will Ье in effect f or tliose students
expecting to graduate in the stp?·ing of 1967, or thereafter:
1. English:
The student mнst complete, \vith а grade of С
or better, at Jeast th1·ee semester hours of
American 01· Englisb litei·ature. (Note: Such
а course may Ье chosen in such а way as to
satisfy core curriculum 1·equi1·ements simuJtaneously.)
Нistory - Political Science:
The student mнst demonstrate а p1·oficiency in
tbe field of American political system and inAtitutions Ьу (а) passing an examination offered once each semester, at an announced
time, Ьу the Departments of History and Political Science, 01· (Ь) passing one of the follo;,ving coui·ses: History 131 or 132, 01· Political
Science 100, 211, or 221. (Note: These coпrses
also satisfy со1·е cuпici1lum i·equirements.)
3. Mathematics:
ТЬе student mпst complete satisfacto1·ily eitber
Mathematics 141, 142, 01· 121-122, 01· the equivalents. (Note: Stнdents planning to major or
mino1· in :М:athematics, the Natui·al Sciences, 01·
Philosophy should take Mathematics 141, а fivehou1· course. Other students, е. g. those majoring in the humanities 01· the social sciences, may
take 121-122, а six-hour seqнence.)
4. Mode1·n Language:
In fulfilling his degree requi1·ements in modern
language, the student may choose either "а" or
"Ь", below:
2.
а. Не
may complete satisfacto1·i1y 13 semeste1·
hours of а single langпage, rep1·esenting any
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
35
comЬination of high school and college credits. (Note: One year of high scbool work
will Ье considered as the equivalent of one
college semester.)
may complete satisfactorily the 111-112
sequence, or the equivalent, in а second
Janguage, if Ье also can present at least two
high school units or two college scmesters
of another language.
Ь. Не
5. Natui·al Science:
The student must complete satisfactorily nine
semester hou1·s (beyond the College entrance
requirement), four of \Vhicb must Ье in а Jaboratory science. Except for students majoring in
the natural sciences, four semester bours must
Ье taken in еасЬ of the physical and Ьiological
science divisions (as listed in the University
core curriculum, page 32).
Transfer of Credit Within the University
The t1·ansfer of credit shall Ье in keeping with
the Liberal Arts t1·adition. While there are exceptions, аз for example in ce1·tain majors or special
programs often associated with Liberal Arts, the
total amount of credit transferred from other colleges and schools should not exceed 21 hours. The
transfer of more credit hours must have the consent of the dean. The following courses may Ье
t1·ansferred on the basis of tl1e limitations indicated above:
1. Lo,ver division cou1·ses аз specified:
Accounting: 193, 194, 293, 294
Administ1·ation: 120, 261
Art: 200, 205
Economics: All coui·ses
Elementary Education: 116
Enginee1·ing Graphics: 117
Foundations of Education: 232
Logopedics: 111, 112
Mechanics and Materials: 227
Music: 127, 128, 161, 227, 228
Physical Education: 115, 223
Secretarial Тraining: 133, 138, 231, 233, 234,
237, 240
Other courses, when recommended Ьу the head of
tbe major department and approved Ьу the dean.
2. Professional courses of upper division rank in thc
following departments:
Art, Economics, Engineering, Music, Logopedics,
Accounting, Adminiвtration, and Teacher Education.
3. Chorus, band, or other ensemЫes, not more than
one hour of credit per semester, witb а total of
8 hours.
SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences provides
courses which are basic for certain professiona\ fields
and for subsequent professional studies. The liberal
arts studies are recognized аз vital in estaЫishing the
background resources for such areas. Although there
are many similarities in the broad pattern of preprofessional education, there are marked ditferences
in specific requirements. ТЬе advisers in the various
pre-professional fields and closely related departmentз
wiJI provide specific inforrnation relative to courses
and requirements.
Comblned
For the major in Art, Economics, Logopedics, or
Music, see the departmental statement.
36
Arts and Engineering Program
Medical Technology
The Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
offers in cooperation with both St. Francis Hospital
and Wesley Hospital in Wichita the Bachelor of Science degree in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this prograrn are t.'lken at the University of
Wichita and the last year at either Wesley or St.
Francis Hospital. The curriculum for this degree is
described below.
Соиrгв
FRESHl\fAN YEAR
First Semester
Hour.~
Biol. 101, Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chem. 111, General Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phys. Ed. 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Math 141, College Algebra and Plane
Тrigonometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Semester
Bio1. 102, Biology • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chem. 112, General and Inorga1tic Chemistry
Socia1 Science, lower division . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phys. Ed. 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English 111, Elements of Composition . . . . . . .
4
5
1
5
4
5
3
1
3
SOPHOMORE YEAR
First Semester
Engl. 211, Advanced Composition . . . . . . . . . . . З
Chem. 231, Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Physics 123, Genera1 Collcge Physics . . . . . . . . 5
Humanities, Jower division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . З
Phys. Ed. 103 •............ ... . .... , . . . . . . . 1
Second Semester
Chem. 232, Organic Chernistry . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics 124, General College Physics . . . . . . . .
Socia1 Science, lower division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phys. Ed. 104 • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
6
1
JUNIOR YEAR
4. N ot to exceed 8 hours of credit in applied rnusic.
5. Not to exceed 8 hours of credit in applied art.
LiЬeral
See page 90.
First Semester
223, Human Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
Bio1. 301, Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
Chem. 323, Analytical Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanitics, upper division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
3
Вiol.
FAIRMOUNТ COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
Second Semeзter
Biol. 812, Parasitology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Biol. 824, Microblal Physiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Speech 111, Extemporaneous Speaking . . . . . . 2
Humanities, upper division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Humanities or Social Science, upper division . . З
SENIOR YEAR
(School of Medical Teclmology, St. Francis Hospital, or at Wesley Hospital, Wichita, Kansas)
Med.
Med.
Med.
Med.
Med.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tech.
Tecli.
401,
402,
403,
410,
412,
First Semester
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Biochemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parasitology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mycology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Semester
Tech. 420, Urinalysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Med. Tech. 422, Hematology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Med. Tech. 482, Blood Banking . . . . . . . . . . . .
Med. Tech. 480, Нistological Technique . . . . .
Med. Tech. 440, Ваза) Metabolism
and Electrocardiography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
:М:еd.
б
6
3
1
1
2
4
8
4
1
Nursing
Cou1·ses а1·е availaЫe for students who wish to enter
the field of nursing. While а broad education is included, it is recornrnended that emphasis Ье placed
upon courses in science, psycbology, and sociology.
ТЬе University provides three additional prograrns, аз
deвcribed below :
1. Studentв who have completed 94 hours of college
work, of which at least the Iast 30 hou1·s must bave
been taken at the University of Wichita, who have
at least 188 credit points with no mo1·e than 20
hours of D work, and have entered а hospital approved Ьу the American Medical Association, may
upon tbe completion of the three-year p1·ograro of
nursing, satisfy the requi1·ement for the last 80
hours of work for tbe degree of Bacbelor of Arts,
if application for the degree Ье made Ьу the candidate. Work pursued at the bospital must include
evidence of having passed the State Board Examination in nursing.
2. In cooperation with Wesley Hospital, student nui·ses
pursue а prescribed course of study at the University for one year before entering tbe applied training in the hospital. Such college credit, augmented
Ьу credit for the two years of specialized hospital
training when certified Ьу the State Board Examination will provide а substantial foundation for
the completion of the work necessary to comply
with the degree requi1·ernents at tbe University, Ьу
which the Bachelor of А1·tв deg1·ee may Ье conferred.
S. In cooperation with the University of Kansas, two
years of presc1·ibed courses can Ье taken at the University of Wichita toward the degree of Bachelor
of Science in Nursing granted Ьу the University of
Kansas.
The Dean's office will provide inforrnation relative
to specific requirementв.
Pre-La'v
In а statement of policy Ьу the Association of
American Law Schools, emphasis is placed upon undergraduate studies which provide "cornprehension
and expression in words; critical understanding of the
human institutions and values with which the law
deals; and creative power in thinking," to Ье achieved
through disciplined study in tbe fields of the student's
choice.
Degi-ee requirementв for а Bachelo1· of Arts degree
will provide а general education and concentration in
а field of major study. The pre-legal adviser will p1·0vide information i·elative to requirements for entrance
to law school.
Pre-Medical, Pre-Dental, Pre-Veterinary,
Pre-Pharmacy, Pre-Optometry
Schools of medicine emphasize for admission а b1·oad
education аз well аз prescribed studies in the sciences.
Preparation for the study of medicine should include,
therefore, courses of study which develop disciplined
thinking, intelligent appreciation of values, and sympathetic unde1·standing of man and society. Since vital
aspects of the study of medicine are associated with
scientific knowledge and techniques, courses in Ыology,
chemistry, physics, and allied fields are requi1·ed. Studentв may choose to rnajor in tbese fields but other
majors may Ье selected in prepa1·ation for the study of
rnedicine. The prospective physician should also possess those qualities of character which make for effective citizenship and professional competence. The
adviser for pre-medical studies will provide inforrnation relative to tbe Medical College Admission Test
recommended Ьу the Association of American Medical
Colleges and, upon request, а detailed outline of the
various curricula fo1· adrnission to medical school. Studentв are urged to consult with him at the earliest possiЫe time in regard to the opportunities and requi1·ements in this professional field.
While the four-year deg1·ee program is definitely
preferaЫe, it is possiЫe in some medical schools to
gain admission on tbe basis of а thl·ee-year program
of studies. Studentв of the University of Wichita who
bave taken 94 hours of p1·eparation, the Jast 30 of
which must have been takeц at the University of
Wichita, with properly arranged majors and rnino1·s,
have complied with the prescribed fields of study requirementв, have 188 credit pointв with no more than
20 houi·s of D grade work, have passed the first уеа1·
of medical or dental school (for ЗО hours), and are
eligiЫe for admission to the second year may Ье
g1·anted the degree of Bacbelor of A1·ts Ьу the University of Wichita if application Ье made Ьу the candidate for sucb а degree.
Schools of Dentistry require p1·escribed prepa1·ation
in the sciences as well as general education. Although
the entrance requirernents are generaПy of the same
character, the student should give careful attention
to the pattern in the school of his choice. Emphasis
upon the sciences, generally with а major in Ыology, is
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
37
recommended. The advise1· for pre-dental studies will
p1·ovide а specНic prog1·am of course work for either
the three-year or four-year pr·ogram.
The p1·eparation for the study of veterinary medicine generally includes the essential pattern of basic
education and emphasis upon science with special
reference to Ьiology. The adviser for pre-veterinary
medicine studies will provide а specific program of
course work.
Schedules may Ье arranged to meet entrance requirements of the various sc.hools of optometry, osteopathy, pbarmacy, mo1·tuary science, and related professional fields.
Pre-Theological
Students interested in pursuing graduate theological
work sh.ould arrange their p1·ograms of preparation in
consultation with the head of the department of Religious Educ,ation. Specific requirements set forth Ьу the
individual semina1·ies can thus Ье satisfied. Majors in
Philosophy-Religious Education will offei· Religious
Education 333 01· Philosophy 331-332 as the basic
course, dependent upon major emphasis.
Public Service
There is а growing demand for college graduates
in the field of puЬlic service. The foreign service of
the United States offerз an attractive field to а limited
numbe.r of young men and women who desire а career
abroad. The federal government and an increasing
number of citieз and states are using the principleз
of the merit system for their employees. Related fields
open to properly trained college graduateз are found
in municipal research bureaus and legislative reference bureaus. Preparation for such service iз not
confined to any one department. Students interested
in puЬlic aervice аз а career should conзult with their
advisers or the headз of their departments аз to the
соurзез which will best prepare them. Students interested in public adminiзtration should аlзо conзult the
civil service bulletins.
Social Work
Cou1·ses are provided for pre-professional training
variouз areas of social work. The social work
cou1·seз are designed for three types of students:
(1) all students аз preparation for intelligent and
responsiЫe community citizenship, (2) the вtudent
who upon graduation may accept а position not now
requiring professional graduate training, and (3) the
student who pli!ns to go on to а graduate school of
зocial work. The offerings in social work are listed
on page 56.
in
Teaching
Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
may qualify for secondary teaching certificateз in
Каnзаз and in several other states. Those who plan
to qualify for the standard secondary teaching certificate must complete the program аз outlined in items
I and П on page 67. The professional cou1·ses i·equired for certification may Ье accepted as fulfiПing
the requi1·ements for one of the two mino1-s required
in this program.
38
LШERAL
ARTS AND
SCIENCES CURRICULUM
AMERICAN
CIVILIZAТION
The program in Arnerican Civilization provides а broad
cultural background in American studies, and provides,
proportionately, for а specialization in а field of the student's particular interest.
1\IAJOR: 36 hours minimum, consisting of Amer. Civil.
hourз from Amer. Civil. 211, 212, 311, and 312,
and Amer. Civil. 498 and 499 (required); 18 hours to Ье
chosen from the follo\ving groups :
English: 251, 252, 440
111, 112, 6
Нistory:
131, 132, 444
Political Science: 211, 221, 315, 316
Sociology: 305, 315
Philosophy: 410
Economics: 207
MINOR: А minor in the College of Liberal Arts and
Sciences consists of 15 hours, including American Civilization 111 and 112 and at least 3 upper division hours.
Lower Divi8ion Courses
111 & 112. Survey of American Civilization (3-3). First
semester: Introduction to American Civilization:
Colonial beginnings to 1861.
Second semester: American Civilization from 1861 to
the present. А study of the factorз shaping the
growing nation, its changing culture, its proЫems,
аз the civilization peculiar to this nation becomes
more apparent.
211 The Romantic Revolution. (3). The impact of the
Romantic Revolution on the nation's civilization as а
liberating force in the period of its greatest change.
212
The Growth of Nationalism. (3). American Civilization during the period of its a\vakening to its place
as а nation and the p1-0Ыems encountered.
Upper Division
Courseг
311 The Colonial Period. (З). Those ideas and ideals,
01·igiпally fostered Ьу the English colonists, \vhicl1
\ve1·e to become the foundation of the ne\v democ1·acy.
312 The Twentieth Century. (3). The many
factors
shapiлg
civШzation.
coпtributing
Americaн
thc T\ventieth Century
321 The
.Мidlands and the High Plains. (З). The background, the factors in the settlement of this vast
area, and the results of this settlement.
322 The American Southwest. (3). The background of
the settlement of the American Southwest, the impact of the commingling of three di.fferent cultures,
and the evolving of а fourth culture.
498
Introduction to Research (З). Bibliography, methodo\ogy, and the pl1ilosophy of research. Prerequ.isite:
department consent.
499
Seminar in American CiviJization (3). Senlinar and
individual con!erences organized around а proЬlein
or proЬ\ems presented Ьу а representative fignre,
theme, or period (i.e.), the lndustrial Revolution,
Reconst1-uction, West\vard :Мigration, Mark Тwain
and the Mississippi. Prerequisite: department consent.
FAIRMOUNT COllEGE OF llBERAl ARTS AND SCIENCES
jiP
BIOLOGY
MAJOR. А major in Ьiology lead.ing to а Bachelor of
Artз degree requires 30 hours of Вiology, and must include
Biology 101 and 102. In addition, 15 hours of chemistry
are blghly recommended.
А major in Ъiology leading to а Bachelor of Science
degree requires 40 hours of Ьiology, and must include
Biology 101 and 102; 30 hours of mathematics or natural
science, 15 of which must Ье in chemistry, are also required.
МINOR. А m.inor in Ьiology requires 15 hours, including Biology 101 and 102.
Several of the courses offered in the Biology depar~
ment are service courses, and are so designated. Service
courses cannot Ье taken for credit toward а Ыology
major or minor.
Lower
Diviвion
Courses
101 Biology. (5). ЗR; 4L. Fundamentals of
mon to plants and animals.
Ьiology
com-
102 Biology. (5). ЗR; 4L. А study of the diversity and
the relatedness of plants and animals. Prerequisite:
Biol. 101.
312 Parasitology. (3). lR; GL. Тhе pa1·asites of man and
other vertebrate hosts. Prerequisite: Biol. 225 or
227. Alternate Years.
320 Comparative Animal Physiology. (4). 3R; 3L. А
survey of physiologic.a l phenomena in the major
groups of animals \vith attention to physiology аз а
unifying discipline in zoology. Prerequisite: Biol.
102 and Chem. 231.
322 Plant Physiology. (4). 2R; 6L. Тhе functional dynamics of plant metabolism and gтowth, including
water relations, nutrition, translocation, photosynthesis, respiration, and various aspects of development. P1·erequisite: Biol. 102 and Chem. 231.
324 Microblal Physiology. (3) . 3R. Тhе physiology and
metabolism of microo1·ganis1ns. Prerequisite: Biol.
301 and Chem. 231, or consent of instructor.
325 l\Iicroblal Physiology Laboratory. (2). 6L. An introduction to the basic techniques involved in the study
of microblal physiology. Prerequisite: Biology 301.
329 Nonvascular Plants. (4). 2R; 6L. An introduction
to the structure, reproduction, and evolution of the
algae, fungi, and bryophytes. Special emphasis on
cytology, physiology. Prerequisite: Biol. 102.
120 I11troduction to Microblology. (3). 2R; 2L. Service
course for nurses only. Fundamentals of microblology with empbasis on microorganisms important
in sanitation and disease.
330 Vascular P la11ts. (4). 2R; GL. An introduction to the
structure, reproduction and evolution of the major
groups of living and extinct vascular plants. Special
emphasis on the development of pollen, embryo, seed,
and fruit of seed plants. Prerequisite: Biol. 102.
130 Nutrition. (2). А study of human nutrition which
includes the composition and classification of foods.
For nurses only.
343
223 Human Biology. (5). ЗR; 4L. Service course for
nurses and physical education majors. An introduction to the structure and functions of the human
body. Credit not applicaЫe toward the core requirement for laboratory science.
381 Entomology. (4). 2R; 6L. The Ыology and econo1nic
significance of selected insect types. Prerequisite:
Biol. 102.
225
Comparative Anatomy. (4). 2R; 6L. An intensive
study of representative chordates. Prerequisite: Biol.
102.
226 Embryology. (4). 2R; 6L. An introduction to anintal
reproduction and development. Prerequisite: Biol.
225.
227 Invertebrate Zoology. (4). 3R; 3L. А compa1·ative
study of the morphology and physiology of the i11vertebrates. Prerequisite: Biol. 102.
228 Vertebrate Zoology. (4). 2R; 3L; lD. А comprehensive study of the vertebrates with emphasis on life
histories, phylogenies, and evolution. Field work will
Ье an integral part of the laboratory. Prerequisite:
Biol. 102.
Upper
Diviвion Соиrвев
Mycology. (4) . 2R; 4L. Тhе structure, development
and reproduction of fungi with emphasis on the
cytology and physiology of forms of scientific and
economic importance. Prerequisite: Biol. 102.
401 Genetics. (4). 3R ; 3L. The n1echanis111s of heredity
and va1·iation in plants and animals with а critical
revie\v of the concept of the gene. Prerequisite: Biol.
102.
406 Analytical Methods in Biology. (2). lR ; 3L. The
principles, capabШties and applications of 111oder11
techniques of instrumental measurement in Ьiological
research and teaching. Prerequisite: Biol. 101, Chem.
231, and Phys. 124.
411
General Ecology. (4), 2R; 6L. Principles of plant
and animal ecology with field \vork as an integral
part of the laboratory. Pre1·equisite: 20 hours of
Ьiology.
421
Serology. (3). ЗR. Тhе chemical basis of immunology
and serology ;vith emphasis on the application of
serological procedures in various areas of Ьiological
investigation. Prerequisite: Biol. 102 and Chem. 231.
301 Bacteriology, (5). 3R; 6L. An introduction to gтowth,
development and metabolism of bacteria and related
forms. Prerequisite: Biol. 102; and Chem. 231 or
concurrent enrollment.
422 Serological Techniques. (2) . 6L. Laboratory practice
in qua\itative and quantitative aspects of a11tibody
p1·oduction and antigen-antibody reactions. Prerequisite 01· co-1·equisite: Biology 421.
302 Pathogenic l\1icroЫology. (3). 2R; lL. An int1·oduction to tl1e important pathogenic microorganisms and
their relations to health and disease in man. Prerequisite: Biology 301.
423 Cytology. (3). 2R; 3L. Тhе structure, chemistry, development, and function of the cell \vith particular
reference to chromosomes and their bearing on genetics. Prerequisite: Biol 102.
Microscopic Technique. (3). 9L. Preparation of materials for the study of minute anatomy. Prerequisite:
Biol. 225, 226, 227, 329, or 330.
430 Histology. (4). 2R; 6L. Micтoscopic anatomy of
vertebrates \vith emphasis on the mammal. Prerequisite: Biol. 225. Alternate yea1·s.
311
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
39
445 Physiology of Plant Developn1ent. (4). 2R; 6L. А
study of physical and chemical factors infl.uencing
gro\vth, differentiation and reproduction of plants.
Prerequisite: Biol. 322.
460 l\Iicroblal Genetics. (4). ЗR ; 3L. Тhе relationships
between development, metabolism, and genetics in
microorganisms. Prerequisite: Biol. 801 and 401 or
department consent.
482 Topics in Botany. (2). Prerequisite: consent of instructo1·. Мау Ье repeated once for credit.
483 Topics in Zoology. (2). Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Мау Ье repeated once for credit.
484 Topics in Microblology. (2). Prerequisite: consent
of instructor. Мау Ье repeated once for credit.
490 History and Literature of Biology. (1). 2R. Тhе historical development of some of the main ideas of
blology and the use of Ьiological literature. Prerequisite: 20 hrs. Biology.
498 & 499 Biology Seminar. (1-1). Informal discussionв
of various aspects of Ьiology \vith emphasis on modern trends in research. Prerequisite: 15 hrs. Biology.
Graduate
Соиrвев
500
Biology Seminar. (1). Reviews of current research
in Ьiology.
503
Physiological Zoology. (4). 2R; 4L. Тhе development, ecology, and distribution of animals in relation
to physiological adaptation. Prerequisite: Biol. 820.
505 Physiological Genetics. (2). 2R. Studies of the physico-chemical natu1·e of genetic mate1·ial and the
mechanisms of genetic regulation of n1etabolism.
561 & 562 Research. (1 to 5: 1 to 5). Research opportunities are offered in the fo!lowing areas of Ьiology:
genetics, physiology (plant, animal, microЬial), parasitology, ecology (plant and animal). morphology
(plant and animal), Ьiochemistry, bacteriology, plant
anatomy, and systematics. А maximum of 8 hours
may Ье taken for credit.
576
Тhesis.
(2).
MINOR. The chemistry minor consists of 14 or 15
hours: Chem. 111, 112, and 4 or 5 hours from Chem. 231,
302, 304, and 323.
Lower
111 General Chemistry. (5). 4R; 2L. Тhе general laws of
chemistry and the non-metals and their compounds.
Prerequisite: 1% units of high school algebra or 1
unit of blgh school algebra and Math. 107.
112 General Chemistry and Inorganic Chernistry. (5). 3R;
4L. Тhе chemistry of metals, electrochemistry, ionic
equilibria, and introduction to qualitative analysiз
and organic chemistry. Prerequisite: Chern. 111 with
а grade of С or better.
201
NOTE: Since the Departme.n t of Chemistry is on the
approved list of the American Chemical Society Committee for the Professional Training of Chemists, the
student \vho is \vorking toward the Bachelor of Science
degree should oЬtain from the department а сору of the
detailed four-year program.
40
Glass Blowing. (1). 2L. Limited en.rollment open to
students upon recommendation of the chemistry
department.
231-232 Organic Chemistry. (5·5). 3R; 6L-3R; 6L. For
majors and premedical students. Preparation and
identification of typical organic compounds of the
aliphatic and aromatic series. Prerequisite: Chem.
112 \vith а grade of С or better.
Upper
Diviвion Соиrsев
302 Chemistry of l\Iaterials, (2). Fundamental general
chemistry applied to chemical teclшology. Prerequisite; Chem. 112 with а grade of С or better.
304 Elementary Physical Chemistry. (З). For students
preparing for geology, Ьiology, and medicine. Not
for chemistry majors. Prerequisite: Chem. 112 'vith
а grade of С or better.
323-324 Analytical Chemistry, (4-4). 2R; 6L-2R; 6L. The
fundamental principles of gravimetric and volwnetric
analysis. Prerequisite: Chern. 112 with а grade of С
or better: for 824, Chem. 231.
401
Chemical Literature: (1). The use of the chemical
literature. Prerequisite: 20 hours of chemistry and
consent of instructor.
406
Biochemistry. (4). 3R; ЗL. An introduction to protein, lipide, and carbohydrate chemistry. Prerequisite:
Biol. 102, and 25 hou1·s of chemistry, or consent of
instructor.
CHEMISTRY
МAJOR. А major with а Bachelor of Arts degree includes Chemistry 111, 112, 231, 232, 323, 445, and 446.
:Мathematics 300 (or 244 or 252) is also requi1·ed.
А major 'vith the Bachelor of Science degree requires
Chemistry 111, 112, 231, 232, 323, 324, 401, 411, 412, 445,
446, and at least 2 hours from Chcmistry 406, 413, 423,
424, and 433. Additional requirements are Mathematics
300 (or 244 or 252) and а reading knowledge of German
or French. А minor in Physics is recommended, as well.
This cu1тiculum is approved Ьу the American Chemical
Society Committee for the Professional Training of Chemists.
Тhе premedical student " 'ho majors in chemistry should
Ье advised Ьу а member of the Chemistry Departme11t
faculty.
Diviвion Соиrвев
103 General Chemistry. (5). 3R; 4L. А brief summary of
inorganic, organic, and Ьiological chemistry. NOTE:
Credit will not Ье granted for both Chem. 103 and
111.
411 & 412 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. (2-2). Тhе
periodic tаЫе; theoretical and descriptive ino1·ganic
chemistry. P1·erequisite: 25 hours of cbemistry with
an index of 2.00 or better.
413
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory. (2). 6L.
Experimental methods of inorganic chemistry. Prerequisite: Chem. 411 or concurrent enrollment.
423 Advanced Analytical Chemistry. (2). lR; ЗL. Spectroscopy, spectrophotometry, and fl.ame photometry.
Prerequisite: 25 hours of chemistry and consent of
instructor.
424 Advanced Analytical Chemistry. (2). lR; ЗL. рН
measurement, electrometric titrations, and polarography. Prerequisite: 25 hours of chemistry and consent of instructor.
433 Organic Preparations. (1-2). ЗL or 6L, The more
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
di.fficult organic syntheses. Prerequisite: Chem. 232
or concurrent enrollment.
445-446 Physical Chemistry. (4-4). 3R; 3L-ЗR; 3L. Introductory physical chemistry for chemistry majors
who have а backgтound in physics and calculus. Prerequisite: Chem. 231, 323, Math. 300 (or 244 or 252),
and Physics 124 or 244.
GradШJte Соиrвев
500
Chemical Seminar. (1). Review of current periodi·
cals. Reports on student and faculty research. Prerequisite: 20 hours of chemistry. 1\!ау Ье repeated
for credit.
519• Speclal Topics in Inorganic Chemistry. (1·3). Pre·
requisite: consent of instructor.
529• Special Торiсв in Analytical Chemistry. (1-3). Prerequisite: conзent of instructor.
531 & 532 Advanced Organic Chemistry. (2-2). First
semester: mechanismз of organic reactions. Second
semester: heterocyclic compounds. Prerequisite:
Chem. 232 and а reading kno,vledge of German 01·
French.
533 & 534 Analytical Organic Chemistry. (2-2), lR;
3L-1R; 3L. Analysis of organic compounds. First
semester: qualitative analysis; second seщester;
quantitative analysis. Prerequisite: Chem. 232.
535 Physical Organic Chemistry. (2).
539• Special Topics in Organic Chemistry. (1-3). Pre·
requisite: consent of instructor.
545-546 Advanced Physical Chemistry. (2·2). Chemical
thermodynamics. Prerequisite: Chem. 446.
549• Special Topics in Physical Chemistry. (1-3). Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
551• Research in Inorganic Chemistry. (1-3). 3L or 9L.
552• Research in Analytical Chemistry, (1-3). 3L or 9L.
553• Research in Organic Chemistry. (1-3). 3L or 9L.
554• Research in Physical Chemistry. (1-3).
·~fa7 Ье
repeated for credit up to 6
ЗL
or 9L.
houгa.
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
MAJOR. Тhе major requirement is 33 hours. Required
courses are Engl. 221, 222, 225, and 251. In addition English majors will select courвes from the follo\ving groups
as indicated below:
I. Period courses.
А. Тwо of the following: 370, 371, 373, 374, 375,
376.
В. One of the following : 252, 341, 342.
П. Major author courses. One of the following: 301,
430, 431, 483, 434.
III. Studies in Literary Турез. One of the following
courseз: 802, 303, 321, 323, 324, 331, 332, 833.
С.
Either 433 or 434.
average in the major field is required for admission to the professional semester in the College of Edu·
cation.
All other courses in the department \vill Ье credited
toward the major with the following exceptions:
А. 111, 248, 315 will not count toward the major.
В. Only six hours from the following courses will Ье
credited toward the major: 211, 311, 312, 313, 314.
Тhе requirements and exceptionз listed above will арр!у
to majors in the College of Education with the following
changes:
А. Education 442Е is required of all students who plan
to teach English in junior or senior blgh schoo!.
В. Engl. 315 is required Ьу the College о! Education of
a\L students who plan to teach English in junior or
senior high school.
С. Engl. 461 is strongly recommended for students who
plan to teach in junior or senior high school.
А С
MINOR IN ТНЕ COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS: Тhе
minor requirement is 15 hourв, including two of the following courses: 221, 222, 251. At least six hours must Ье
in upper division work.
On1y three hours of the follo;ving courses will count
toward the minor: 311, 312, 313, 314.
Тhе follo\ving courses will not count toward the minor:
111, 248, 315.
NOTE: :Мinors in Liberal Arts planning to teach must
meet the requirements listed below which are the same as
those for the minor in the College of Education.
MINOR IN ТНЕ COLLEGE OF EDUCATION: Тhе
minor requirement is 18 hours, including the following:
А. 225, 251.
В. Either 221 or 222.
С. 315 (un1ess \\•aived).
D. One of the following: 302, 323, 324, 342.
Е. Either 433 or 434.
А С average in the minor field is required for admission to the professional semester in the College of Education.
Non-Credit
Соиrвев
60 English for Foreign Students.
(О) .
99 Writing Laboratory. (О) . А special aid to any вtu­
FS dent in the University who hаз рrоЫеmв in writing.
Lower Division
Соиrвев
103 & 104 l\lasterworks of European Literature 1 & 11.
(3-3). Literary classics in trans!ation. First semester: from the Greeks to the Renaissance. Second se·
mester: from the Renaissance to the mode1'11 world.
111 College English. (3). See University College,
FS
р.
34.
NОТЕ:
211 Advanced Writing. (3). Prerequisite: Engl.ish 111
FS and sophomore standing; or department consent.
А.
221 & 222 Survey of l\lajor English Writers. (З-3) . First
FS semester: from the beginnings through the eighteenth century. Second semester: nineteenth century
to the present. Required of all English majors.
Majors p1anning to teach English must select
within the above groups from the following courses as
\Vell аз meeting the above major requirements.
В.
One of the follo,ving: 803, 323, 324.
One of the following: 302, 333, 342.
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
41
223 Вооkз а1
FS signed J\'td Id~as. (3). Open to any student but deerature 1\'iwanly for those who >vis11 а course in Jitivhich is appreciative rather than historical.
225 Literar}
FS tion in Theory and Critical Writing. (3). Instrucstudy 0~rit;ical reading and crШcal writing through
and pro~f representative works in drama, poetry,
le nction. Required of all English majors.
240 Major !\
dents l:!fafв of Shakespeare. (3). Designed for stuF
stud; t)..ither majors 01· non-majors, who wish to
in one :le best work of Shakespeare's whole career
student~emester. Мау not Ье offered for credit Ьу
who have credit in Engl. 433 or 434.
248 Businest
Not cr\' Correspondence and Report Writing. (3).
F
(Forme dited to,vard an Engliзh major or minor.
lish 1ц~lу offered as Engl. 348.) Prerequisite: Engor department consent.
251 Arueric~
\n
Literature from Рое to Dreiser. (3).
FS
252
FS
Ameri~
(3).
'n Literature from
RoЬinson to the P1·esent.
255 Americt,
211 (wh'n Democracy. (3). Same
'\icJ'l see for description).
s
Тhere iз 1\
Upper
аз
Political Science
and are offe}m. All are open to juniors and seniorз alike
dicated.
te<i for graduate credit unless other\viзe in301 Major
.
more ~n1er1can Anthors. (3). Тhе works of one or
(Formt1'utstanding figures in American literature.
' rly offered as Engl. 453.)
302 Ameri~
454.) ~n Fiction. (3). (Formerly offered аз Engl.
Ameri~
362.)
an Drama. (3). (Formerly offered as Eng1.
310 lnter-r\
311
313
315
FS
321
323
324
preseщ,~lated Arts. (3). lnter-department.al course
course ' ing an aesthetic analysiз of three arts. Тhе
than tl- will emphasize style in the tbree arts rather
\е blstory of art. (Offered in alternate years.)
& 312
.
(З-3). Creative Writing: Workзhop in Prose Fiction.
Мау not Ье offered for graduate credit.
& 314
Dranщ Cteative Writing: Workshop in Poetry and
. (3-3). Мау not Ье offered for graduate credit.
The St
an En \ ructure of Englisl1. (3) . Not credited to\vai·d
of Edц\Hsh n1ajor or minor, except in the College
(Fonn cation. Мау not Ье offered for graduate cred.it.
\rlY offered as Engl. 345.)
Elizabt
altern~\!than and Jacobean Drama. (3). (Offe1·ed in
\te years.)
Later
Restol' British Drama. (3). Selected plays f1·om the
nate у ation to the modern period. (Oft'ered in alter\ars.)
Conte~
contintnporary Drama. (3). English, An1erican, and
&
~ntal plays of the t\ventieth century.
331
332
meste The English Novel 1 & IL (3-3). First seter: ~: Defoe through Thackeray. Second semes333 Со
'leo1·ge Eliot through Galsworthy.
F
Co::~\nporary Fiction. (3). English, Amcrican, and
merly \ental novels of the twentieth century. (Fo1·offered as Engl. 343.)
42
FAIRМOUNT
Modern British and American Literature from 1900
to 1925. (3).
342
S
l\1odern British and American Literature from 1925
to present. (З).
370 Elizabethan Literature. (3). Sidney, Spenser, Jonson, and their contemporaries. (Formerly offered as
Engl. 334.)
371 The Age of Donne. (3). Тhе :М:etaphysical Роеtз, the
S
Cavalier Роеtз, and tl1eir contemporaries. (Formerly
offered as Engl. 336.)
373 The Romantic Age. (3). Wordsworth, Coleridge,
Byron, Shelley, Кеаtз, and their contemporaries.
(Formerly offered аз Engl. 443.)
374 Victorian Literature. (3). Dickenз, Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, Hu.xley, Hopkins, Hardy, and their contemporarieз. (Fonnerly offered as Engl. 444.)
375 & 376 The Neo-Classical Age 1 & 11. (3-3). First
semestei·: Dryden, Роре, Swift, and their contemporaries. Second semester: Johnson, Fielding, Richardзon, Sterne, and their contemporaries. (Formerly
ofi'ered as 372.)
399
Тhе ВiЫе
401
Old English. (3). (Formerly offered as Engl. 421.)
s
Diviвion Соиrвег
tblз curricul о di.fference between 300 and 400 courseз in
303
3Н
F
as Literature. (3).
402 Medieval Literature. (З). Middle Engliзh poetry,
prose, and drama f:rom the t\velfth to the fifteenth
century. (Formerly offered аз Engl. 432.)
430
F
Milton. (3). (Fom1erly ofi'ered as Engl. 336.)
431 Chaucer. (3).
F
433 & 434 Shakeзpeare I & 11. (3-3). First semeste1·:
Shakespeare's work to 1600. Second semester: Shakespeare's work after 1600. (Formerly offered as Engl.
337 and 338.)
440 Folklore. (3). (Forme1·ly offered as Engl. 361.)
446 Literary Criticism. (3).
461 History of the English Lang11age. (3).
462 Tl1eory of Language. (3).
471 & 472 World Masteгpieces I & 11. (З-3). Fi1·st sen1ester: selected readings in Oriental, Heb1·e\V1 Gr·eek,
Ron1an and Medieva1 European literatui·e in transl:i.tion. Second semester: selected readings in European literature of the late l\Iedieval Renaissance and
:Мodem periods in tra11slation.
475 & 476 Independent Reading. (1-3; 1-3). Designed
for majors and non-majors who want to pursue special reading or research projects in areas not normally covered in course work. Admission to courses
is determined Ьу the departmental honors committee.
Мау not Ье offered for graduate credit.
480 & 481 Special Studies. (1-3; 1-3). The ind.ividual
instructor will announce which literary figure, or
groups of figures, or Jiterary proЫem, or relationsblp
between literature and ideaз will Ье studied during
the semester. Мау Ье repeated for credit.
Additional honors work: Each semester one upper division
course will Ье designated аз an honors course, and
enrollinent \vШ Ье limited to Honors students, either
majors or non-majors, selected Ьу the departn1ental
honorз committee.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
Graduate
Соиrвев
505 Graduate Studies in English. (3). а. English Drama,
Ь. English Prose Fiction, с. Sixteenth Century, d.
Shakespeare, е. Seventeenth Century, f. Тwentieth
Century, g. American Drama, h. Chaucer, i. Medieval
Literature, j. Eighteenth Century, k. Nineteenth
Century, 1. American Literature, m. Linguistics.
BiЪliographical methods, research, serninar discussions. With consent of the department head, the
course may Ье repeated for additional credit.
506 An Introduction to Graduate Study in English. (3).
А course especially designed to prepare students to
perform efl'ectively in graduate classes in English.
The course is concerned with 1) basic ЬiЬ\iographical
tools; 2) terminology, both technical and historical;
3) various approaches to the study of literature
such as intrinsic analysis of а litera1·y \VOrk, the
relationsblps of Ьiography to literary study, and the
relevance of other diseipliнes, such аз psychology,
to literature; 4) the \vriting of inte1-pretative and
i·esearch essays. Throughout the semester а balance
between criticism and research is maintained.
507 & 508 Research. (З or 4- З or 4). Working out а
scholarly proЬ\em in conзultation with an advisor.
А student must present а proЫem on which he wishes
to work and must receive departmental approYal
before enrolling in the course.
509 & 510 Creative Writing. (3 or 4 - 3 or 4). Students
who plan to offer а novel, play, or other creative
writing аз а thesis, \vill Ье permitted to do creative
\vriting for graduate credit. Тhе department reserves the right to refuse, \vithout prejudice to the
student's Master of Arts program, any appHcant for
this work whose success seems douЬtful.
511 & 512 Directed Reading. (1-3; 1-3) . А total of not
more than foul' credit hours of 511 and 612 will Ье
credited toward the degree.
575 & 576 Thesis. (2-2).
NОТЕ:
Not more than ten hours total may Ье offered
of English 607, 508, 509, 610, 511, 512, 575, and 576
toward the М.А. degree.
FRENCH
?tbl.JOR. А major in French consists of 24 semester
l1ours beyond French 111-112 01· their equivalent, and must
include the survey of French literature (six hours). In
addition, it is strongly recommended tl1at French majors
(1) choose а minor in some other foreign language, and
(2) elect, where possiЫe, coшplementary courses such as
those appearing in the fields of Нistory, Philosophy, and
Political Science.
MINOR. Тhе Fi·ench mino1· consists of 18 semester
hours, or if high school equivalent is accepted, 12 hours
beyond the French 112 level. In either case, а 300 course
(exclusive of :Мajor Topics) must Ье included.
Lower Diviвion Соиrвев
111-112 E lementary French. (4-4). 3R; С. and L. А
FS year course. Grammar essentials, dictation, and reading.
223 Intermediate French Reading. (3). Modem F1·ench
'vriters. Prerequisite: French 112 or equivalent.
224 Intermediate Frenclt Composition. (3). Grammar
review and composition. Prerequisite: French 112 or
equivalent.
225
232
French Conversation. (2). Oral themes, dictation,
and conversation. Prerequisite: French 112 or equivalent.
F rench Civilization. (2).
Тhе
background of history,
art, and institutions. Prerequisite: French 223, or
225, or 112 with department consent.
Upper
Dioiгwn Соиrгев
Upper division courses are given on а rotating basis.
French 223 is prerequisite for all upper division literature
courses.
310
Phonetics and Diction. (2). Prerequisite: French
112 with department consent.
315-316 М:ajor Торiсз. (1-1). Literary reports, special
\Vork in pronunciation, commercial French, or problems in teaching French. Мау Ье repeated to а total
of not more than 4 hours. Prerequisite: French 112
\vith а С or better, and 3 additional hours, or department consent.
331 & 332 French Theater. (3-3). First semester: Moliere, Corneille, and Racine. Second semester: development of the drama from the 18th century to the
p1·esent.
333 & 334 Survey of French Literature. (3-З). First
semester: through the si.xteenth century. Second
semester: seventeenth century through present-day
writers.
336 Advanced Composition. (3). Emphasis on theme W1'iting and idiomatic French. P1·erequisite: French 224.
442 & 443 Nincteenth Century. (З-3). First semester:
19th century prose and poetry from the Revolution to
1852. Second semester: 1852 to the present.
GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY
l\1AJOR. А major \vith а Bachelor of Arts degree requi1·es 30 hours, including Geology 333, 337, 361, and prereqttisite courses.
А niajor \vith а Bachelo1· of Scieпce deg1·ee requires 35
hours of geology, iпcluding Geology 333, 337, 361, and
prerequisite courses; and 35 hours from the fields of
mathematics апd the sciences, to include а niinor in one
of the sciences or in mathematics, 10 hours of Physics,
and not less than 5 hours each in chemistry and Ыо!оgу;
completion of Geology 335-336, or а sнmme1· field course
at an accredited university.
NOTE: No major is ofrered in geography.
MINOR. А nunor in geology consists of 15 hours. А
minor in geography consists of 15 hours, including
Geography 201 and at least one upper division course.
Students 'vith а niajor in geology may not prcsent а
niino1· in geography for graduation.
GEOLOGY
Lower Diviгion Соиrвев
105 Introduction to Geology. (2). lR; 2L. А short elementary course in physical and historical geology,
emphasizing the practical aspects of the science. Not
for major credit. Not open to students with c1·edit
in Geol. 111.
111 General Geology. (5). 3R; 4L. Тhе earth and its maFS terials, structurc and history; the Ya1·ious proc-
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERA L ARTS AND SCIENCES
43
aspects and compo-
use and interpretation of aerial photographs. Prerequiзite: Geog. 201 or Geol. 112.
112 Historical Geology (3). 2R; ЗL . Шstory of the earth
FS from the time of its origin as а planet to the
appearance of man. Prerequisite: Geol. 111.
443• Subsurface Geology. (3). 2R; 3L. АН subsurface
F
methodз, including laboratory, logging, testing, treatment, valuation, and mapping methods. Prerequisite:
Geol. 226 and Physics 124.
esseз
operating to change
itз
sition.
211• Astronomy. (3). 2R; 2L. An introductory study of
ext1·ate1·restrial realms and materials, including the
sola1· and galactic systems, their apparent origins,
developmental histo1·ies, components, and motions.
Prerequisite: Math 112 or 141. Does not apply toward а major or minor in GeoJogy.
225
F
Mineralogy. (5). 3R; 6L. Crystallography, and the
determination of minerals Ьу physica1, optical, and
chemical methods. Prerequisite: Geol. 111 and Chem.
111.
226 Petrology. (4). ЗR; 3L. The origin, modes of occurS
rence, alterations, classifications, and methods of
detennination of the igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic rocks. Prerequisite: Geol. 112 and 225.
Upper
Diviвion Courвes
331 Geomorphology. (3). 2R; 3L. Genesis and interpreS
tation of land fol'ms; major physiographic provinces
of N orth America. Prerequisite: Geog. 201 or Geol.
112.
333 Structural Geology. (3). Тhе mechanics of rock defonnation; the description and genesis of features
F
resulting from diastrophism. Prerequisite: Geol. 226
and Physics 123.
335 Field l\Iapping. (2). 6L. Field mapping methods, with
F
especial reference to use of Ievel, compass, barometer, alidade, and air photos. Prerequisite: Geog. 201
or Geol. 112.
336 Field Stratigraphy. (3). 9L. Field geology and straS
tigraphy of Eastern Kansas. Prerequisite: Geol. 112.
337 Invertebrate Paleonto1ogy. (3). 2R; ЗL. Invertebrate
F
fossils, criteria of identification, classiftcation. Prerequiзite: Geol. 112, Biol. 101; or Biology majors upon
instructor's consent.
347 Sedimentology. (3). 2R; 3L. Origin, classification,
F
texture, and structure of sedimentary rocks. Prerequisite: Geol. 226 or department consent.
361 Economic Resources. (3). 2R; 3L. Distribution, clasS
sification, composition, and origin of economic resources, with especial reference to fuels, minerals,
and rocks. Prerequisite; Geog. 201, or Geol. 226.
425* Optical Analysis. (4). 2R; 6L. Use of the polarizing
F
microscope; mineral identification and rock classification. Prerequisite: department consent.
436* Vertebrate Pa1eontology. (3). 2R; 3L. Systematic
study of the fossil record of the vertebrates; laboratory training in identification of fossil bones and
teeth; emphasis on regional faunas; collecting and
museum trips required. Prerequisite: Geol. 112 and
Biol. 101; or Biology majors upon instructor's consent.
438• Micro Paleontology. (8) . 2R; ЗL. Paleontology of
S
the micro-fossils, and their use in zonation. Prerequisite: Geol. 337; or Biology majors upon instructor's consent.
440• Мар Interpretation and Photogrammetry. (3). 2R;
S
3L. Construction, i1se, and interpretation of maps;
44
444* Petroleum Geology. (З). 2R; ЗL. Origin, migration,
S
and accщnulation of oil and gas in the earth's crust.
Distribution and signiftcant features of modern fields.
Prerequisite: Geol. 112.
446• Advanced Пiзtorical Geology. (3). Тhе events of
earth blstory, particularly those of North America,
and the origin and evolution of plants and animals.
Prerequisite: Geol. 112.
448• Sedimentary Petrography. (3). lR; 6L. Macroscopic
S
and microscopic examination of sedimentary rnaterials. Prerequisite: Geol. 347.
462• Ore Deposits. (3). 2R; 3L. An advanced treatment
of the occurrence, c!assification, and origin of meta1liferous ore deposits. Prerequisite: department consent.
499••Research in Geology. (1-З). Research on speclal
FS proЫems in the field of geology: а. Genera!; Ь. Мin­
eralogy; с. Petro!ogy; d. Structural; е. Paleontology;
f. Economic; g. Sedimentation; h. Petroleum; i.
Stratigraphy; j. Geophysics. Prerequisite: department consent.
Graduate
Соиrвев
500"Research in Geology. (1-3). Research on speciaJ
FS proЫems in the field of geology: а. General; Ь. Мin­
eralogy; с. Petrology; d. Structural; е. Paleontology;
f. Economic; g. Sedimentation; h. Petroleum; i. Stratigraphy; j. Geophysics. Prerequisite: department
consent.
505• Advanced General Geology. (4). 2R; 6L. Principles,
physical processes, structure, earth history, and economic implications of geo!ogy, based upon а study
of original sources; student reports. Prerequiзite:
instructor's consent.
511• Geophysics. (3). Тhе physics of the earth and the
methods of determining various physical data pertaining to geology. Тhе fundamenta1 principles underlying seismic, gravitational, magnetic, and electric
methods will Ье emphasized. Some consideration wШ
Ье given to the thermic, electrical, and radio-active
methods used in oЬtaining data from bore holes. Prerequisite: Physics 124 or instructor's consent.
521* Stratigraphy. (З). 2R; ЗL. Тhе princlples governing
the classification and nomenclature of sedimentary
rock sequences. Special emphasis on proЬlems of
correlation and facies changes in regions which give
petroliferous possiЫlities. Prerequisite: instructor's
consent.
534• Geotectonics. (3). Physical and geological principles
of crustal defo1'm.ation and tectonic interpretation;
orogenies and epeirogenies in their time-space relationships; especial reference to structural geology
of North America. Prerequisite: instructor's consent.
537* Paleoecology, (3), Reconstruction of ancient terrestrial and marine environmentз. En1phasis on synthesis of total raw data (paleontological, sedimen•ма:v Ье
••ма:v Ье
oifered ont:r in alternat~ :veara.
repeated for credit up to 6 hours.
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
ta1·y, mineralogicaJ, stratigraphic, etc.) Prerequisite:
instructor's consent.
549 & 550 Geology Seminar. (1-1). Review of current
FS pe1·iodicals. Reports on student and fact11ty research.
Prerequisite: instructor's consent. 1\fay Ье repeated
for credit up to 2 hours each.
beyond the 112 level. In either case
included.
Lower
а
300 course niust
Ье
Diviвion Соиrвев
111-112 Eleme11tary German. (4-4).
FS
ЗR; С.
and L.
575 & 576 Thesis. (2-2).
FS
223-224 lntermediate German. (3-3). G1·ammar review;
intensive reading of short storieв; extensive reading
of one short nove1. Prerequisite: German 112 or
equivalent.
GEOGRAPНY
225-226 German Conversation and Composition. (2-2).
Use of language laboratory develops fluency; dictation and free composition exercises develop style.
Prerequisite: German 112 or equivalent.
Lower Division Courses
125 Principles of Geography. (3). An introductory course
in college geography, emphasizing the relationship
F
bet\veen hurnan activities and natural environment.
201 Physical Geography. (3). 2R; 2L. Emphasis upon the
FS physical basis of geography, including climate, te1·rain, soils, landforms, and the seas; economic resources; cartographic elements; introduction to regional studies.
210
World Geograpl1y. (3).
235* Meteorology. (3). 2R; 2L. An introducto1-y study of
the atmosphere and its properties and the various
phenomena of weather; а brief su1-vey of important
principles of physical, dynamic, synoptic, and applied meteorology. Prerequisite: Math 121 or equivalent. Does not apply towaxd а major 01· minor in
Geology.
331 Geomorphology. (3). 2R;
ЗL.
(See Geol. 331.)
342* Geography of Europe. (3). 3R. Physical, political,
economic, historical, and human geography of Europe.
Lectures, assigned readings, films and reports.
s
Economic Resources. (3). 2R; 3L. ( See Geol. 361.)
364• Geograpl1y of Latin America. (3). 3R. Physical, political, economic, historical, and human geography
of Latin America. Lectures, assigned readings, films,
and reports.
382* Geograpl1y of Asia. (3). 3R. Physical, political, economic, historical, and human geography of Asia.
Lectures, assigned readings, films, and 1'epo1-ts.
440•
Мар
lnterpretation and Photogrammetry. (3).
3L. (See Geol. 440.)
ЗR;
GERMAN
МAJOR. А major in German consists of а miлiroum of
24 hours beyond the level of German 112. In addition, the
student should elect courses in one other foreign language,
English language and literature, history, and philosophy.
ШNOR. А
iв
equivalent
•Мау Ье
minor consists of 15 hours or, if high schoo1
accepted, of 12 hours in the department
olfered only ln
alternвte
years.
Except аз noted, all upper division courses have as prerequisite German 224 or department consent.
321 German in Technical
S
vidual readings in the
- humanities, social
prerequisite: Gennan
Fields. (3). Supervised indistudent's field of specialization
sciences, or natural sciences.
223.
331 & 332 Survey of German Literature. (3-3). First
semester: to the 18th century. Second semester: 18th
century to the present.
333 Contemporary Literature. (3). From Naturalism to
the present.
334 Drama. (3). Development of German drama from
Lessing to the present.
421 The Romantic l\Iovement. (3). The impact of the
movement on Western culture studied in the literary
products of its leaders.
335 Field Mapping. (2). 6L. (See Geol. 335.)
F
361
Diviвion Courseв
400-401 Special Topics. (1 to 3). Work may Ье done in
any field or period agreed upon. Total credit not to
exceed 4 hours.
Upper Division Courses
302* Geography of Anglo-America. (3).
s
Upper
423 The Nineteenth Century. (3). From the "Young
German" moveшent through Poetic Realism to the
beginnings of Naturalism.
433 & 434 The Eighteenth Century. (3-3). Enlightenment,
StuNn und Drang, and Classicism in the wo1·ks of
Goethe, Schiller, and their contemporaries.
HISTORY
МAJOR. 31 hoпrs minimum, consisting of 101 and 6
additional lo\ve1· division hours; 9 hoщ·s chosen from one
of the follo,ving gi·oups:
1. (Ancient and Medieval) 301, 302, 323, 324, 335,
336, 423, 424
II. (Mode1·n Еш·оре) 341, 342, 442, 450, 455, 456,
463, 464
III. (Un.ited States) 331, 332, 431, 432, 433, 444
IV. (Eлgland) 381, 411, 412, 413, 414, 452
V. (Latin Ame1·ica) 326, 327, 328, 444
Нist. 499 and 10 hours to Ье elected at least 7 at the
upper division level and at least 6 outside the area of
specialization.
МINOR. А minor in the College of Liberal Arts and
Sciences consists of 15 hours, including 101 and at least
three upper division hours.
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCJENCES
45
Lower Division Соиrвев
101 & 102 Нistory of Weзtern Civilization. (4-4). 101:
FS prehistory to 1648 ( closed to those \Vith ci·edit in
111): 102: 1648 to the present (closed to those with
credit in 112).
113 & 114 Eng1ish History. (3-3). 113: from the earliest
times to the beginning of the Stuart period, emphasizing the origin and developmerit of institutions,
customs, and nationalism. 114: from the beginning
of the Stuart period to the present.
131 & 132 History of tl1e U1uted States. (3-3). 131: diз­
FS covery, explo1·ation, colonial period, national period
to 1865. 132: 1865 to the present.
225 Colonial Latin America (3). Spanish and Portuguese
F
colonies in America. P1·erequisite: sophomore standing.
271 & 272 Tl1e Far East. (3-3). А survey of the social,
economic, ai1d political development of the Far East
with emphasis on China, India, and Japan. Prerequisite: вophomore standing.
301
323
326
s
327
S
328
331
F
332
s
335
F
336
S
341
411
413
F
414
S
423
Upper Division Courus
& 302 The Ancient l\Iediterranean World. (3-3).
& 324 ;\'fedieval History. (2-2). 828: the history of
Europe from the fall of the Roman Empire through
the Crusades. 324: continues to 1500.
RepuЬlic of Mexico. (3). Mexico from the independence movement to tl1e present.
History of BrazH. (2). Brazil from independence to
the present.
lnter-American Relations. (2). Includes economic
and cultural as well аз political.
Colonization of North America. (3). Тhе English
colonies in America and the war of independence.
United States: 1783-1850. (3).
Greek History. (3). Greek civilization, its origin anJ
its political, social, and economic development.
Roman Ш.Story. (3). Тhе Roman republic and empire.
& 342 Нistory of Russia. (3-3). 341: potitical and
cultural history of the Russian Empire. 342: the
revolution and the Soviet State.
& 412 Tudors and Stuarts. (2-2). 411: England
under the Tudors. 412: England under the Stuarts.
Eighteenth Century Great Britain. (3). From the
accession of William and Mary to the French Revolution.
Ninetee11th Century Great Britain. (3). F1·om the
French Revolution to the death of Queen Victoria.
& 424 Renaissance and Reformation. (2-2). 423: the
Renaissance. 424: the Reformation.
Civil War and Reconstruction. (3). 1850-1876.
431
F
432 United States. (3). 1876-1914.
s
433 Recent Unjted States History. (3) . 1914 to the
FS present.
442 History of Eastern Europe. (3). Тhе development
of the Bulgar, Czech, Magyar, Polish, Rumanian, and
Yugoslav реорlез, with emphasis on the present
century.
46
444 The American West. (2). From the first European
F
contacts to 1890.
450 Тhе French Revolution and the Napoleonic Period.
(3).
451 Constitutional History of England. (3).
s
453-454 Нistory of Russian Thought. (2-2).
455 & 456 Europe Since 1870. (2-2). 455: politics and
diplomacy leadi.ng to World War 1. 456: politics and
diplomacy leading to World War П.
463 ВоurЬоnз ЗDd the Eniightenment. (2). Emphasis on
Europe in the eighteenth century.
464 Europe, 1815-1870. (3).
495 Special Торiсз in Hiзtory. (2 to 4).
499 Introduction to Research (2). Includes Ыstorical
FS writings, philosophies, and methods. Required of all
majo1·s. Open on1y to histo1·y majors. Prereqtiisite:
senior standing.
Graduate Соиrвев
501 Resea1·ch Methods. (2). Philoзopl1y of researcl1, colF
Iection and organization of material, and technique
and style in writing. Open only to gradпate students
in history. Prerequisite: consent of departroent.
502 Historiograpl1y. (2). Тhе histo'l'y of historical \vritS
ing. Pre1·equisite: consent of department.
531 & 532 Seminar in American Нistory. (3-3). Includes
both United States blstory and Inter-American relations. Prerequisite: consent of department. Мау Ье
rcpeated for credit.
553 & 554 Seminar in Modetn European Шstory. (3-8).
Prerequisite: consent of depai'tment. Мау Ье repeated for credit.
575 Tl1esis Research. (1 to 3).*
FS
576 Тhesis. (1 to 4).•
FS
•А
total of not more than four cred.it
676 and 57&.
bour~ ntl!:V Ь. eaтned
ln
Ш.аt.
ITALIAN
ltalian is an offering of the Spanish Departme11t. No
rnajor or m.inor is offered.
111-112 Elementary Itaiian. (4-4). ЗR; С. and L. А year
course. Fundamentals of pronunciation; practice in
speaking, understanding, reading and w1·iting.
223 Seleeted lta1ian Readings. (З). Intensive reading of
Italian literary works. Discussion in Italian, oral and
\vritten sununaries. Prerequisite: Ital. 112, or t\VO
units of high scltool Italian or department consent.
JOURNALISM
MAJOR. The major in journalism consists of 30 hou1·s,
including Journ. 111 or 112, 226, 232, 885, and 840;
together with 12 upper division hourз in the social
вciences over and above the general University requirements and completion of one of the options listed below.
А. (News-editorial journalism option) Journ. З27, 336,
428, 448, 444, 445.
В. (Advertieing option) Journ. 120, 838, 389, 850, 437,
488.
С. (Commun.ity weekly journalism option) Journ. 120,
327, 388, 839, 441, 448.
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
In addition, the Department, in conjunction with the Department of Spccch, offers а comblnation major designed
to train students in radio and televjsion journalism. Students embarking on this combination major should obtain
from their journaJism advisers а сору of the four-year
progrзm rcquired of the1n.
MINOR. Тhе minor consists of lб hours, including
Journ. 226 and 335, З additional lower division hours, and
6 additional upper division hours.
Lower
Divlвion Соитви
111 The Prcзs and the Citizen. (2). Тhе role of the press
FS in shaping puЬ\ic affairs. А survey of the various
media of mass commurucations. For non-journalism
аз well аа joumalism majors.
112 American Journalism. (2). The blstory of American
S
ne\vspapers, magazines, and other media of mass
communicatlons and the gro\vth, developшent, and
effectiveness of American journalism. А consideration of the developing ethics in journalism and of
freedo1n of the press in America from the Colonial
period to the present.
120 Survoy of Printing and AJlied Arts. (З). Тhе history,
F
dcvclopment, importance, and place of ce11;ain of the
graphic arts in the field of coшmurucations. А nontechnical introduction to typography, printing, мd
engraving.
226 Newswriting and Reporting. (З). 2R; ЗL. Practice in
FS gathering and \vriting various kind.s of news reports
and in recognizi.ng and evaluating news events. Qualified students may Ье permitted to participate in the
p1'0duction of the school-laboratory newspaper. Prerequisite: Eng. 111 and sophomore standing.
232 Preaa Photography and Photo Editing. (З). 2R; ЗL.
S
Basic techniques of press photography and photo
editing, with emphasis on knowledge о! photo-journalism needed Ьу writers and editors. Each student
\vill Ье required to take, develop, and print at least
12 pictures suitaЬ\e for puЫication. Selection of
pictures, scaling, cropping, layout, and cutline '\\тit­
ing will Ье stressed. The department's press camern.s
will Ье availaЫe !or student use. Prerequisite: 3
hours of journalism and sophomore standing, or department consent.
Upper Divlвion Соитвев
Radio and TV Reportini' and Newswritlng. (З).
F
Methods of reporting and writing ne'vs for radio
and television; editing the wire, script writing technique; station experience in broadcasting. А consideration of the differences in news and style requirements of radio, television, and newspapers. Prerequisite: 8 hours of journalism or department
consent.
302 Radio and TV Newscnsting. (З). Experience in
S
preparation and broadcasting of ne,vscasts and ne\\18
commentaries. Prerequisite: Journ. 801 \vith а grade
ot С or better, or department consent.
321 Feature Artkle WrШng. (2). Тhе writing and selling of special feature articles for newspapers and
roagazines. Prerequisite: Journ. 226 or department
consent.
327 Advanc:ed Reporting. (З). 2R; 4L. Reporting and
practice in handling the more difficult types of news
and feature сору, with emphasis on interviews and
improved quality о! writing. Practice on the Sщt­
fiowвr. Prerequisite: Joum. 226 and aЫlity to typewrite, or department consent.
ЗОl
ЗЗ5
Fundamentals of Copyreading and Makeup. (З). 2R;
4L. ProЬ\ems and practice in newspaper headline
writing, copyreading, and page makeup. Prerequisite: Journ. 226.
ЗЗ6 Advanced Editing. (3). 2R; 4L. Study of and pracS
tice in advanced editing techniques, including the
proceвsing of prcss o.ssociation сору, regulating and
controlling newsroom сору fiow, magazine and taЬ­
loid makeup. Prerequiзite: Journ. 336 with а grade
of С or better or department consent.
ЗЗ8 Princlplea of Advertieing. (З) . General survey of
FS advertising and sales promotion. Тhе several phases
of advertising creation and production. Empbasis
on marketing research, сору testing, packaging and
branding, and related proЫems. Designed to give а
genera\ understanding of advertising, with some
practice in tcchniques.
З39 Advertising Сору and Layout. (2). 2R; 2L. Basic
S
сору structure, appeals, and plans. Practice in the
preparation and \vriting of advertising сору. Study
of and practice in the visualization and \ayout о!
advertisementз. Prerequisite: Journ. 838 or department consent.
340 Law of the Press, Radio, and Television. (2). The
S
laws of libel, contempt, and privilege. Important
court decisions and governroent regulations affecting
the press, radio, and television.
З50 PuЬ\icity and Public Re\ations. (3). Methods and
FS prnctices in handling publicity and puЬ\icity canipaigns, fundamentals of public relations. Emphaзis
on public relations f or business and institutions.
F
ЗGО
Newspaper PuЫiвbing. (5). Individual trai.ning for
journalism majors and пUnors who will work on
weekly a.nd small daily newspapers of this region
under tbe supervision of the department and ne\vspaper publisher. Enrollment limited. Summer only.
Prerequisite: department consent.
428 PuЫic Mairs Reporting. (З). 2R; ЗL. Eшphasis on
reporting the news, including politics and government, buainess and finance, labor, courts, and police.
Prerequisite: Journ. 327 and senior standing, or
department consent.
437 Advanced Newspaper Advertising. (З). 2R; ЗL.
Theory, techniques, and mcthods of preparing all
forms of advertising in the retail field. Actua\ practice in the selling of advertiвing to and working with
the retailer to plan, budget, and prepare \оса! advertisements. Prerequisite: Journ. 339 or department
consent.
4З8 Advertising Copywriting and Campaigns. (З). 2R;
ЗL. А study of adva.nced сору techniques. Empbasis
on planning and controlling integrated advertising
campaigns. Actual practice in soliciting and preparing advertising for puЬ\ication in printed media.
Prerequisite: Journ. 437 or department consent.
440
Шgh School Journalism. (2). Designed for potential
advisers of high schoo\ or col\ege ne\vspapers, magazines, or yearЬooks. Emphasis on editorial content,
stafi' organization, editing, typography, makeup, and
business management of such puЬ!ications.
441 Community Journalism. (З). :Мanagement of small
daily and weekly ne\vapapers. Editorial enterprise in
the community, editorial responsiЫlity, circulation
proЫems, general proЬlems rclating to display and
cln.ssified advertising, newspaper prorootion, mechanical equipment, and ne\vspape1· accounting. Prerequisite: department consent.
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
47
«З
& 444 Newspaper РrоЫеmз and Policies. (3-8). 2R;
ЗL-2R; ЗL. Тheory о! and practice in the functions
and responsibilities of newspaper editors. Emphasis
on personnel proЫems, creation and control of editorial policy, news policies, and newspaper puЬlic
relations. :М:embers of the class will Ье assigned
executive staff positions on the school-laboratory
newspaper for periods of one seroester. Prerequisite:
Journ. 327 and 886, or department consent.
445 Editorial Interpretation of Contemporary AJfairs.
(2). Analysis of contemporary opinions, and practice
in \vriting in terms of modern socia\ proЬlems.
447 Individual Research in Joumalism. (1 to 2). ExhausF
tive investigation Ьу individual students of specific
aspects of the field, such аз puЬlic relations, editorial
policy, history, ethics, or contemporary practices.
Emphasis on the use of source materials and the
writing of а paper suitaЫe for puЫication. Prerequisite: senior standing and 20 hours of journalism.
448 Seminar. (3). Exhaustive investigation Ьу individual
S
students of single aspects of а major proЫem in
journalism under group study Ьу the class. Prerequisite: senior standing and 20 hours of journa1ism.
МAJOR. Тhе major in Latin consistз of 30 hours, including at least 10 hours of upper division courses.
It is recomn1ended that Latin majors take Нistory 828
and 324 (Medieval) and History 336 (Roman).
MINOR. А minor in Latin consists of 1Б hours or, if
blgh school equivalent is accepted, of 12 hours beyond
the 112 level. In either case а 300 course must Ье included.
LATIN
Diviвion Соиrвев
111-112 Elente11tary Latin. (4-4). Forms, syntax, vocabulary, and reading of stories from Roman blstory and
mythology and from Caesar's Gallic Wars.
228 Cicero. (З). Reading of three orations and two
philosophical essays, Мау Ье repeated once for
credit. Prerequisite: Latin 112 or equivalent or department consent.
224 Vergil's Aeneid. (З to 5). Mythology and practice
in metrical reading. Emphasis on the literary value
of the material. Prerequisite: Latin 112 or equivalent or dopartroent consent.
Horace. (3). Selections from the Оdев. Prerequisite:
Latin 223 or 224.
250 The Latin Element in tlte Engliзh Langoage. (2). А
systematic consideration of related roots and affixes
in the two languages. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or department consent; previous knowledge of
Latin not required.
226
Upper Division
Соиrвев
300 Advanced Latin Composition. (З). Translation of ordinary English prose into Latin. Prerequisite: 10
hours college Latin or equivaJent or department consent.
322 Selected Readings. (2-З). Prerequisite: 10 hours
college Latin or equivalent or department consent.
Work may Ье selected from the following fieldз:
(а) :М:edieval and Renaissance Latin
(Ь) Ovid and Martial
(с) Tacituв, Livy, and Sallust
48
332
Pliny. (2). The reading of Pliny'з Letterв. Prerequisite: 10 hours of college Latin.
Plautus. (2). Тhе reading of the Captivi and the
Trin-ummuз. Prerequiзite: 10 hош·з of college Latin.
GREEK
Lower Division Соиrвев
111-112 Elementary Greek. (4-4). Forms, syntax, vocabulary, and reading of selections f1·om Xenophon's
Anabasis.
251 Greek in English. (3). Designed t<> afl'ord an acquaintance with and appreciation of the Greek language. Sufficient вtudy is made of forms to provide
training in the recognition and meaning of English
words derived from the Greek.
332
Upper Division Course
New Testament. (2). Reading of the New Testament
in the original. Prerequisite: Greek 111-112.
МАТНЕМАТIСS
а satisfactory major depends primarily on а
combination of courses, the courses which comprise the major must Ье approved Ьу the department.
Since
LATIN AND GREEK
Lower
331
suitaЫe
МAJOR: А major should include, in all cases, 244 (or
262), 309, 313, and 335 (01· 450 fo1· students with special
interest in applications); and а reasonaЫe distribution
of additional cou1'Ses to cover properly the field. In addition, Pbll. 325 is required.
Fo1· the В. А. degree, the major 1·equi1·es а mi1uшum of
16 hours of upper division wo1·k. Tlle foreign lat1guage
should Ье Fre11ch 01· German.
For the В. S. deg1·ee, the major requi1·es а minimum of
21 hours of upper division work. The major must include
at least three courses numbered 400 or above. The foreign
language must Ъе French or German. There muвt Ье а
minor in either physics, chemistry, Ьiology, or geology.
Тhе program must include 25 hours f1·om the fields of
physics, chemistry, Ыology, or geology, with courses from
at least two of these fields and at least two semesters of
physics.
MINOR: Тhere are two sequences leading to а minor,
both requiring а minimum of 15 hours, One requires
Math. 243 (or 251) and at least one upper division сош·sе.
Тhе other consists of Math. 121-122-245 and at least six
hours of upper division work.
No11-Credit Courses
50 Elementa1·y Algeb1·a. (О). 3R. For students without
high school credit i11 algebra. :М:ау Ье used, in meeting depart111ent prereчuisites, in р!асе of one unit
of high school algebra.
60 PJane Geometry. (О) . ЗR. For students \vithout blgh
school credit in plane geometry. :Мау Ье used, in
meeting department prerequisites, in place of one
unit of high school geometry. Prereqilisite: One unit
of high school algebra or concttrrent e11ro1lment in
Math. 50.
70 Intermediate Algebra. (0). 2R. А conti1шation of
FS the study of elementary algebra. Мау Ье used, in
meeting department prerequisites, in place of the
third half unit of high school algebra. Prerequisite:
One unit of high scl1ool algeb1·a.
FAIRМOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
Lower Diviэioтi Соиrвев
106 Introduction to l\lathematicэ. (3). An introduciion
FS to the nature of mathematics, including the concept
of number, the ideas of geometry, and the historical
motivations for the development of mathematics.
Not open to students with more than one unit of
high school algebra, nor to students initially ente1·ing the University after September 1, 1963.
121-122 Discrete l\latliematics. (3-3). Set theory, probFS ability, linear algebra, the elements of statistics, and
related topics. Prerequisite: For 121, one and one
half units of high school algebra or one unit of high
school algebra and concurrent enrollшent in Math.
70. For 122, 121 and one unit of high school
geometry.
141 Algebra and Trigonometry. (5). Functio11s, theory of
FS equations and inequalities, complex numbers, the
trigonometric functions, exponential and logarithroic
functions, and other standard topics pre1·equisite to
а beginning study of analysis.
Prerequisite: One and one-half units of high school
algebra and one unit of high school geometry.
142 Introductory Analysis I. (5). Analytic geometry ащl
FS the Calculus in an inter-related form.
Prerequisite: :Мath. 141 • with а С or better.
222
Mathematics of Finance. (2). Simple and compound
interest and discount, depreciation, annuities, amortization and sinking funds, valuation of bonds, and
life insurance.
Prerequisite: Math. 121, or 141•, or 113*.
243-244 Introductory Analysis 11and111. (4-4) . Тhе conFS tinuation of Math. 142. Includes integration, multiple
integration, and eleinentary differential equations.
P1·erequisite: Math. 142 with а С or better. For 244,
а С or Ъetter in 243.
245
F
Survey of Analysis. (3). А brief but careful introduction to mathematical analysis intended for students of the other humanities and the social sciences.
Prerequisite: Matl1. 122 with а С or better. Credit
in both 245 and 142 (or 251) is not allo\ved.
251-252 Calculus 1 and II. (5-5). Тhе topics of 142-243244, excluding analytic geometry, for those having
a\ready а course in analytic geometry. (Formerly,
:Мath. 299 and 300.)
Prerequisite: Math. 118• with а С or better, or consent of department. For 252, а С 01· better in 251.
Upper
Diviвion
Courses
Торiсэ in Modem Mathematics. (3-3). An investigation of the newer topics in the elementary
and secondary school curriculums.
Prerequisite: Consent of department.
303 & 304
305
FS
Introduction to Statistics. (2). Collection of data,
measures о! central tendency, variability, and symmetry. Grapblc methods, simple correlation, sampling. Emphasis upon application rather than theory.
Prerequisite: Math 121 or 113• or 141*.
Closed to those with credit in Math. 105.
306 Applied Statistics. (2). Special forms and methods
of correlation, partial and multiple correlation, curvilinear relationsblps, applications of the normal probabllity curve, comparaЫe measures. Students are
required to apply the principles t{) an approved
major proЫem.
Prerequisite: Ь!ath. 105 or 805. Alternate years.
Introduction to Set Theory. (2). Basic naive and
axiomatic set theory.
Pre1·equisite: l\1ath. 243, (or 251), or 245; or consent
of department.
313-314 Fundamental Concepts of Algebra I and II. (3-3).
Groups, rings, fields, linear spaces ю1d linear algebras. Includes t\1e real 11uщber syste1n.
Pre1·equisite: Math. 243, (or 251), or 245; or consent
of department.
335-336 Intermediate Analysis I and II. (3-3). А detailed
study of limits, continuity, the Riemann i11tegral, the
calculus о! functions of "several variaЫes," line and
surface integrals.
Prerequisite: :мath. 244 (or 252) 'vith а С or bette1"
For 336, а С or better in 335.
349 Applied Analysis I. (3). Diffe1·ential equations, LaFS place transforms, and numerical methods.
Prerequisite: Math. 244 (or 252) with а С or better.
380 Mathematicэ of Data Processing. (3). The arithmetic
and logic of computers.
Prerequisite: Math. 121 or 141* or consent of department.
404 Matrix Algebra. (3). Fundamental t.heo1·y and apF
plications.
Prerequisite: Math. 245 and uppe1· division standing;
or Math. 142 and upper division staпding; or coпsent
of department. Not open to students with credit
in Math. 314.
410 Mathematical Theory of Statistics. (2). Fornшlas of
S
elementary statistics with emphasis upon derivations, the normal probability Cut'Ve, sampling, curve
fitting.
Prerequisite: Math. 105 or 305, and 244 or 252 \vith
а grade of С or better in both courses.
412 l\lodern Geometry. (3). Fundamental concepts.
F
Prerequisite: l\Iath. 245 and upper division standing;
or Math. 243 (or 251); or consent of department.
415 Elementary Number Theory. (3). The properties of
F
the integers studied Ьу elementary means.
Prerequisite: Math. 245 and upper division standing;
or Math. 244 (or 252); or consent of department.
437 Elementary Topology. (3). Primarily the topology
S
of metric spaces.
Prerequisite: Math. 335 with а С or better, or consent of department.
438 Introduction to Complex Analysis. (3). А basic treatS
ment of analytic functions.
Prerequisite: Math. 335 or 450 with а С or bette1· iп
prereqtiisite course, 01· consent of departnient.
446 Dilferential Equations. (3). Includes existence theory.
S
Prerequisite: Math. 335 'vith а С or better, or consent of depa1·tment.
450 App\ied Analysis П. (3). Advanced Calculus from
FS tl1e applied viewpoint.
309
FS
•studcnta offcr!nir вecondo.ry вchool crcdit in collego algcbra, trigonomctry, or analytic geomeLry аа о. prcreQui~itc !or lnter \vork in mathe·
m.a tics mшt validate eucb c.rodit either Ьу: (1) paeeinQ', before enro\1ing in а aeQuence coursc, а validatlog roшmination giveo Ьу the unlversity; or (2) repeating the cou.rse for c.redit. А etudent offering at
lea.st one anil one-haJf unlta of seeondary ecbool credit ln aJgebra may
elect to attempt the validatlng examinatlon ln college algebra or enroll
in tbe courae for credit. А atudent may not at~pt the va\idat!on
examlnatlon ln o.nalrtlc 11eometry untll he haa f\rst validatcd credit
in colle110 algebra and ln trlgonometry, witЬ а grade of at least С in
each сам. А studcnt fallln11 the valldating examination or not maklng а grade apeclfled u а prereQulslte for n luter courвe must enroll
for credit. А student paeslng tho valldatlng examlnation \vltb а grade
of С, at leaвt. may Ье granted coliege credit provided the student bus
made а total payment вufficient to cover the etated fee for credit Ьу
advanced sta.ndini;' examlnation. А student enroli!ng in tbe courae for
credit and receivln8' а aтnde other than WD may not tЬereatter attempt the validat!n8' examlnations. Credit obtained ln anaJytic geometry will ~ recorded u l\!ath. 118, Analyt!c Geometry, (5).
FAIRМOUNT COLLEGE OF l /BERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
49
P1-erequisite: Math. 349 with а С or better, or consent of department.
452 Numerical Aнalysis. (3).
S
Prerequisite: Math. 335 or 450 \vith а С or better in
prerequisite course, or consent of department.
499 Individual Projects. (1 to 5). Мау Ье i·epeated to
а total of 6 credits.
Prerequisite: Consent of department.
Graduate Соиrвев
501-502 Real Analysis. (3-3). А study of the foundations of analysis and of the fundamental results of
modern real analysis.
Prerequisite: Math. 309 and 336, 01· consent of department.
503-504 Abstract Algebra. (З-3). А treatment of the
standard basic topics in abst1'act algebra.
Prerequisite: Math. 309 and 313, or consent of department.
505-506 Complex: Analysis. (3-3). The theory of analytic
functions.
Prerequisite: Consent of department.
507-508 Topology. (3-3). Point set and a\gebrak topology.
Prerequisite: Consent of department.
509 Applied Analysis Ш. (3). Boundary value p1·0Ыems,
S
complex functions, confo:rmal mapping, special functions.
Prerequiвite: Math 450 \vith С or better, 01· consent
of department.
521-522 lndividual Reading. (1 to 5 -1 to 5).
Prerequisite: Consent of department.
525 Special Topics. (2 or 3). Мау Ье repeated Ьу coпsent.
А. Analysis
В. Algebra
С. Geometry
D. Topology
Е. Applied Mathematics
F. Foundations
G. Number Тheory
Н. Statistics
I. Methodology of Science
Pre1·equisite: Consent of department.
551 Partial Differential Equations. (3).
Prerequisite: Math. 446 or 349 with а grade of С
or bette1'. Alternate years.
552 Ordinary Differential Equations. (З) . An advanced
course in differential equations.
Prerequisite: Math. 446 or 450, or consent of department. Alternate years.
575-576 Thesis (2-2).
Prerequisite: Consent of departme11t.
МEDICAL
TECHNOLOGY
NОТЕ : Тhе
courses in l\!edical Technology are offered Ьу
the School of Medical Technology, St. Francls Hospital,
and Ьу Wesley Hospital, Wichita, Kansas. For the complete curriculum in Medical Technology see page З6.
Upper Diviвion
401 Bacteriology. (5).
402 Biochemistry. (6).
403 Parasitology. (3).
50
Mycology. (1).
Serology. (1).
420 Urinalysis. (2).
422 Hematology. (4).
430 Hiзtological Teclшique. (4).
432 Blood Banking. (3).
440 Basal MetaЬolism and E lectrocardiography. (1).
410
412
PHILOSOPHY
The departme11t of phЛosophy offers four fields of concentration, around which the student can plan а program
leading to the Bachelor of Arts deg1·ee in philosophy, in
consultation with his major advisor and the head of the
department.
1. 1\fetaphysics and Epistemology
II. Logic and Philosophy of Science
III. Social and Political Phi1osophy
IV. Нistory of Philosophy
МAJOR. А major requires а minimum of 24 serneste1·
hours of philosophy courses incltнling Phil. 121 or 331,
Phil. 225, Phil. 244, and one course in а majo1· philosopher
or scltool of philosophy selected from Phil. 430, Phil. 485,
Phil. 450, Phil. 460 or Pbll. 470.
MINOR. А mjnor consists of 15 hours of philosophy
selected in consultation 'vith the department, with the
аiщ of orienting the student to t11e plrilosophic aspects
of his major field.
Loiver Division Courseв
121 General Philosoplty. (3). Ал introduction to t}1e
FS philosophic principles and methods employed in
treating the proЬ!ems of truth and validity, reality
and appear·ance, and good and evil, Ьу щeans of а11
analysis of the classical doctrines of the nature of
things, the st1'UctUl'e of Jшowledge, a11d the c1·iteria
fo1· moral value.
225 Logic. (3) . An i11troduction to the basic principles
F
of rational tblnking, 'vith ал emphasis on ai·guшent
fo1111s, deductive techniques, and 111ethods of p1·oof.
Closed to f1·eshmen.
226 P hilosophic Foundations of Scientific Method. (3).
F
А study of the basic pbllosophic presuppositions of
the scientific method, as exemplified in the proЫems
of induction, deduction, hypothesis, evidence, probaЫlity, ve1-ification, definition, and experimental
technique. Pre1·equisite: Sophomore stancliпg.
244 Ethics. (3). А comprehensive study of the classica!
S
and modern theories of social and 111oral value as
they give meaпing to the concepts of la,v, morality,
tradition and social reality.
275 Aesthetics. (3). А study of the va1·ious pbllosophic
conceptions of the fine arts, and an analy::ris of thc
notions of iшitation, in1agination, expressio11, c1·eativity, .feeling, intнition and technique, as they relate to the aesthetic context of artist, aпdience and
the \vork of art.
Upper
Corirвeв
FAIRМOUNT
Diviвion Соиrвев
Symbolic Logic. (3). Symbolic techniques used in
estaЫishing basic logical principles in demonstrations and in constrнcting rigorous р1·ооfз.
331 Bistory of Philosophy : Thales to Plotinus. (3). А
325
F
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
332
334
335
345
356
F
369
F
425
S
430
435
444
450
S
460
F
470
study of the basic philosophic systems from the PreSocratics to the Hellenistic Period, with an emphasis
on the \vo1·ks of Plato and Aristotle.
History of Philosopl1y: Augustine to Locke. (3). An
examination of the medieval doctrines of Aquinas,
Bonaventure, Roger Bacon and others, and the early
modern thought of Desca1·tes, Hobbes, Spinoza,
Leibniz and Locke.
Нistory of Philosophy: Вerkeley to Kant. (3). А
study of the pbllosophers of the later modern period
with an emphaзis on the doctrines of Berkeley,
Hume and Kant.
History of Philosophy; Hegel to the Present. (3) А
study of recent philosophic doctrines, ending in contemporary phHosophy.
Classical and Medieval Political Тheory. (3). Same
аз Politica1 Science 345. (See for description).
American Pragmatism. (3). An examination of the
major philosophic movement of America, and itз
consequences in regard to the doctrines of behaviorism, operationalism, utШtarianism and democracy.
Existentialism. (3). An examination of the leading
conternporary pbllosophic movement in Europe, as
expressed in the writings of Кierkegaard, Nietzsche,
Schopenhauer, Heidigge1·, Sartre, Camus and Jaspers. Prerequisite: Phil. 121 or 331.
Philosophy of Science. (3). Consideration of the
presuppositions, results and limitations of the natural
and social sciences; the relations among the sciences;
the nature of the philosophic proЫems and scientific
methods used. Prerequisite: Math. 112 and 113, or
equivalent.
Philosophy of Plato. (3). SuГ\•ey of the Platonic
\vritings \vitl1 concent1·ation on specific dialogues.
Prerequisite: РЫ!. 121 or 331.
Pbilosophy of Aristotle. (3). Analysis of the Physks,
Metaphysics, Categories, and other writings of
Aristotle. Prerequisite: Phil. 121 or 331.
Modem Political Тheory. (3). Same as Political
Science 444. (See for description).
Continental Rationalism. (3). Descartes, Spinoza, and
Leibniz. Prerequisite: Phil. 121 or РЫI. 331, or consent of instructor.
British Empiricism. (3). Locke, Berkely, and Hume.
Pre1·equisite: Phil. 121, or 331, or consent of instructor.
Philosophy of lmmanuel Kant. (3). А study о!
Kant's Critique of Pure Reason. Prerequisitc: Phil.
121 or 331.
Gradшite Соиrвев
501
ProЫems
In Epistemology. (3). An analysis of thc
natuie of knowledge, perception, and the processes
of inquiry. Selectio11s from the c1assical pbllosophers
and current works. Prerequisite: Philosophy minor.
502 ProЫems In Metaphysics. (3). An analysis of the
nature of reality, the inter-relation of tblngs, matter,
form, essence, eЮstence, space, time, causality, and
chance. Prerequisite: Pbllosophy minor.
503 Mathematical Logic. (3). Elementary set theory;
S
Боо1еаn a1gebra; sentential calculus; quantification
theory; axiom systems. Prerequisite: Pbll. 325.
506 ProЫems In EtblcaI Theory. (З). An examination of
moral and social idea1s, and such concepts as "duty",
"haЬit",
"good", "right", and "ought" in relation to
the doctrines of naturalism, utilitarianism, intuitionism, hedonism and emotivism. Prerequisite: Philosophy minor.
575-576 Research and Theзis. (2-2).
500 Seminar. (3).
PHYSICS
l\1AJOR. Тhе following courses are required for а
physics major: General College Physics (either 123-124,
or 243-244, or 123-244, or 243-124), 311, 333-334, and 339340, Math 349 and 450 or Math 825 and 846. For а Бach­
elor of Arts degree one upper division physics laboratory
course, and sL'C additional hours of physics are required.
For а Bachelor of Science degree three upper division
physics 1aboratory courses and twelve additional hours of
physks are required. Also required for the Bachelor of
Science degree are а reading knowledge, or t\vo semesters,
of German, Russian, or French; and at least three bours
of other natural sciences and/or mathematics above 801.
MINOR. А minor in Physics consists of General College Physics (either 123-124, or 243-244, or 123-244, or
243-124) and at least six additional hourз of physicз.
Lower Diviгion Соиrиг
123-124 General College Physics. (5-5). 4R; ЗL. First seFS mester: mechanics, heat and sound. Second semester:
electricity, light, and modern physics. Intended for
students who have а working kno\vledge of algebra
and trigonometry but \Vho have had no calculus.
Prerequisite for 123: high school trigonometry or
Math 112 or Math 141. Prerequisite for 124: Physics
123 or 243.
225 Topics in Classical Physics. (2). Prerequisite:
F
Physics 124 or 244. Corequisite: Math 142, or 251.
243-244• General College Physics. (4-4). 3R; ЗL. InFS tended for students \vho have had а semester of
calculus. First вemester: mechanics, heat and sound.
Second semester: electricity, light and modern physics. Corequisite for 243: Math. 300, or 243, or 252.
Prerequisite for 244: either Physics 243 or 123, and
а grade of С or better in one of the following courses:
i\fath. 300, Math. 243, or Math. 252.
Upper Diviaion Соиrгег
300 Seminar. (1). Student reports on topics of general
FS interest in physics. Мау Ье repeated for credit up to
two hours. Мау not Ье counted for credit toward а
minor in physics. Prerequisite : completion of, or
concurrent enrollment in an upper division physics
course.
311 Topics in Modern Physics. (3). An introduction to
selected areas of modern physics with emphasis on
the features of atomic, nuclear, and вolid state physicв which require modifications of classical physics
for their explanation. Prerequisite: Physics 124 or
244. Co1·equisite: Math. 300, or 244, or 252.
320 Classical Physics Laboratory. (1). 3L. An intermeF
diate laboratory with experiments drawn from the
follo\ving areas of classical physics: mechanics, optics, electricity and magnetism. Corequisite: Physics
333 or 345.
333-334 Electricity and i\Iagnetism. (3-3). Direct and alternating currents; electric and magnetic field theory
including an introduction to MaX\vell's electromagnetic wave theory. Prerequisite for 833: Physics
•credJt wlll not
Ье
iilven for
Ьoth
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
128 and 248
Ol'
for
'lюth 12~
•nd 244.
51
124 or 244 \vith grade of С or better, and Math. 300,
or 244, or 252 \vith а grade of С or better.
339-340 Elementary Mechanics. (3-З). Motion of а particle in one and several dimensions; motion of вys­
tems of particles; motion of rigid bodies; moving
coordinate systems, roechanics of continuous media,
and the Lagrangian Equations of Motion. Prerequisite for 339: Physics 124 or 244 and Math. 800, or
244, or 252. Prerequisite for 340: Physics 389 \Vith
а grade of С or better.
345 Opticв. (4). Geometrical and physical optics. Image
S
formation, thin and thick lenses, aberrations, interference, diffraction, polarization, the electromagnetic
theory of light. Prerequisite: Phyвics 124 or 244
and Math. 300, or 244, or 262.
350 Thermophysics. (3). The Iaws of thermodynamics,
F
thermodynamic potentials and applications; distribution functions, Boltzmann equation, t1·ansport phenomena and fiuctuations; introduction to statistical
mechanics and superconductivity. Prerequisite:
Physics 124 or 244 and М"ath 300, or 244, or 252.
392 Electronicв. (4). 3R; 3L. Physical electronics, electron beams; semiconductor, vacuum and gaseous devices and their equivalent circuits; applications to
the f!.eld of in!ormation processing, power modulation and simulation. Prerequisite: Рhувiсз 811 and
884 with grades of С or better.
421-422 l\1odern Physics Laboratory. (1-1). 3L. An advanced Iaboratory \vith experiments dra,vn from
various areas of modern physics. In 421 the emphasis is on а determination of the fundamental
constants of physics. 422 is devoted to expe1·iments
in nuclear physics. Prerequisite for either course
Physics 311. (Aiter Sept. 1, 1964, Physics 320 \vill
also Ье prerequisite).
454-455 Modern Physics. (4-4). Special theory of relativity, quantum mechanics, harmonic oscillator, free
particle, one-electron atom, radiative transitions,
Pauli Principle, atomic spectroscopy, molecu1ar spectra, solids and X-rays, properties of nuclei, partic\e
scattering, radioactivity, nuclear stabllity, nuciear
reactions, nuclear models, nuclear forces, particles
and cosmic rays. P1·erequisite: Math. 326 and 346;
Physics 311 and 340. (Four hours of credit in 339
may Ье substituted for 340). 464 is а prerequisite
for 455.
460 I11troduction to Tlieoretical Physics. (3). Techniques
S
of mathematical physics and their application to
boundary val\1e рrоЫешs in mechanics, electricity
and magnetism, wave motion, etc. P1·erequisites:
Physics 334, 340; Math 349.
Graduate Courses
512 Elementary Statistical Mechanicв. (3). Systems and
ensemЫes, Liouvil\e Theorem, Entropy, Тhermody­
namics, Det.ailed balance, and the H-Тheorem. Prerequiвite: Physics 840 or 4 hour credit in 339, and
438 or Chemiвtry 546. Engineering students Ьу
department consent.
615-516 Introduction to Solid State Physics. (3-3). Тhе
basic knowledge of the nature and properties of the
solid state including the structural, thermal, mechanical, electrical, and magnetic properties. Electron theory of metals, band theory of solids. Prerequisite: Physics 311 or department consent, and
Math. 300, or 244, or 252.
521 Individual Readings. (1 to 3). Prerequisite: 80 hours
of Physics and department consent. Мау Ье repeated
for credit up to three hours.
52
529 Selected Торiсз in Physics. (2 or 3). Мау Ье repeated for credit up to six hours. Prerequisite: department consent.
533-534 Elementary Quantum Mechanicз. (4-4). Elementary principles, fonnulations, and methods of
quantum mechanics with special application to
atomic and molecular phenomena. Prerequisite: Physics 840 or 4 hours of credit in 839 or department
consent, and Math. 346.
535-536 Classical Electricity and Magnetism. (3-3) . Vector ftelds, field equations, stress and energy, static
magnetic and electric fields, electromagnetic waves.
Prerequisite: Physics 334 and Math. 346.
537-538 Advanced Nuclear Physics. (3-3). Emphasis on
experimental nuclear physics. Properties of the nucleus, artificial and natural radioactivity, nuclear reactions, nuclear forces, binding energies, scattering
phenomena. Prerequisite: Physics 455 and Math.
346.
540 Classical ltlechanics. (3). Introduction to mechanics
of continuous media, Lagrange's Equations, Calculus
о! Variations, Hamilton's Principle, Rigid Body Motion, Special Re\ativity. Prerequisite: Physics 340
or 4 hours credit in 339, and Мath. 346.
550 Seminar. (1). Review of current periodica\s. Reports
on student and faculty research, Мау Ье repeated
for credit up to two hourз. Prerequiвite: 20 hours
of physics.
551 Research. (1 to 3). :Мау Ье repeated for credit up to
six hours.
POLICE
SCШNCE
Тhе courseв in police science are given Ьу officerв of
the Wichita Police Department, the Legal Department of
the City о! Wichita, and the University facu1ty. ТЬе prerequisite for enrollment in any police science course is
consent of the Cblef of Police алd the Dean of University
College.
М"AJOR. А major is availaЫe only to those who enrolled
in the program prior to September 1962. Begi1шing September 1962, only а minor will count toward а four-year
degree. (For two-yea1· degree i·equireшents, see page 35.)
МINOR.
Тhе
minor consists of 21 hours in Police
Science.
Lower Division Courseв
106 Traffic Control. (3). Teacl1es the three phases of
S
traffic control: enginee1·ing, education, and enforcement. РrоЫеmв of traffic direction and regulation
with special emphasis on safety.
113 Police Fundamentals. (3). Police rules and regulaF
tions, tactics, courtroo111 testiшony, and report \vriting.
123 Contact and Interview Techniques. (3). А presentation of useful and p1·actical techniques for the police
S
officer to employ in daily contacts with all people to
еnаЫе him to gain the most trutЫul information pertaining to the successfu1 completion of Ыs job. Starts
with the new officer casually talking to citizens he
meets in Ыs daily routine and continues through all
phases of interrogation up to and including the detective questioning suspects and the use of the
Polygraph (lie detector).
124 Personal ldentification. (3). Methods useful in the
F
search for persons 'vanted, using general pbysical
description, detailed characteristics of various parts
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
of the human body, including fingerprints, their comparison and c!assification, as well as the use of habits, peculiarities, and habltats of the individual.
Upper Diviвion Cour.9es
Pol. Sci. 100 or 201 is а prerequisite for all upper division
courses except 303, 345, 400, 441, 444, 450 and 453.
221 Criminal Law. (3). Analysis and interpretation of
F
criminal law, procedure and evidence, offenses and
the elements of offenses; the laws of arrest, search,
and seizure; power of law enforcement officers; development, admissibility, and presentation of evidence; testimony, demeanor, and procedure.
303 Parliamentary Law and Procedure. (1). The Parliamentary rules governing the order and conduct of
meetings, methods of keeping and the writing of
minutes and resolutions.
243 SpeciaJ Investigation. (3). Techniques of investigaF
tion; identifying, collecting, and preserving evidence;
sources of investigative information.
244 lntroduction to Scientific Crime Detection. (3). SciS
entific aids as utilized Ьу law enforcement agencies
in the investigation of crimes. Тhis includes their application in the fteld as well as the laboratory and
their presentation in court.
245 Investigative Photograp1ty. (3). Photography as apS
plied in law enforcement, both in the laboratory and
the field. Tbls includes the use of specialized equipment and diagraming the crime scene.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
МAJOR. А major consists of 30 hours. Requirements
are as follows: Ро1. Sci. 100 or 201, 444, 445; 3 hours each
from Groups П, ПI, IV, and V; and enough additional
hours to complete the 30-hour major requirement. (Note:
Pol. Sci. 221 or 211, but not both, may count toward а
major.)
МINOR. А minor consists of Ро1. Sci. 100 or 201; 3
hours from Group 1; and 9 additional hours, 6 of which
must Ье upper division.
1. (Political Тheory) 345, 444, 445, 449, 457, 458.
(American Politics and Institutions) 315, 316, 319,
451, 459.
III. (Comparative Governme11t) 227, 228, 410, 461, 462.
IV. (International Relations) 335, 336, 433, 434, 463.
V. (Public Administration) 321, 441, 473, 474, 480.
VI. (Special Courses) 150, 303, 400, 450, 499.
П.
Lower DiDlsion Соиrвев
100 Pattern.s of Politics. (3). An analysis of basic patFS terns of political systems and potitical behavior.
Designed for the general student whether or not he
desires to take advanced work in Political Science.
150 Workshop. (1-4). Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
211• American Democracy. (3). Currents in the developS
ment of American democracy with empbasis on the
ideas and ideals which have contributed to the deve!opment of Americanism and the Hterature which
deals with these currents of thought. Prerequisite:
sophor:nore standing.
221 American Govemment. (3). Тhе basic principles,
FS structu1·e, and functions of government in our national society. (Formerly offered as Pol. Sci. 121.)
227 & 228• Comparative Government. (3). First semester: Great Britain and France; social, political, economic, and religious forces and their effects. Second
semester: Germany and the USSR; their development, and the nature of the Soviet state since 1917.
(Formerly offe1·ed as Pol. Sci. 311-312.) Prerequisite: sophomore standing.
315-316• The Presidency, Congress, and PuЫic Policy.
(3-3). А descriptive and analytical study of the roles
and interrelationships of the President, Congress, the
bureaucracy, political parties, and interest groups in
the formation and execution of public policy. Credit
given upon completion of the year course only.
319• State Govemment. (3). Тhе role of the states in the
federal system, and the patterns of politics and institutions in the several states. Particular attention
to the State of Kansas.
321• Introduction to PuЫic Adntinistration. (3). The
F
principles of administrative organization, types of
executives, responsiЬility of administrative management, proЫems of organization, budget and fiscal
control, and personnel man.agement.
335 & 336• International Politics and Institutions. (З-3).
First semester: an analysis of the controls gove1-ning the nation-state system; special consideration of
such concepts аз balance of power, collective security,
propaganda and diplomacy. Second semester: emphasis on international law and the development of international organizations. Either 335 or 336, but not
both, will Ье accepted toward а major in history.
345 Classical and l\Iedieval Political Theory. (3). An anaF
lytical study of the major offerings of the Greek, Roman, and Feudal Periods. Тhе contributions of Plato,
Aristotle, and the Stoics are emphasized in the early
period; the works of Seneca, Cicero, and the Roman
La\vyers during the second; and the juridical impact
of the feudal system and the philosophic legacy of
the ecclesiastical writers during the third. (Formerly
offered as Pol. Sci. 343 & 844.)
400 Seminar in Social Sciences. (3). An interdisciptinary
course participated in Ьу staff representatives of the
departments of Economics, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology. Following а study of the
development of the social sciences, an interdisciplinary analysiз of а contemporary social proЫem or
institution will Ье undertaken. Prerequisite: consent
of instructor.
410• British Commonwealth ot Nations. (3). Comparative study of British Commonwealth Nations: Canada, the Union of South Africa, India, and Ghana.
The study is then used as а basis for а consideration
of the Commonwealth as an international organization. (Formerly offered аз Pol. Sci. 310.)
433• Policy Development in Foreign Relations. (2). The
process of foreign poticy-making in the American
structure о! government. Particular attention \vill Ье
given to the proЫems of federalism and separation
of powers in foreign policy development.
434• ProЫems in Foreign Policy. (2). Analysis of the
alternative courses of action open to the United
States in the present international political system.
441 l\lunicipal Government and Administration. (3). Тhе
S
development and status of American municipal corporations; the various municipal units (cities, school
districts, and others); inter-governrnental relations;
•Prerequfalto ma:v
Ье
walved b:v dcpartment consent.
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
53
contemporary urban and metropolitan
government and administi·ation.
р1·0Ыеmз
of
444 Modern Political Theory. (3). А description and
FS analysis of the works of the principal political theorists of the modern state. Beginning with Machiavelli, the most persistent proЫems of early and modern nationalism are examined through the writings
of Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Hegel, Buтke, Маме,
and others.
445• Seminar for Graduating l\lajors. (3). Discussion of
S
significant classical and contemporary works in political science. Prerequisite: senior standing.
449• Scope and Method of Poiitical Science. (3). Scope
S
and methods of political science and research techniques designed to prepare the student for either
graduate work in political science or administтative
research. (Note: This course roay Ье substituted for
Pol. Sci. 445 with the consent of the department
head.) Prerequisite: senior standing.
450
Тhе course \vill utШze the
case method and is concerned principally with the
important and unique role of the Supreme Court as
а policy-maldng body in the American system of
government. Emphasis is placed on саsез dealing
with tbe separation of powers, federal system, and
civiJ rightз and liberties. (Not орел to students with
credit in Pol. Sci. 351 or 352.)
FS
457•
500
FS
501
F
Workshop. (1-4). Prerequisite: consent of i1istructor.
451 8 Constitutional Law. (3).
453
administration with emphasis on efl'ective citizenship.
Readings and field contacts. Prerequisite: department coщ1ent.
480 8 Government Administration and PuЫic Policy. (3).
The proЫems of gove1·nment encountered in the administration of puЬ!ic policy. Тhе app1·oach \vill Ье
analytical rather than descriptive. Prerequisite: Pol.
Sci. 321, or consent of instructor.
499• Directed Readings. (2 or 3). А course designed for
FS the exceptional student to meet his needs and deficiencies. Мау Ье repeated for credit. Prerequisite:
senior standing and conвent.
Law and Society. (3). An analysis of our legal system in operation. Inclпdes study of legal philosophy
and the ends of la\v, tbe basic characteristics and
subject matter of law, and legal reasoning and
process. The role of the legal system in society is
examined througb вtudy of the concept of freedom
of contract. (Note: Not open to students 'vith prior
creditз in business law.)
510
520
F
535
541
ProЫems
in Political Theory. (3). Based on the rich
inheritance of the political thougl1t of ancient, medieval, and modern political philosophers, this course
will consider significant political proЫems confronting twentieth century man. Prerequisite: Pol. Sci.
345 and 444.
544
458* American PoliticaJ Tl1011ght. (3). Consideration of
FS
selected topics in the development of political ideas
in the United States.
459• ProЫems in American Politics. (3). Consideration
S
of selected topics in American political behavior and
institutions. Students may select individual stttdy
topics dra'vn from local, state or national experience. Pre1·equisite: Department consent.
ProЬlems of Comparative PoШics. (3-3). Selected proЫems, according to students' interests and
backgrounds. The experiences of tbe United States
and leading Western European nations will Ье utilized; but where appropriate, non-Western experience
a1so \vill Ье considered. Prerequisite: Pol. Sci. 227-
461 & 462 8
228.
in Inter11ational Relations. (3). An investigation of major conflicts between nations. The
course will include consideration of the background
and results of policy decisions affecting international
relations. Prereqtlisite: four hours in Group IV.
473 & 474• Seminar: Current РrоЫеmв in PuЫic .Administration. (2-2). РrоЫеmз of contemporary puЫic
463*
54
ProЬ!ems
556
574
575
FS
Graduate Courses
Advanced Directed Readings. ( 1 to 3). Prerequisite:
department consent. Мау Ье repeated for credit.
Introduction to Research in the Social Sciences. (2).
Philosophy of resea1·ch, collection and organization
of material, and technique and style in writing, with
empbasis on the common approach of the social sciences. Prerequisite: department consent.
Seminar in Comparative Government. (3). Тhе comparative study of selected aspects of the politics and
institutions of foreign governments. Prerequisite:
department consent.
Seminar : The Administrative Process. (3). Consideration of the process and environment of administration, with special attention being given the role of
the e.xecutive in policy formulation, organization,
planning, budgeting, staffing, coordination, commumcationв, and administrative responsibШty. Prerequisite: department conвent.
Seminar in Intemational Relations. (3). Analysis of
special proЫems in, and approaches to, the study of
international relations. Prerequisite: departinent
consent.
Seminar in Local Government. (3). An analysis of
the organization, functions, and processeв of municipal, county, school and voluntary organs; original research and intensive study of particular proЫems of
Greater Wichita or other com.munities or urban units.
Prerequisite: department consent.
& 545 Seminar in Political Theory. (3-3). Selected
proЫems in the theory and practice of democracy.
Prerequisite: department consent.
Seminar in American Politics and lnstitutionз. (3).
Analytical study, with emphasis on individual research, of selected topics in American political behavior. Prerequisite: department consent.
Internship. (2). For selected graduate students
whose graduate emphasis is puЫic administтation.
Prerequisite: department consent.
& 576 Theзis. (2-2).
PSYCHOLOGY
МAJOR. Тhе major consists of а mininшm of 24 hours
and а maximum of 86 hours. Psycb. 111 is а prerequisite
for all other courses. All Majors are required to take
Psych. 111, 112, 211, and 212. Students wbo expect to
enter graduate \vork in psychology should take Psych.
842 and 343. Other courses should Ье selected with the aid
of the adviser.
•Prerequ!elte
mв.1 Ье
walved bJ
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
depыtmeot
eonaeot.
MINOR. Тhе minor consists of lб hours and should Ье
fitted to the individual needs \vith the help о! the student's
adviser.
Non-Credit Соиrве
60 Reading lmprovemcnt Techniqucs. (О) 2L. Designed
FS for those зtudents \Vho scek to impro,·c reading
skills. Reading and atudy haЬits are diagnosed and
practice toward improvement is provided. Pre·
requisite: approval of instructor.
Lou:er
Dioiвion Соиrве•
111 General Paychology. (З). An introduction to the
FS gcneral principlcs and arcas of psychology.
112 ~neral Psychology LaЬoratory. (2). 4L. IntroducFS tion to scientific mcthod in psychology. Prerequisite:
Psych. 111; concurrcnt cnrollment prcferred.
211 & 212 Advanced General Psychology. (З-З) . А more
FS intensive treatmcnt о! thc topics of Gcneral Psychology. Prerequisite: Psych. 111.
215 Industrlal Psychology. (З). An introduction to the
FS psychological aspects of industry. Prcrequisite:
Psych. 111.
246 Soclal Psychology. (З). А psychological study of
FS the individual in the social situation. Prercquisite:
Psych. 111.
260 Chlld Psychology. (З). The infant and cblld with
S
special referencc to thcir behavioral development.
Prerequisite: Psych. 111.
275 Psychology of Personality. (3). Тheoretical concepts,
FS factors in dcvclopmrnt, and mcthods of assessing
personality. Prerequisitc: Psych. 111.
Upper
"
Diviвion
Courae•
312• Psychological Stntistics. (З). Empl1asizes basic
F
quantitntive techniques in measuremcпt and evaluation о! behavior. Prerequisite: 10 hrs. of psychology.
343• Experimental Psychology. (2). Laboratory study
FS of bcl1avior stressing experimental design and resenrch tcchruques. Prerequisite: Psych. 111 and 112.
350• Physiological Psychology. (3). Physiological factors
F
in bchavior. Prcrequisite: Psych. 111 and 211.
360• Psychology Tutorial Seminar. (З). Selected topics
FS in psycl1ology. (Мау Ье repeated for а maximum of
6 hours credit.) Prerequisite: average of В in psychology courses which must incl\tde Psy. 211 and 212.
401• lntroduction to Clinical Psychology. (3). (Same as
S
SPG 440). Applicntion of psychological p1·inciples to
tbe field of proЫem behnvior. Prercquisite: Psychology 275, 444, and 465.
4to• Вietory of Psycbology. (З). Psychological thcory and
F
experimentation from ancient to modern times. Prerequisite: 10 hours of Psychology.
444 Introduction to Psychopathology. (З) . Individual
F
differences and their relation to "normal" behavior.
Prerequisite: Psych. 111.
450 Advanced Industrial Psychology. (З) . А detailed
S
analysis of special·interest areas in personnel psychology. Prerequisites: Psych. 215 and 342, or consent of instructor.
453 ProЫems of Psychology. (3). Seminar dealing witl1
F
fundamental pзychological principles aimed at а
general orientation in psychology. Prerequisite: 15
of psychology.
Special InvesHgation. (З). Upon consultation with
tho instructor concerned, advanced students with
adequate preparation mny undertake original re·
search in psychological proЬlems. (Мау Ье repeated
for а mn..'l:imum о! 6 hours credit.) Prerequisite 10
hours о! Psychology and consent of in.structor.
Psycholo11 of Leaming. (3). (Same as Ed. Psych.
465). А survey о! research and theory in learning.
Prerequisitc: Psych. 211 and 212.
Advanced Psychology of Personality. (3). More intensivc treatment of the topics of Psychology of
Personality. Prerequisite: Psych. 275.
Introduction to Psychoanalytic Тheory. (3). А consideration of the theory and practice of Freud's
system, its variants and derivatives. Prerequisite:
Psych. 444.
hourз
456•
FS
465•
S
475•
S
498*
S
Graduate
CourвetJ
502 Seminar in Clinical Psychology. (2). Individual papers and discussion aimed at а basic orientation toward clinical theory and practice. Prerequisite:
Psych. 401 and consent о! in.structor.
513 Psychometrica: Intelligcnce. (2). Тheory and method
of individual intelligence testз. Prerequisite: consent
of instructor.
514 Psychometrics: Projective Techniques. (2). Тheory
and method of projective analysis о! personality.
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
515-516 Clinical Practice. (2-2). P~acticum in clinical
techniqueз. Мау Ье repeated for various phases of
clinical practice. Maximum credit 6 hours. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
520 Graduate Research Seminar. (З). AdYanced experi·
F
mental procedures. Required of all graduate majors
in psychology. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
542 Advanced Psychological ?tleasurement. (З). Design,
S
analysis, and evaluation of behavioral research data.
Required of all graduate majors in psychology. Pre·
requisite: consent of iпstructor.
F549-S550 Seminar in Psycl10Jogy. (З·З) . Intensive survey of basic areas in psychology with stresз on recent developments. Reqнired of all gradt1ate majors
in psychology.
560 Systematic Psychology. (3). А critical survey of
systems of psychology. Prerequisite: consent of in·
structor.
1''S575-FS576. Tltesis. (2-2).
RELIGIOUS EDUCATION
MAJOR. А comblned major may Ье taken, conзisting of
selected courses from the department and related courses
from allied dcpartments chosen in consultation with tbe
head of the department. Rel. Ed. 333 and 443 or 446
are required.
MINOR. The minor consistз ot lб hours choscn in consultation with the hcad of the department.
The department of religious education offers а general
survey of religious life and thought, of BiЫical history
•Wltb aul!lcJ•nt NUOD а •tudent mQ appJ7 !or department.al
wo.lve eourм 11rereciulaltee.
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
conмnt t.o
55
and literature, and their sig11iftcance in the Ше of today.
The courses in this department a.r e not primarily p1·ofeз­
sional in character. Religion is 1·ecognized аз one of the
great phenomena of human life, and religious Iiteratures
are studied for the light they shed on political and social
movements and аз cultural background.
All work in religious education now offered in the University of Wicblta is supported Ьу funds from the religious foundations. Тhе e!ection of any course offered is
entirely voluntary.
125
130
220
225
250
З3З
440
443
446
454
Lower Division Сои.rвев
Life and Teachings of Jes11s. (2). А review of early
New Testament history, stressing the incidents in
the life of Christ.
Introduction to Religion. (2). Тhе place of religion
in modern life. The backgтound of Hebrew and
Christian history provides an understanding of
proЬ!ems arising in the present.
Great Personalities of the ВiЫе. (2).
Introduction to Judaism. (2). Suxvey of Jewish beliefs and practices. Discussions aimed at promoting
inter-gтoup unde1'Standing.
Тhе Early Church. (2). Тhе Christian religion of
the Roman Empire.
Upper Diviвion Соиrвев
Comparative Religion. (З) . Тhе religious experiences
of peoples in their efforts to secure and conserve the
essential values of life. Designed to present а rapid
вurvey of the important religions that have found а
place in the rise of civilization.
Customs and Cultures. (2 or 3). The physical and
sociological factors entering into the nurtuтe and
intercultural processes of civilization, noting the
psychological bea.ring of these processes.
Psychology of Religion. (3). Religious phenomena
from the standpoint of known lawз of psychology.
Prerequisite: Psych. 111.
Philosophy of Reiigion. (З). Тhе signiftcance of the
practices and beliefs that are a.ccepted аз interpreting the world аз а \vhole.
Character Education. (3). Тhе methods of teaching
ideals and the development of traits of personality.
Emphasis is placed upon immediate рrоЬ!еmз аз they
arise in the various processeз of educational endeavor.
Graduate Соиr11ев
500 Seminar. (З).
57Б-576 Research and Thesis. (2-2).
SOCIOLOGY AND
МAJOR.
зists of at
ANTНROPOLOGY
А major in sociology and anthropology conleast ЗО hours, including Soc, 111, 445 or 446,
and Anthr. 124. Other courses ma.y Ье elected from either
the sociology or anthropology curriculum. Certain courses
in related depa.rtments not to exceed 6 hours, when they
meet the particula.r needз of the student, may Ье counted
on the major. With the e..'{ception о! S.W. 211, social work
courses do not count toward the major.
Students wishing to secure а minor in the Department
should elect one о! the follo>\'ing fields:
МINOR IN SOCIOLOGY AND ANТНROPOLOGY. At
leaзt 15 hours in the two fields, including Soc. 111 and
Anthro. 124.
56
MINOR IN ANTHROPOLOGY. At least 15 hours of
anthropology including Anthro. 124 and 125.
MINOR IN SOCIOLOGY. At least lб hourз including
Soc. 111.
SOCIOLOGY
Lower Division Соиrвев
111 lntroductory Sociology. (3). Human group life, rnan's
FS adjustment in groups, the characteristics of various
gтоuрз, the processes of social organization and social change.
210• Sociology of Cblldhood. (2). Group influences upon
the child in contemporary American culture and their
implications for society. Prerequisite: Soc. 111.
213* Sociology of Aging. (2). Social aspects of an aging
population, including extent of social participation
and various community programs for the aging. Prerequisite: Soc. 111.
226 Race Relations. (3). Тhе nature of race; ethnic
gтoups confused with races; interrelations of ethnic
gтoups in the United States and other countries;
processes of change; action programs. Prerequisite:
Soc. 111.
Upper
Diviвion Соиrвев
314* Comparative Family Systems. (3). Ethnographic
and historical studies of family systems; range of
variation; vestiges of older systems in contemporary
United States. Prerequisite Soc. 111.
315
Тhе Ame.r ican Family. (3). Analysis of American
family behavior including the selection of marriage
partners, the husband-wife, parent-clii!d relationships, and the relation of those patterns of behavior to other aspects of American society. Prerequisite: Soc. llL
320 Social Вebavior and Control. (3). The meaning of
social control, the means of social control, social institutions as agents of social control, propaganda,
puЬlic opinion, and mass media of communication.
Prerequisite: Soc. 111.
330 Social Stratification. (2). An analysiз of status, claзs,
and caste in various societies, especially American
society. Тhе relationsblp of stratiftcation to the
various social institutions.
331
Population. (3). Тhе size, composition, distribution,
and recent trends in the population of the World
and the United States, and the relation of popu1ation
to \Vo1·ld proЬ!ems. Prerequisite: Soc. 111.
333 Rural Sociology. (3). Тhе sociology of rural Ше its social groups, institutions, and social relations.
Prerequisite: Soc. 111.
334 Urban Sociology. (З). Urban population, urban organization, щЬаn institutions, and progтams of city
planning. Prerequisite: Soc. 111.
335 lndustrial Sociology. (3). Тhе work gтoup as а
social gтoup, social organization of the work plant,
and social factors affecting the worker. Prerequisite: Soc. 111.
339• Juvenile Delinquency, (2). The factors related to
juvenile delinquency and the measures of treatment
and prevention. Prerequisite: Soc. 111.
•Prerequiзit.e
may
Ье
waived
Ьу
depart:inent
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
eonвent.
340• Criminology. (2). The extent and nature of criminal
341•
400
445•
446•
470
behavior and societal reactions to it. Prerequisite:
Soc. 111.
Contemporary Corrections. (2). Historical and contemporary programs for the treatment of offenders,
viewed аз societal reactions to criminal behavior.
Prerequisite: Soc. 339 or 340.
Seminar in Social Sciences. (З). An interdisciplinary
course participated in Ьу stafl' l'epresentзtives of the
departmentз of Economics, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology. Following а study of the
development of the social sciences, an interdisciplinary analysis of а contemporary social proЬ!em or
institution will Ье undertaken. Pre1·equisite: consent
of instructor.
History of Social Thought. (З) . Social theory from
ancient to modern times. Prerequisite: 8 hours of
sociology.
Principles and Concepts of Sociology. (З). Critical
evaluation of major principles and co11cepts, thei1·
derivation and relationsblp to systematic theory.
Prerequisite: 8 hours of sociology.
lndependent Reading. (1 to 3). Prerequisite: 12
hours of sociology and department consent. Мау Ье
repeated for c1·edit not to exceed а total of 6 hou1·s.
ANTHROPOLOGY
Lower
З).
The application of research methods to sociological data.
lncludes research design, collection of data, development of questionnai1·es, schedules and scales, interviewing methods, analysis of datз, and summary.
Prerequisite: department consent.
512 Social Disorganization. (2). Changing frames of
reference in study of social proЫems, \vith special
attention to disorganization of groups and institutions. Prerequisite: 15 hours of sociology and department consent.
515 Seminar on tl1e Family. (2). Review of recent research on the family and the theoretical implications
thereof. Prerequisite: department consent.
520 Seminar in Social Movements. (2). Analysis of the
elements in social movements аз factors in social and
cultural change. Prerequisite: department consent.
526 Intergroup Relatlons. (2). Relations between various
types of groups, especially ethnic and religious.
Review of relevant research. P1'erequisite: department consent.
531 Seminar in Population Research. (1 to З). Analysis
of methods of studying population phenomena. Individual research on special aspects of population.
Prerequisite: department consent.
534 Seminar in Urban Sociology. (1 to З). Studies of
Wichitз with application to general theories of urban
sociology. Prerequisite: department consent.
545 Advanced Reading in Sociological Theory. (3). А
careful and critical evaluation of recent systematic
writings in the field. Prerequisite: department consent.
546 Recent Developments in Sociology and Anthropology.
(2). Major issues, new theories, relation of theory
to research, new techniques of research, ne\v areas
of research, ne\v and practical application. Prerequisite: 15 hours of sociology and department consent.
575-576 Т11esis. (2-2).
•Prer~uleit.
m&:r
Ье
walved
Ьу
depart.ment conaent.
Courses
124 Geм1·al Anthropology. (3). An introduction to thc
FS fields of physical antltropology, cultural anthropology, archaeology and li11guistics, analysis of the concepts of society and culture \vith special emphasis
оп nonliterate peoples of the 'vorld.
125 Cultural Anthropology. (З). Тhе meaning of culture,
FS its significance for human beings, its diverse forms
among peoples of the \vorld, past and present. Prerequisite: Soc. 111 or Anthro. 124.
223 The Development of Man. (2). The study of man's
Ьiological development from prehistoric to modern
times. Prerequisite: Anthro. 124.
227 Social Institutions of Primitive Society. (З). А cross
cultural study of social, political, economic, and religious structure in p1·imitive society. Prerequisite:
Anthro. 124 or 125.
305
Gradшzte Соиrвев
500 Research Methods in Sociology. (2 or
Diviвioti
306
307
318
325
328
447
498
Upper Division Соиrвев
The American Indian. (2). The social and cultural
characteristics of native Indian populations, migrations fro1n Asia, language families, and culture areas
of North and South America. Also examines the condition of the American Indian today. Prerequisite:
Anthro. 124 or 125.
Peoples of the Pacific. (2). А survey of the raccs,
languages, and cultures of nonlite1'8te peoples of
Polynesia, :Мicronesia, :Мelancsia, and Indonesia. Prerequisite: Anthro. 124 or 125.
The Negro in Africa. (2). А description and analysis
of the culture areas of Africa south of the Sahara.
Prerequisite: Antbro. 124 or 125.
Culture and Personality. (З). Тhе relationship of
individual personality, both no1·mal and abnormal, to
group membership алd cultural conftguration. Prerequisite: Soc. 111, or Anthro. 124, or department
consent.
Social and Cultural Change. (3). А c1·itical exanunation of the processual dynamics of social and cultural change the wo1'ld over, \vith special emphasis
on contemporary non-European areas. Prerequisite:
Anthropology 124 or Sociology 111.
North American Archeology. (2). The main a1·cheological cultures of tbls continent and the theories
of their origin and devclopmcnt. Some time will Ье
devoted to Great Plains prehistory. Course may include some fie1d trips and excavations in this vicinity.
Prerequisite: Antbro. 124 or department consent.
Theorieз of Culture. (3). А survey of the main
theoretical n1oven1cnts in cultural anthropology, including both historical and contempora1-y schools
of thought. Prerequisite: 5 hours of Anthropology.
.Anthropological Seшinar. (2-3). Special proЫems in
cultural anthropology. Prerequisite: 5 hoщs of Anthropology. Мау Ье i·epeated for credit not to exceed
а total of 6 hot1rs.
SOCIAL WORK
Lower
211
Diviвion Courseв
Introduction to Social Work. (З). The development
of social 'vork organizations, specialized fields of
social work, and qualifications required for positions
in social work.
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
57
355
356
375
412
413
Upper Divi8ion Соиrвев
Social Welfare l1tterviewing. (2). The interview аз
а process i11 social work; including estaЫishment of
rappo.rt, relationship to the agency, and referral, as
seen in case material.
Social Group Leadership. (2). Тhе processes involved
in group leadership, including identification with the
agency, group-\cader interaction, and gтoup development, il\ustrated \vith case materials.
PuЫic Social Security Programs. (3). Social security
law and agencies for its implementation with consideration of the social implicationз.
lntroduction to PuЫic Пealth and Welfare InsШu­
tiuns. (2). Тhе organization, structure, function and
interrelationships of modern public health and ' \velfare agencies and institutions.
lntroduction to Community Orga11ization. (3). The
relationship of puЬlic and private agencies· \ocal
state, a11d national services; establishment ~f ne\~
services; coordination, planning, and financing community services.
SPANISH
МAJOR. А major in Spanish consists of 24 hours beyond courses 111-112, or their equivalent, and must include
Span. 230. Any courses offered Ьу the Нistory or Economics Departments, dealing with Spain or Latin-America, are
strongly recommended for all majors. It is also recommended that Spanish majors choose а minor in some other
foreign language if they plan to teach foreign languages.
MINOR. The minor i11 Spanish consists of 18 hours, or,
if the high school equivalent is accepted, of 15 hours beyond the 112 level. In either case а ЗОО course mnst Ье
included, exclusive of ?rlajor Topics. Span. 230 is required
of all minors.
Loicer Divisio1i Соиrве1
111-112 Elementary Spanish. (4-4). 3R; С, and L. FundaFS mentals of pronunciation; practice in speaking, understanding, reading, and \vriting.
223-224 Selected Spanish Readings. (3-3). Intensive
read.ing of Latin American and Spanish lite1·ary
\Vorkз. Outside readings and reportз. Prerequisite:
Span. 112 or t\VO high school units of Spanish.
225-226 Intermediate Conversation. (2-2). Prerequisite:
FS Span. 112 01· 2-3 units of hig}1 school Spanish.
230 Inte1·mediate Spanish Grammar and Composition.
F
(3). P1·ereqt1isite: Span. 112 or equivalent.
Upper Dlviвlon Courseв
Span. 224 iз а prerequisite for all upper division literature courses.
315-316 Major Topica. (1-1). Literary reports, special
work in pronunciation, commercial Spanish, or problems in teaching Spanish. Мау Ье repeated for credit
but total credit not to exceed 4 hours. Prerequiзite:
Span. 224 or 226 or department consent.
325 Advanced Composition and Conversation. (3). PreS
requisite: Span. 226 or 2ЗО or department consent.
331 & ЗЗ2 Survey of Spanish Literature. (3-3). First semester: 18th, 19th, and 20th centuries. Second semester: the Cid through the Golden Age. Alternate
years.
421 Main Currents of Spanish-American Literature. (3).
Intensive reading ot representative works from the
Colonial period to the present. Alternate years.
4.22 The Spaniвh Drama. (3) . Intensive reading of representative dramaa ot important periodз. Alternate
уеа1'8.
58
423
Seminnr in Spanish. (1-5). Special studies in (1)
Spanish language, (2) Spanish and Spanish literatu1·e, (3) Spanish and Spanish American culture and
civilization, or (4) methods of teaching Spanish in
the elementary and secondary schools. Мау Ъе repeated for credit.
Graduate Соиrвев
500 Introdoction to Research. (2). Methods ot investigation, prepai·ation of Ыbliographies, collection and
organization ot materials, and techniques of literary
criticism.
501 Spaniвh Linguistics. (2). Шstorical and structural
study of the Spanish Language.
505 & 506 Directed Readings. (1-2; 1-2). Directed Readings \Vill vary according to the student's preparation.
Preparation of reports, Нterary critiques, special
projects in linguistics.
531 Semi11ar in Spanish Literature. (3). Тhе \vork in
this course will Ье related to the special interests and
needs of the students. The early period, Classicism,
Romanticism, Realism, Mode1'Dism, Modern Literature and Contemporary Litcrature will Ье treated аз
separate areas. Мау Ье repeated for credit.
532 Seminar in Spanish-American Literature. (3). Тhе
work in this course \vill Ье related to the special interests and needs of the students. Тhе Colonial period,
Modernism, the short story, the essay, and the
Contemporary Novel \vill Ье treated as separate
areas. Мау Ье repeated for credit.
575 & 576 Тhesis reвearch and 'fhesis. (1-3; 1-4).
SPEECH
:МAJOR. А minimum of ЗЗ hours including Speech 111,
221, 448, plus specialization in area А, В, С, or D be\o,v:
А. (PuЬ\ic Address) Speech 114, 212, 228, 243, 313, 432,
435, 436, 437.
В. (Theatre) Speech 243, 244, 253, 259, 343, 359, 423,
424, 444, 445.
С. (Radio-Television) Speech 114, 212, 214, 215, 224,
282, 814, 316, 832, 403, 405, 406.
D. (General) Speech 114, 212, 228, 243, 244, 259, 313,
423 or 424, 445.
Students completing option А 01· D must pa1ticipate in
inte1·collegiate forensics !01· а minimum of t\vo seniesters
pi·ior to the senior уса1'.
Option D is strongly rccommcnded for those p1·epari11g
to teach, although option А 01· В may Ье ассерtаЬ!е uрон
approval of the Depa1·tment.
MINOR. А minimш11 of 15 hours selected \Vith the approval of the Department of Speech.
101
FS
111
FS
114
F
Lower Division Courвes
& 102, 201 & 202 Debate. (1-1). •Research for debates, participation in 30 or more full length debates
per year (16 of \vhich must Ье intercollegiate competition), and debate squad meetings. Prerequisite:
department consent.
Extemporaneous Speaking. (2). Analysis of audienc~, selection of subject, choice of ideas, finding and
testing supporting materials, orgaлization, and delivery.
Broadcasting and the Citizen. (3). 01·ganization,
structure, history, social implications of the broadcasting industry.
•м11."imum
c1·C<llt ln DEDATE, 4 l1011r3; not counted townrd mnjor.
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
212 Persuasive Speaking. (2). T1·aining in infittencing
S
hunian behavior in socially ассерtаЫе \Vays Yia the
spoken \vord. P1·erequisite: Speech 111.
343
214 & 215 Radio Worl<shop. (1-1). Relation of theory to
FS application at КМU\V-FM.
359
Directing II. (2). R; L arr. Staging and rehea1-sal
techniques, with emphasis on the proЫems of the
period and stylized р\ау. Prerequisite: Speech 259
or department coнsent.
403
Televiзion
221 Oral Interpretation. (3). The development of the
FS mental, vocal, and analytical techniques essential to
the interpretation of literature.
223 Phonetics. (2). The physical properties of speech;
the formation of sounds, combination of sounds into
word patterns, dialectical variety and transcriЪing
of sounds of Anierican English Ьу use of International Phonetic Alphabet.
S
F
Business and Profeвsional Speaking. (2). P1·e1·equisite: Speech 111 or department coнsent. (Offered
only at night.)
228 Principles of Group Discussion. (3). Development of
FS reflective thinking, group leadership, and effective
group participation. Prerequisite: Speech 111 01· depa1·tment consent.
232
F
243
F
Radio-Television \Vriting. (3). W1·iting formats,
commercials, continuity, and drama for Radio and
Television.
Acting 1. (3). Emphasis on the internal techniques
of acting, on characterization, and on the actor's
analysis of the play and the role.
Radio and TV Station Managemeнt. (3). Тhе organizatioп and management of radio and television statio11; administrative, p1·og1·a111ming, technical and
sales proЫems, physical fncilities. Prerequisite:
department coщ1cnt.
406
Regulation and Responsibllity i11 Broadcasting. (3).
Government and b1·oadcasting relations; review of
basic radio law; emphasis on i·esponsibllities of
broadcast license. Open to non-broadcast majors.
423 Development of the Theatre 1. (3). Тhе history of
F
theatrical activity as а social institution a11d an a1·t
form, from the beginning to the eighteenth century.
Representative plays, methods of staging, and t11eatrical architecture of various periods.
424
S
432
F
244 Stage<:raft. (3). R; L arr. Theo1·y and practice of
F
making, painting, and using scenery for the stage.
Practical \VOrk on University Тheatre productio11s.
253 Costuming and .Мake-up. (2). R; L arr. Нistorical
survey of dress from the standpoint of the costume
designer; principles of costume construction; basic
theo1ies and practices of stage make-up. Practical
work on University Theatre productions.
259
F
Соиrвев
301 & 302, 401 & 402 Debate. (1-1). •ResearcJ1 for deFS bates, pa1·ticipation in 30 or more full length debates
ре1· year (15 or which must Ье intercollegiate competition), and debate squad meetings. Pre1·equisite:
depai·tment consent.
313 Argumentation and Debate. (3). Тhе principles of
F
i·easoned discourse. The practices of scholastic forensics for prospective secondary teachers. Esse11tials of parliamentary procedure. P1·e1·equisite: depa1·tment consent.
314 & 315 Radio Workshop. (1-1). Relation of theory to
FS application at KMUW-FM.
332 Radio and TV Programming. (2). Planning, developS
ing, scheduling, based upon audience and market
analysis, program ratings, principles of evaluation
and criticism.
•мвximum
credit !n
DEВA'l'E,
4
IФurs;
not counted t.o""a rd major.
Develo1>ment of the Theatre II. (3). Fro1n tl1e eighteenth centt1ry to the present.
American PuЫic Address. (3). А detailed study of
notaЫe American speakers and their puЫic utterances; their impact on the political, economic, and
social history of this nation from co\011ial times to
tl1e prcsent.
435 Development of Rhetorical Theory. (3). F1·on1 the
Greeks to the Moderns.
436
S
Directing I. (3). R; L arr. Basic theories and principles of stage directing; proЫems of producing t11e
р!ау \vith practical experience gained Ьу use of the
project method. Prerequisite: 243 or consent.
Upper Divi.sion
Workshop. (2). R; L arr. Тhе theories,
tools, and techniques of television production; studio
\VOrk as а member of а TV production c1·e\v.
405
224 Radio al\d ТУ P1·oductio11. (3). Production and direcS
tion of i·adio and ТV p1·ograms, laboratory \Vork,
KMUW-FM.
225
Acting 11. (2). Utilization in scenes of the met11od
gained in 243, \Vith ernphasis on styles of acting and
оп comedy technique. Prerequisite: Acting 243.
Advanced Public Address. (3). Theo1·y and practice
in the various forms of platform speaking for the
academica.lly mature student. Includes such special
forms as the after-dinner speech, speeches of good
will, tribute, keynote, and courtesy. Prerequisite:
Speech 212.
437 Theory of l\lass Persuasion. (2). An analysis of the
techniques used in the щass media with special eniphasis on the use of spoken language.
444
Scene Design. (2). R; L arr. Fundamentals of scene
design. Practical 'vork on University Тheatre productions. Prerequisite: 244 with grade of С or better.
445
Stage Lighting. (2). R; L arr. Lighting equipment;
light design and its relation to scenery design; emphasis upon tbe proЫems in the high scbool, college,
church, etc. Practical \vo1·k on University Theatre
productions. Prerequisite: Speech 244 \Vith а grade
of С or bette1'.
448 Seniinar. (3). Projects and 1·eadings in all a1·eas of
S
the Speech field to reveal the essential unity therein
and to develop an integrated philosophy of speech
education. Includes basic concepts of evaluating
(criticism) all forms of oral communication, including drama. Prerequisite: senior standing.
450
Workshops in Speech. (2-4). (See Sec. Ed. 450.)
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
59
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND INDUSTRY
JACK D. HEYSINGER, J.D., LL.M., Dean
U1ide1·graduate Objectives: The College of Business
Administration and Industry has as its primary objective tье training of young men and. ~om~n f~r
active, intelligent, and responsiЫe part1c1pat1on ш
business and community life. Such participation requireз that the graduate have an understanding of ~е
world and society in which we live, an understandшg
of our business and industrial community, and an
understanding of the role of the business administrator.
Rega1·dless of the area of business in which he may
operate or the level on which he moves, each administrator Ьаз one thing in common with all other administrators. Не must make and execute decisions. Training in administration must еnаЫе the student to
develop а \vay of thinking or haЬitual thought process
whereby Ье can make valid businees judgments. The
student must Ье taught the process of assembling,
ordering weighing facts, and reaching а concluзion.
Не must develop the courage and foresight to turn
that conclusion into а decision, and he must learn to
work with people to turn that decision into reality.
An understanding of our wo1·ld and society provides
the student with а foundation upon which to base his
progress аз an administrator and asзures the gradua~
of а sense of responsiЬility for the consequenceз of his
actions. Further, if the student is to learn to make
valid business judgments, he also must acquire an
understanding of the basic fundamental areas of
business and the business рrосезз. Still further, it is
not sufficient to train the зtudent only in the basic
areas of business or in the Ьазiс process of busineзs
and decision making. While it iз not the goal of the
College to train the student for Ыз first, or second,
position in the business community, it iз neceзsary
tbat the student Ье аЫе to bandle given areas of buзi­
ness information beyond the level of basic principles.
And, since an administrator, particularly on the junior
and middle levels, works within а specific area of
buзiness, the student зhoutd have an opportunity for
Jimited specialization. Such specialization enaЫes him
to handle specific assignrnents as an administrato1·
and to make immediate contributions to his organization upon graduation.
The detailed undergraduate objectives of the College of Business Administration and Industry are,
then:
1. То p1·ovide the student \Vith an understanding of
our world and society, to develop the student's
intellectual capacities, and to develop an understanding of his rights and responsibllities аз an
active member of society.
2. То instill in the student the haЫt of original and
orderly thinking.
3. То equip the student \vith the fundamental business skills and to develop his understanding of
the business p1·ocess.
4. То t1·ain the student to rnake valid business decisions and to wo1·k with people in the execution
of those decisions.
60
То provide the student \Vith а degree of specialized skill or knowledge in а selected area of
business.
Graduate Progra:nis: The primary objective of th_e
programs leading to the deg1·ees of М:~ster ?f Bus~­
ness Administ1·ation and Master of Sc1ence ш Bus1ness Administ1·ation is to assist rnen and women wbo
desi1·e caree1·s either in p1·ivate business or teaching
business administi·ation to furtber develop tbose qualities attitudes aЫlities, skills, and understandings
whi~h constit~te а foundation for future growth in
their chosen field.
Otl~e1· Pt·ograms: The College is cha1·ged with the
i·esponsiЬi lity of adding to the total body of ~nowledge
about business administ1·ation and econom1cs. Furthe1', the College se1·ves the cornmunity and state Ъу
p1·oviding continuing educational prog1·ams and other
specialized se1·vices.
The unde1·graduate curricula of the College lead to
the deg1·ees of Bachelor of Business Administration
and Bachelor of Science in Business Administration.
А t\VO-yen1· prog1·am in secretarial trai.ning leads to an
Associate of Applied Science degree. The College is
divided into the Departments of Accounting, Administration Economics and Secretarial Training.
For ~aduate p1·ograms see the Graduate School
Bulletin.
5.
REQUIREMENTS - Admission and Retention
Entering freshmen interested in business administration are admitted to the University College and
must meet the general entrance requirements of the
University, see page 13. The program of high_ school
preparation recommended for students enterшg the
University College is given on page 30.
Students may enter the College of Business Administration from the University College, other degreegranting colleges within the University, or other universities and colleges, p1·ovided they have completed
24 semester credit hou1·s, have а credit point index of
at least 1.5, and are not on academic probation.
Beginning in the Fall Semeste1·, 1964 the above
admission i·equirement •vill Ье " . . . 24 semeste1·
credit hourз, and а credit point index as followз;
24-63 hours, 1.700; 64 or more hours, 1.900."
То supplement University requirements, the follo\ving retention rules \Vill become ef!ective for
this College in the Fall Sernester, 1964: А student
whose cumulative credit point index falls below the
College admission requirement shall Ье notified tbat
his \Vork is unsatisfacto1·y and that during the
next term he is enrolled his cumulative average
must Ье raised to the required Jevel. А student
whose cumulativc credit point average does not
meet the required average at the end of the term
during which he is on notice and whose c1·edit point
index is under 2.000 fo1· the terrn he is on notice
shall not Ье retained on the College rolls. Future
readmission of such а student to the College shall Ье
determined Ьу tbe College.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND INDUSTRY
Required
COURSE WORK
1. In addition to fulfilling the general i·equirements
for graduation, each student shall elect at least six
hours from the departments represented in Groups
I through IV of the prescribed fields of study exclusive of courses in economics and subject to tbe
limitations set forth below.
2. Candidates for eitber of the two baccalau1·eate degrees offered Ьу the College shall complete at least
fifty-six semester hours of coui·ses offered outside
the College. In addition, such students shall complete at least fifty semester hours of courses offered
Ьу the College.
То
assure maximum distribution of course work,
the following limitations are in effect: Courses in
industrial education or industrial arts, elementary
education, library science, police science, and physical education (other than the 4 required hours of
service course.s) shall not count within the 124
semester hours required for graduation.
3. Required courses for the degree of Bachelor of
Business Administration are:
Ноиrв
Course
Соиrвев:
Those listed in paragraph 3 and:
Соиrвв
Hours
Acctg. 194, Introductory П . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Acctg. 293, Intermediate I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acctg. 294, Intermediate
П
З
. . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Acctg. 321, Elementary Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Acctg. 348, Income
Тах
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Acctg. 893, Advanced 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Acctg. 424, Auditing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Adm. 432, Law of Comroercial Transactions . . . . .
3
Administration
Requirвd Соиrвев:
Тhose
listed in paragraph 3 and:
Соиrве
Hours
Adm. 264, Control I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Adm. 364, Control II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
:М:arketing
3
:М:ath.
121, Discrete Mathematics* . . . . . . . .
3
Adm. 801,
:М:ath.
305, Introduction to Statistics . . . . . . .
2
Adm. 352, Production II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Acctg. 193, Introductory I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Adm. 451, Administrative Policy I . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Есо.
6
221, 222, Principles of Economics . . . .
Есо.
340,
:М:оnеу,
Есо.
348, Introductory Business Statistics . .
Banking and
PuЬlic
Policy 3
2
II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Adm. 452, Administrative Policy
П
.............
3
Adm. 465, Seminar С, Information and
Decision Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Adm. 466, Seminar D, Business Ethics
and Social ResponsiЫlity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Eitlier Есо. 414, Government Regulation of
Econoroic Activity, or Есо. 421, Intermediate Economic Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Adm. 261, Principles of Administration . . .
3
Students desiring to elect hours within the department
of administration may organize specialized programs in
marketing (including retailing), industrial management,
fu:lance and general management.
Adm. 265, Seminar А, Communication and
Human Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Economics
Adm. 266 Seminar В, Communication and
Human Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Adm. 300,
:М:arketing
I ..................
3
Adm. 332, Law and Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Adm. 343, Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Adm. 351, Production 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
In addition to the i·equired courses, each candidate
for the В.В.А. degree shall satisfy the requirements
of one of the following curricular emphases.
CURRICULAR EMPHASES
Accounting
Within the 124 hours required for graduation а
minimum of 24 hours of accounting is required and
а maximum of 30 hours of accounting is allowed.
•мathematica
141, AJgebra and Trigonometry may
dept. consent.
Ье
aubetituted upon
Within the 124 hours required for graduation
minimum of 24 bours in economics is required and
maximum of 30 bours in economics is allowed.
Required
Тhose
а
а
Соиrвев:
listed in paragraph 3 and:
Hou,rs
•Есо. 414, Gov't Regulation of Есо. Activity . . . . . 3
•Есо. 421, Intermediate Economic Тheory . . . . . . . . 3
Есо. 455, Шstory of Economic Тhought . . . . . . . . . 2
Есо. 456, Шstory of Economic Тhought . . . . . . . . . 2
Adm. 264, Control I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Ad.m. 364, Control П . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electives in Economics ........................ 3-9
Соиrвв
4. Required courses for tbe degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Administration :
•one wШ Ье taken to sat!af;v College of
qulremente.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND INDUSTRY
Buзineвs
Admlnlstration re-
61
Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Businesз Administration shall complete а
total of sixty-two semester hours of Liberal Arts
courses and shall satisfy the requi1·ements of
paragraph 1 and 2 preceding.
Additional required courses are :
Соиrвв
Hou1·s
Math. 121, Disc1·ete Mathematics* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Math. 305, Introduct;ion to Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Acctg. 193 & 194, Introductory 1 & ll . . . . . . . . . . 6
Есо. 221, 222, Princip!es of Economics . . . . . . . . . . 6
Есо. 348, Intтoductory Business Statistics . . . . . . . 2
Есо. 414, Government Regulation of
Economic Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Adm. 261, Principles of Administration . . . . . . . . . 3
Adm. 265, Seminar А, Communication and
Human Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Adm. 266 Seminar В, Communication and
Human Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Adm. 800, :М:arketing 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Adm. 382, Law and Society . .............. , . . . . 3
Adm. 348, Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Adm. 351, Production I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
**Sec. Tr. 133, 138, 237, Typewriting ... . ......... 6-8
Sec. Tr. 201, Secretarial Of!ice Machines . . . . . . . 1
Sec. Tr. 202, Calculating Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Sec. Tr. 231, 234, 240, Shorthand . . ......... ... .. 4-9
Sec. Tr. 233, Records Management and
Office Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Sec. Tr. 345, Тranscription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Sec. Tr. 440, Office Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5. Associate of Applied Science Deg1·ee
The Associate of Applied Science deg1·ee p1·ovides
opportunity fo1· secretarial p1·eparation of а high
quality in а college atmosphere with а view to attaini ng the Certified P1·ofessional Secretary status.
ап
Тhе
i·equi1·ements fo1· the degтee are as follo,vs:
Engl. 111, 248; Есо. 221, 222; Acctg. 193, 194; Adm.
120, or 261, 01· 332; Sec. Tr. 138, 201, 202, 231, 233,
234, 237, and 240 or 345 (138, 231, and 234 may Ьс
taken in high school) ; science 01· lVIath. 121*; six hou1·s
of humanities; nine hours of gene1·nl unive1-sity 1·equi1·ements as outlined on р. 18; plus st1fficient f1·ee
electives to equal 64 hou1·s. Thirty hoш·s and 60
credit points shall Ье earned in 1·esidence. Of the
1·equired 64 hours, not more than one fourth of D
work will count on the Associate of Applied Science
degree. No c1·edit is given on t11is deg1·ee fo1· Sec.
Tr. 133. If taken in high school, no c1·edit is given
for Sec. Tr. 231; f1·ee electiveз sha11 Ье substituted
for this course. C1·edit in indust1·ial education ог
i11dt1st1·ial arts, elementa1·y education, library зcience,
police science, and physical education shall not count
within the 64 semeste1· hou1·s l'equired fo1· g1·aduation.
Twelve of tl1e Jast 15 Ьощ·s must Ье taken in residence.
•мathematic.s
141, Algebra and Triaconometry may Ье substltuted upon
dept. consent.
••Only 6 hourз will count to,vard а d.eg1·ee - Sec. т". 138 and Sec.
Tr. 237.
62
6. Business Education.
Students intereзted in preparing to teach business
зubjects in high school enroll the fu·st year in the
Univerзity College and then transfer to the College
о! Education. All students in the Unive1·sity who receive а certificate to teach must meet the requi1·ements
as outlined оп page 67.
ACCOUNTING
MAJOR. А major in Accounting may Ье taken only in
the College of Вusiness Administration and Industry.
Majors must complete the prescribed courses required Ьу
the College of Business Adrninistration and Industry as
set forth on рр. 69, including Acctg. 193, 1941 293, 294,
321, 343, 393, and 424. А minimum of 24 semester hours
of Accounting is required for an emphasis (or major) m
Accounting. Students taking in excess of 30 semester
hou.r s of Accounting wШ have such excess hours above
30 counted аз excess hours above the 124 semester hours
needed for graduation. Students who so desire and are
eligiЫe may earn graduate credit for such excess hours
Ьу properly enrolling the last semester before attaining
the ВВА degree, if they need ten hours or less to complete
tJ1e БВА degree. (See page 17).
MINOR. А minor in Accounting may Ье taken in the
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. А minimum of 15
hours must Ье taken, including Acctg. 193, 194, 293, and
294, and three upper division hours of accounting.
Certificate of Certified
PuЬlic
Accountant
Candidates for the Certified PuЫic Accountant Certificate in Ka.11sas will Ье admitted to the serni-annual exainination under a.ny one of these three admission requlrements : (1) p1-oof of college degree, including 80 or more
semester hours of accounting, business la,v, economics,
busmess, and finance, of which at least 20 semester hoшs
inust Ье in accounting; (2) proof of а coJlege degree and
completion of three years of public accounting experience;
(3) proof of graduation from high school, or an equivalent
education, and completion of t!U'ee years of public accounting experience. Тhе Certificate of Certified Public Accountant will Ье awai·ded to successful candidates in the
examination only after completion of t\vo years of puЬlic
accounting experience for those qualifying under (1)
and (3) above. Тhose qualifying under (2) will receive
the Certificate at once. Тhе examination is given in auditmg, business law, accounting theory, and accounting practice. lt is held each Мау and November. Questions of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accoiшtants' Uniform Examination are used. А candidate \vho passes t\vo
of the fou.r parts is "conditioned" and \Vill Ье considered
to have passed the examination if he successfuHy comp1etes the other two parts at any time dttring t11e next
five years. The examination is administered Ьу the
Kansas State Boa1·d of Accountancy.
Graduates with an Accounting major qualify to sit for
the Kansas С.Р.А. Examination; however, the department
strongly recommends additional work Ъeyond 30 hrs. of
Accounting, to Ъest prepare the student to enter the profession аз well as to pass the examination. Such added
work may Ье taken after graduation either in the College
of Adult Education or in the Graduate Schoo1. Two FiveYear Prog1·ams leading to an M.S. are set up for professional training of this type, serving students who would
enter either public or private accounting. Annotшcements
listing the specific Five-Year Plan requirements may Ье
obtained from the Head of the Accounting Department.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND INDUSTRY
193
Lower Division Courses
Introductory 1. (3). Basic theory and practice о!
douЫe entry bookkeeping, elementary statements,
books of entry, accounts, working papers.
and their contributions to\vard achieving the purpose of accouпting systeщs. Prereqt1isite: 9 hrs. of
accounting, or Admin. 364.
443
Advanced lncome Тах. (3). Advanced co1"Poration
and partnership tax matters; estate and gift taxes.
Prerequisite: Acctg. 343.
454
Intermediate 1. (3). Accounting Statements, income
gene1·al1y accepted accounting theory and
principles pertaining to all types of accounts found
in the working capital part of the baJance sheet.
Prerequisite: Acctg. 194 or Admin. 364.
Professional Anditing Techniques and Practice. (3).
Audit working pape1·s, techniques, and report writing; emphasis on preparation for entry into puЫic
accounting. Prerequisite: Acctg. 424.
466
294 Intermediate II. (3). Generally accepted accounting
theory and priнciples pertaining to non-current assets, long-term liaЫlities, stockholders' equity, analysis of statements, source and application of funds
statement, and single-entry accounting p1·0Ыems.
Prerequisite: 293.
С.Р .А. Preparation. (3). An integrating course to
aid preparation of the candidate for the Uniform
С.Р.А. Examination in all аrеаз except law and taxes.
Prerequisite or concul'тent: Acctg. 393, 394, 421, and
424, or department conseпt.
499
Integrгted Data Processing. (3). The application of
electronic computers to busi11ess data accumulated
through accounting records and systems. Emphasis
оп reduced costs th1·ough coшputer application to
controllaЫe items. Prerequisite: Adm. 399 or con-
194 Introductory П. (3). Simple partnership and corporation matte1·s, n1anufacturing accounts, bonds,
amortization, vouchers, payroll taxes, departmentalization, ratio analysis. Prerequisite: Acctg. 193.
293
coпcepts,
Division Corirses
321 Elementary Cost. (3). Basic cost principles and
practice; job costs; material, Iabor and overhead;
overhead distribution; process costs. Prerequisite
Acctg. 194 or Adm. 364.
seпt.
U pper
333 Governmental. (2). Principles and practice for state,
county, city, and subdivisions the1·eof, аз well as
general institutional accounting principles for fund
accounting systems. Prerequisite: Acctg. 194 or
Adm. 364.
343 Income Тах Procedure. (3). Prepa1·ation of individual income tax returns under the latest state and
federal leь>islation, using current tax forms, deciзions,
and regulations as а guide. P1•erequisite: Acctg. 194
or Adm. 364.
393
Advanced 1. (3). Partuership changes, dissolution,
bankruptcy, receiversblp, joint ventures, consignments, installment sales, branch accounts. Prerequsite: Acctg. 294.
394
Advanced 11. (2). Consolidations, mergers, reftnancing, foreign exchange. P1·erequisite: Acctg. 294.
414
Financial Statement Analysis. (3). Study of balance
sheets and income statements from the standpoiпts
of bankers, credit analysts, investors, and management. Prerequisite: 9 hrs. of accounting or Adm. 364.
420
Budgeting. (2). Principles and practice of budget
management, and control. Emphasis on
budgets for industry апd business nses rather than
governmental. P1·e1·equisite or concun·cnt: Acctg.
321.
preparatioп,
421
Advanced Созt. (3). By-products, estimated costs,
standard costs, distribution costs, profit analysis, differential costs, break-even point. Prerequisite:
Acctg. 321.
424 Auditing Principles. (3). Basic auditing principles,
procedures, and repo1·ts. Pre.requisite: Acctg. 294.
425 Internal Auditing. (2). Principles and proЫems in
the field of iпternal auditing. P:rerequisite: Acctg. 424.
440
Systems and Data Processing. (3). А study of all
segments of an accouпting system in its attainment
of internal control; the place of accounting n1achiп­
ery in а system; а survey of puпch card, integrated,
electronic, and automatic data processing systems,
Graduate Courseв
503 Directed Readings in Accounting. (1). lпdividual
assignments in sampling the best current literature;
written and oral reports. Prerequiвite: 24 hrs. of
accountiпg.
511
History of Accounting. (3). Accounting Methods
and theories from the viewpoint of their historical
developmeпt through the centuries iп various parts
of the world. Тhе interrelationship between accountiпg procedures and socio-economic conditions is
stressed. Prerequisite: 15 hrs. of accounting.
512 Contemporary Accounting Тheory. (3). An advanced
study of the underlying premises of current accounting thought, with emphasis оп the detennination of
income and of accounting values, and on the relationship of accouпting to other fields. Prerequisite: 15
hrs. of accounting.
523 Controllership. (3). Priпciples, duties, and functions
of а controJler; use of accounting reports and data in
managing a11d controlling tinancial and production
policies of а business. Prerequisite: 15 brs. of accounting.
550 Research and Writing. (3). Preparation of written
reports to Ье revie\ved Ьу student's faculty committee. Prerequisite : 24 hrs. of accounting.
575-576 Thesis Research and Thesis. (2-2). Thesis research and thesis course for Master of Business
Administratioп degree for those with а major iп
accounting in their gi·aduate \vork.
ADМINISTRAТION
The requirements for an emphasis iп Administration on
Bachelor of Busiпess Administration degree are listed
on page 59.
Students should take the courses in the follo~ving sequence: (а) 24-45 hour level-Acctg. 193, Есо. 221, Есо.
220, Math. 121; (Ь) 45-64 hour Ievel -Adm. 261, Adm.
264, Math. 305, Adm. 265, 266; (с) 64-84 hot1r levelAdm. 300, Adm. 351, Adm. 343, Есо. 340, Есо. 348; (d)
84-104 hour leYel - Adm. 301, Аdш. 352, Adm. 465,
а
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND INDUSTRY
63
Adm. 364, Adm. 332; (е) 104-114 hour level-Adm. 451,
Adm. 466, professional electives; (f) 114-124 hour levelAdm. 452, p1-ofessional electives.
Students desiring to specialize their electives in the
field of industrial management, ma.rketing, retailing,
finance, or general management can do зо with counselor
assistance.
Lower
Diviвion Соиrвев
tion of quantitative data to analyze management
proЫems. Prerequisite: Adm. 264 and Adm. 261, or
department consent. Closed to students with credit
in Acctg. 309.
399 Electronic Computer Programming. (3). Familiarization, coding, tlo\v charting, and programming of
electronic computers for quantitative analysis of
business data. Prerequisite: Acctg. 194 01· Adm. 264,
or consent.
120
Jдtroduction to Business. (3). Тhе concept and function of business management in the capitalistic economic system. Includes the development of concepts
of management analysis and action. Not counted on
an erophasis in Administration.
403 Marketing Analysis. (3). Тhе application of analytical techniques to product design and development,
demand a.nalysis, sales forecasting, pricing, and
costs. Includes data sources and research procedures.
Prerequisite: Adm. 301 or department consent.
261
Principles of Administration. (3). An analysis of
the administrator and the environment in wblch he
operates. Prerequisite: 45 hours and 90 grade points.
264
Control 1. (З). Corporation accounting, analysis and
interpretation of financial statements, and an introduction to cost accounting. Emphasis on management's use of accounting information. Prerequisite:
Acctg. 193 and 45 hours and 90 grade points, or department consent. Closed to students with credit in
Acctg. 809.
404 Marketing Policies and ProЫems. (3). ProЫems of
managing marketing programs and organizations.
Includes current advanced marketing literature and
research on selected marketing topics. Prerequisite:
Adm. 301 or department consent.
Seminars А-В. Communication and Buman Relations. (2-2). Systematic study of hwnan relations
theories and concepts, comm\1nication theory and research, with functional training in the communication skills. Pre1·equisite: 4{) hours and 90 credit
points or department consent.
412 Retailing 1.
(З). Туреs of retail institutions and
unique proЫems associated with managing retail
operations. Prerequisite: Adm. 300 or department
consent.
413
265-266
Upper
300
Diviвion Соиrвев
l\Iarketing I. (3). А description and analysis of the
structure of the marketing system in the American
economy in terms of the institutions and functions
of the system. Prerequisite: Adm. 261 or depart1nent
consent.
301 .M:arketing IL (3). An investigation of the factors
affecting management of the major policy areas
of marketing in the firm. Prerequisite: Есо. 222
and Adm. 300.
332 Law and Society. (3). An analysis of our legal system in operation. Includes lega\ philosophy and the
ends of Iaw, the basic chara.cteristics and subject
matter of law, and legal reasoning and process. Тhе
role of the legal system in society is examined
through study of the concept of freedom of contract.
Closed to students with credit in Adm. 334.
343 Finance. (4). Presents co1·porate organization, types
of secnrities, oЬtaining short, intennediate, and longterm capital, and securities exclianges and markets.
Includes fiлancial planning and cont1·ol, forecasting,
budgeting, sources of funds, and negotiatmg credit.
Emphasis is placed on а managerial approach. Prerequisite: Есо. 22.2, and Acctg. 194 or Adm. 264, or
department consent.
351 Production I. (3). Тhе concepts and procedures involved in the production function. Prerequisite: Adm.
261 or department consent.
352
Production II. (3). Further consideration of the
relationships of production to operating and policy
proЫems of the business finn. Prerequisite: Adm.
351.
364 Control II. (3). Concepts of cost analysis, return on
investment analysis, budget preparation, and utiliza-
64
Retailing П. (3). An analysis of current proЬ!ems
in retail store management and operation with emphasis on sales promotion techniques. Prerequisite:
Adm. 300 or department consent.
Law of Commercial Transactions. (З). Тransfer of
ownersblp, payment, transportation, product liaЫI­
ity, and puЫic policy are treated аз legal aspects of
а single transaction, the sale of goods. Prerequisite:
Аdш. 332 or 334. Closed to students with credit in
Adm. 335.
433 Law of Associational Relationships. (3). А comparative approach to the law of agency, partnerships, and
corporations. Prerequisite: Adm. 332 or Adm. 334.
Closed to students with credit in Adm. 836.
441 Jдvestments. (З). Industrial securities and government bonds, the work of investment banking houses,
the elements of investment. Prerequisite: Adm. 343.
432
442 Financial 1\lanagement. (3). The proЬlems and operations for which the financial officer is responsiЬle,
emphasizing controversial aspects of financial analysis. Prerequisite: Adm. 343, and Adm. 364 or 9
hours of a.ccounting, or department consent.
443 l\Ianagement of Financial Institutions. (3). Consideration of the management and operation of financial institutions, including commercial banks, savings
and loan institutions, and consumer cтedit companies. Covers proЫems and policies rega.rd.ing
liquidity, reserves, earning assets, loans, income,
and expense. Prerequisite: Есо. 340, Adm. 343, or
department consent.
451 Administrative Policy 1. (3). An integration of
а\1
aspects of business administration in the analysis of
policy development. Prerequisite: Adm. 301, 348,
and 852, or department consent.
452
Administrative Policy IL (3). An integration of all
aspects of business acЬ:ninistration in making decisions for policy development. Prerequ.i site: Adm. 451
or department consent.
453
LaЬor Relationв. (3). Designed to present the philosophy underlying labor legislation, and the function of collective bargaining in Iabor-management
relationships.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND INDUSTRY
455
460
.rtlaterialв Management. (3). А consideration of the
factors of procurement, inventory control and materials handling in the factory environment. Prerequisite: Adm. 261 and 351.
Seminar. (1-5). Pre1·eq11isite:
peated for credit.
Есо.
221. Мау Ье re-
465 Seminar С - Information and Decision Processes.
(2). Decision-making, information system concepts
and theories, sources of information, theories of
knowledge, and research methodology. Prerequisite:
Adm. 266 01· departme11t consent.
466 Seminar D - Business Ethics and Social Responsibility. (2). Administrative leadership, business statesmanship and business ethics, studies in comparative
administration. Prerequisite: Adm. 465 or department consent.
467
Organizational Behavior. (1-3). Seminar in organization theory and methods of human organization
research. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Graduate Courses
501 Advanced Marketing .(3). An investigation and anal-
ysis of marketing literature and ideas, and the
development of а conceptual framework for the
management of the marketing process Ьу the firm
and the role of marketing in our economy. Prerequisites: 9 hours of Marketing and 6 hours of Principles
of Economics.
509
Seminar in Marketing. (3). Research in and analysis
selected markeLiлg рrоЫешs. Prerequi:;ites: 6
hours of Marketing and consent of department.
о!
532
Law and Society. (3). An analysis of our legal system in operation. Includes legal philosophy and the
ends of law, the basic characteristics and subject
matter of law, and legal reasoning atld process. Тhе
role of the legal system in society is examined
through study of the concept of frecdom of contract.
Pre1·equisite: Consent of instructor.
551 Current Management ProЫems. (З). А study of selected industries and research projects to define the
current proЬlems facing policy makers in those industries. Prerequisite: Adm. 261.
ECONOMICS
MAJOR. Тhе economics major in the College of Liberal
Arts consists of ЗО hours. Есо. 221, 222, 340, 348, 421,
455, and 456 are required. Three semester hours of principles of accounting may Ъе included in the major.
МINOR: А minor in Economics in the College of Liberal
Arts consists of 15 hours and must include Есо. 221.
For economics requirements on the Bache1or's degree in
Business Administration see page 60.
Lower
207
Diviвion
Courses
Economic Нistory of the United States. (3). Тhе impact of the industrial revolution on the early economy
of the United States. Тhе effects of westward migration and the Civil War on the structural development
of the economy. Business fluctuations and the expanding economic role of government.
221-222 Principleз of Economics. (З-3). National income
analysis, the theory of employment, public policy,
and economic stabllization. The allocation of resources and the pricing of the natitonal product under market conditions of competition, monopoly, and
monopolistic competition. ProЫems and policies of
international trade. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or department consent.
Upper
Diviвion Courвes
315• Economic Development of Europe. (З). Economic development from the manor to the present time. Basic
changes in economic structure resulting from organized banking and tlie increasing use о! inanufactured
goods. The exploitation of resources and the concomitant international rivalry for markets and economic survival.
316* Economic Development of Latin America, (2). Cur-
rent proЫems and policies. Case studies of selected
countries.
330
Economics of Consumption. (3). Тheories of consnmption, consumer's position in the economic system, relation to general welfare and culture, standards of living, and family expenditures. Prerequisite:
Есо. 221 or 222.
Advanced .Мanagement Analysis. (8). Analysis of
complex p1·0Ыems of management organization and
policy development. Prerequisite: Adm. 261.
PuЬlic Policy. (3). Evolution
of modern money systems and commercial banking.
Monetary and Income theory. Role of MonetaryFiscal PoJicy in promoting domestic and internatio11al economic stability.
553 The Philosophy of Management. (3). Concentrated
readings and researcl1 to define the relation of management leadership to our society. Prerequisite:
Adm. 261.
348* Introductory Business Statistics. (2). Methods of
statistical analysis in economics and Ъusiness. Emphasis upon measures of distribution, index numЬers,
and time series analysis. Prerequisite: Math. 305.
554 Management Seminar. (3). Prerequisite: department
consent.
350* Labor Economics. (2). Development of the Labor
552
564 Control 11. (З). Concepts of cost aнalysis, return
on investment analysis, budget preparation, and
utilization of quantitative data to analyze n1anagement proЬlems. Prerequisite: Adm. 261, Adm. 264,
and consent of instructor.
567
Organizational Behavior. (1-3). Seminar in organization theory and methods of human organization
research. Prerequisite: Consent of insti."Uctor.
575-576
Тhesis.
(2-2).
340* Money, Banking and
movement with emphasis upon рrоЫеmз, structural
organization, and impact upon economic stabllity.
400
Seminar iп Social Sciences. (3) . An interdisciplinary
course participated in Ьу staff representatives of the
departments of Economics, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology. Following а study of the
development of the social sciences, an interdisciplinary analysis of а conteшporary social proЪlein or
institution wШ Ье undertaken. Prerequisite: consent
of instructor.
•Prerequlвlte: Есо.
221.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND INDUSTRY
65
Regulation of Eronomic Activity. (3).
critical app1·aisal of the objectives and results of
government policy and practice in controlling economic activity. Prerequisite: Есо. 222 or department
consent.
421 Intermediate Economic Тheory. (3). An intensive
analysis of micro-economic and macro·economic theory. Prerequisite: Есо. 222 and 348.
414
Goverшnent
560
Advanced Economic Theory Seminar. (1-3). Comprehensive investigation of student selected topics froin
contemporary economic theory. Prerequisite: 30
hours of Economics and consent of instructo1-.
575
Тhesiз
576
Thesiз.
А
Тhе economics
of capitalism, socialism, communism, and fascism.
447• Business Сусlез. (3). The description of cyclical behavior, an analysis of business cycle tl1eories, and
а study of p1·oposed methods of conti·ol.
448* lntermediate Business Statiзticз . (3). Statistical
inference, simple correlation, multiple correlation,
and partial correlation as tools of analysis in economics and business. Prerequisite: Есо. 348 or consent of department.
Research. (2).
(2).
422• Comparative Economic Systems. (2).
Economicз. (2). An analysis of the
principles underlying inteшational trade. Attention
is directed to recent historical developments and to
current international economic proЫems and policies.
453 PubHc Finance. (2). An analysis of public expenditures, puЬ!ic revenues, and fiscal policy. Prerequisite: Есо. 222 or department consent.
455-456 Нistory of Economic Thought. (2-2). А critical
investigation of the economic thought in the leading
nations of the occidental world together with the
most important relations of economic thought to
philosophy aJld environmental conditions. Pre1·equisite: Есо. 222.
460 Directed Study. (1 to 3). Prerequisite: 12 hours of
economics with а departmental credit point index
of 2.б.
449* International
500
501
540
547
549
553
Graduate Courses
l\lanagerial Economics. (3). А conside1·ation of
micro-econontic and mac1·0-economic theories and
institutions essential to manage1·ial decisions. Prerequisite: Есо. 221.
Int1·oduction to Research in the SociaJ Sciences. (2).
Pbllosophy of research, collection and organization of
material, and technique and style in writing, with
emphasis on the common approach of the social
sciences. Prerequisite: department consent.
l\Ionetary Theory. (3). An intensive examination of
the monetary aspects of economic instability. Prerequisite: Есо. 840 or department consent.
Theory of Employment. (3). An appraisal of neoclassical, Keynesian, and other employment theories
and of the impact of major econon1ic factors upon
the level of employment. Prerequisite: Есо. 447 or
department consent.
Seminar in International Economics. (3). Theory
and proЫems of international economic organizations. Pre1·equisite: Есо. 449 or department consent.
MAJOR. No major is offered in the departшent but
courses in secretarial training count on а major for the
secreta1·ial emphasis in the College of Business Administration and on the business education major and minor
in the College of Education. See page 59 and page 71.
М.INOR. Тhere iз no minor otfered in the department.
Secretarial training courses are open to students who
are enrolled for а minimum of 9 honrs in the University.
А college graduate is permitted to enroll for shorthand
and typewriting with the consent of tbe department and
the dean. For exception to these rules, а written application must Ье n1ade to the head of the department for
consideration with the dean of the college concerned. Тhе
facilities availaЬ!e determine the enrollment. The decision
as to the availability of equipment is made Ьу the head
of the depai'tшent and the Dean of the College of Business Administration.
Studentв are not permitted to audit courses i?i the Depaл·tment of Secretaл'ial T1·ain·i1ig. No C'l·edit is given
toward graduat·wn f or repetition о/ first vear shortha11d
or typewriting taken in high вchool е11еп tl~ougk а grade
iэ
recorded in the course.
Transfer students in shorthand and typewriting who
\vish to enroll in the College of Business Administ1·ation
and Industry, or in the College of Education for the major
or n1inor in business education, will Ье classified in accordance with the resnlts of placement tests.
Terminal courses in both shorthand and typewriting
must Ье taken at the University of Wichita Ьу students
\'l'i.th the secretarial emphasis or with а majo1· or mino1·
in business education; the1·efo1·e, no c1·edit is transferred
for technical typewriting and technical shorthand. For
transfer of credit in courses other than shorthand and
type\vriting, the courses must Ье commensurate with those
given at the University of Wichita. The credit a1lo\ved for
any course 'vill Ье no more than the credit permitted for
the corresponding course at the University of Wichita, and
under no circumstances \Vill а transfer student Ье allowed
to receive total hours in secretarial training gi·eater than
the University of Wicblta permits.
Lower
133
FS
Federal FiscaJ Polic.y. (3). The unpact of fiscal practices of the Тreasury and other governmental agencies upon the level of economic activity. Prerequisite: Есо. 453 or depa1'tment consent.
559 Directed Study. (1-3).
economics with
of 2.б.
•P1·erequi3it":
66
SECRETARIAL TRAINING
Есо.
221.
а
P1·erequisite: 12 hours of
departmental credit point index
Diviвio11 Courseв
Вeginning Typewriting. (2). ЗR. Сопесt fingering
and mechanical operation of а typewriter; introduction to business forms. No credit is given to students
\vith а unit in high school typewriting. Credit earned
in this course does not apply оп the Bachel()r of S*
епсе in Виsiпевв Administration Degree, or the Авво·
ciate о/ Applied Sciencв Degree. ln assigni11g equipment, preference is given to students specializing in
business or pursuing а teacher-training program.
138 Advanced Typewriting. (1 or 3). 2L or 3R. Stress
FS
is placed on correct letter forms, tabulation, щanu­
scrjpt forms, typewriting рrоЫешs, etc., typed at а
blgh speed accurately. Prerequisite: Sec. Tr. 133 or
departшent consent.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND INDUSTRY
F138a-S138b' Advanced Typewriting. (2·1). 2L. C\:iss
щeets one douЬ\e period for а year. Prerequisite:
Sec. Tr. 133, or one unit of high school type\vriting,
or department consent.
201 Seeretarial Offiee l\Iacltiлes. (1). 3L. Designed to
FS fan1iliarizc students \\'ith office machines, including
transcriЬing machines, elcctric typewriters, and other
вecretarial office appliances. Some part-time office
experience. Prerequisite: Sec. Tr. 237, or department
conвent.
202 Calculating Machiлes. (1). ЗL. Dcsigned to familiarFS ize studcnts \vith adding machines, rotary-dri\·en
calcu\ators, and key punch machines. Prerequisite:
departmcnt consent.
231
FS
Elementary Shorthand. (З). 5RCL. Тheory of Gregg
ahorthand. No credit given to student with one цnit
of high всhоо\ shorthand. Prerequisite: Sec. Tr. 133
or concurrcnt enrollment, or one unit of high school
type\vriting, plus English 111 or concur1·ent enrollme11t, or department consent.
F231a-S23lb* Elementary Shorthand. (1-2). 21/zL. Two
mcetings of one and one-half periods each meeting
each week for а year. No credit given to studcnt
with one unit of high school shorthand. Prerequisite: Sec. Тr. 133, one unit of high schoo\ type\Vriting, or department consent.
233 Records ~1anagement and Office Procedures. (З). АН
bnsic filing S)'Зtems алd secretarial procedures. Prerequiвite Sec. Tr. 231 or equivalent and sophomore
standiпg, or department consent. Closed to those
with credit in Sec. Tr. 203.
F
234 Advanced Shorthand. (1 or 3). 2L or ЗR; 2L. ReFS vic\v of Gregg theory. Empl1asis on advanced dictation and mailaЬle t1·a11scripts. C1·edit allocated оп
basis of placement tests for admission. Prerequisite:
Sec. Tr. 231 with а grade of С or Ьetter, or depart·
ment consent.
237 Technical Typewriting. (3). Тhе most recent letter
FS forms used in business, difficult tabu1ating projects,
legal typewritiлg, advanced type\vriting proЫems
timed, etc. Emphasis is placed on accuracy at а high
зрееd of typing. Prerequisite: Sec. Tr. 138 or 138Ь,
or department consent.
P237a-S237b* Technical Typewriting. (1-2) . 2L. One
meeting of two periods each \veek for а уеа1-. Prerequisite: Sec. Tr. 138 or 138Ь, or department conscnt.
240 Technical Shorthaлd. (З). Advanced dictation. EmS
phasis on technical vocabularies and office practiceз.
Prerequisite: Sec. Tr. 234 or 234Ь with а grade of
С or better, and Sec. Tr. 237, or 2З7Ь, and 36 hours
und 72 grade points, or department consent.
Upper Diviвion Соиrвев
345 Transcription. (3). 2R, 2L. Emphasis on transcrib·
S
ing advanced sho1·thand 110tes \\1ith speed, accuracy,
and correct form. Prerequisite: Sec. Tr. 240 \vitl1 u
grade of С or better, or department consent.
440 Office l\Ianagement. (2). ProЬ!ems of office organiF
zation and management from the supervisory point
of vie,v; use of manuals; distribution of authority
шid responsiЬility; Ыriлg, training, зnd promoting
employees; quality and quaпtity of efficiency. Pre1·cquisite: 15 hours of accounting and administ1·ation.
460 Directed Studies. (1-5).
FS
•J)upllci1te credlt wlll not Ье itlven (or -а and -Ь cooroea of t.ht 11Am•
nuniЬer.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND INDUSTRY
67
ТНЕ
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
JACKSON
О.
POWELL, Ph.D., Dean
The principal рш-розе of the College of Education
is to provide pre-service p1·ograms for elementary and
secondary teachers. Tbere are othe1· cui·ricular pattern.s availaЫe witbin the college, but these two are
paramount in importance. In addition to minimum
curricula for ce1tification аз teachers in many teaching fields there are offered p1·ograms in school administration, special education, and in зtudent personnel.
These latter, however, are intended essentially to serve
in continuing the professional preparation of classroom teacbers.
ТЬе curricula Jisted in the sections that follo\v offer
an organization of courзes which gives opportunity
for systematic study. ТЬеу are oriented f1·om the
notion tbat understanding of self and one's world are
necessa1-y bases for professional growth. They are
arranged to permit the development of (а) understandings of the culture characteristic of а democratic
society and education's place within it; (Ь) а philosophy of education consistent with living within this
society; (с) an adequate professional preparation and
the opportunity to relate content to the pl'oЬlems of
living; (d) knowledge of human growth and development; and (е) ski11s in the application of principles of
human learning and adjustment. These are competencies expected of effective teachers.
ACCREDIТATION
AND CERTIFICATION
The College of Education is accredited Ьу all the
pertinent agencies which accredit tbe University. Its
accreditation Ьу tbe State Board of Education permits
it to recommend to that body the awa1·ding of approp1·iate teachers' ce1-tificates without examination.
Within the college, prog1·ams are availaЫe Ieading
to the baccalaureate degree and to state teachers' certificates at either the elementary or secondary level.
Th1·ough the depal'tment of education within the school
of graduate studies, there ai·e coul'se sequenceз leading to the Master of Arts in Education, the Master of
Education, the Master of Science Education degrees,
and the Specialists in Education deg1·ee. Th1·ough the
depa1·tment of Logopedics, the docto1·ate in Philosophy
сап Ье ea1·ned. Included in these g1·aduate prog1·ams
are the i·equirements fo1· the Elementa1-y Principal's
Five-Yea1· Certificate, School Administrato1"s Certificate, and School Psychologist. (Fo1· specific graduate
p1·ograms, see the Graduate School Bulletin.)
The State Board of Education regulateз tbe standardз for all teaching certiticates. As the minimum
requirements change, the cur1·icula p1·ovided in thiз
catalogue cbange accordingly. It is possiЬ!e to comply
with all of tbe subject and field i·equirementз recognized in the certiticate regulations except that only
selected emphases in the field of Special Education are
possiЫe.
REQUIREМENTS
Admission
Candidateз for admiзsion to tbe College of Education must bave met tbe general entrance requirements
68
of the Unive1·sity1 see р. 13, and have fulfilled conditions for transfe1'1'ing f1·om the Unive1·sity College :
1. The cornpletion of 24 bours.
2. А cumttlative grade point index of 1.500.
3. А g1·ade of С or highe1· in Englisb 111 or а
statement of p1·oficiency from the Depa1-tment
of English.
Admission to this college, however, is tentative, and
is not to Ье construed аз approval for one of tbe teacher
education programs. То Ье admitted as а candidate
for а state teaclter's certificate oipproval Ьу tlte Adtnissions Co1mnittee of the College of Education must
Ье gained. Application to thiз committee and qualification Ьу it must Ье accomplished during en1·0\lment
in the course Fd. Ed. 232, Int1·oduction to the Study
of Education. EligiЬility to enroll in subsequent
courзes of the p1·ofessional sequences is determined in
this course. Tliese provisions apply as well to teacher
candidates enrolled in апу otlter coUege of the University.
Вaccalaureate
Requirements
Tbere are several sets of requirements tbat must
met to acbleve graduation. These apply not only
to undergraduates in the College of Education who are
seeking tbe degree Bacbelor of Artз in Education but
to all who зееk tbe inзtitution's recommendation for
а teaching certificate. The1·e are certain differences
p!anned for thoзe wbo would teach the Fine A1·ts and
tЬезе differenceз are deзcribed in the Fine Arts section of this catalog.
АП proзpective graduateз must satisfy the general
requirementз of tbe Univerзity аз tbey а1·е distributed
in section I below; must complete опе of tbe professional sequences аз set out in sections П, III, and IV
below; and muзt fulfill tbe teaching specialty emphaзes of two progl'ams as specified in the Teaching Field
section which follows. Only those specialties listed
among the comblned cu1·ricula and departmental majors and minors in that section may Ье counted.
I. The following general prog1·am is requi1·ed of all
teacher candidates.
Requirement 1. The Natural
Sciences .................. 10 semester hours
А minimum of four hours must Ье а laboratory
science. Must include courses from both the Ьio­
logical a.nd physical science fields, after which
mathematics may Ье elected to reach 10 hours.
Requirement 2. Communications 8 semester hourз
Engl. 111 and one from 211, 225, 311, 312, 313, 314,
315, 6 hrs" and Sp. 111, 2 hrs. If а proficiency examination is passed in English 111, а second course
from those listed in English must Ъе. taken; if
Speech 111 is waived а second C<Jurse from Speech
228 or 312 muзt Ье taken.
Requirement 3. ТЬе
Humanities ............ . .. 12 semester hours
History, 3 hrs.; Literature, English Languii.ge or
Foreign, 6 hrs.; Electives from Humanitles 102,
Ье
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Fine Arts Literature or Appreciation; or Americaп
Civilization or Philosophy or Religious Education
as listed in the University General Requirementз.
Requirement 4. The Social
Sciences .................. 12 semester hours
Psych. lll, 3 hrs.; Economics, Political Science,
and Sociology or Anthropology, 9 brs. (from at
least two of the three departments).
Requirement 5. Physical
Activities ................. 4 semeste1· bours
Air Science, Мilitary Science, Physical Education,
Marching Band, of which at least two hours must
Ье in one fi.eld.
15 hoш·s f1·om t.he
212 or 225, and 210 01·
400. (These may overlap I above.)
total shall
sciences;
В.
See II
Ed. Psych. 233, Fd. Ed. 232
G1·oup 2. Curriculum and
Inst1·uction .... 10
From Requirements 1, 2, З, 4, but not to exceed 10
hours in any one department.
Group 2. Foundations of
Education . . .... 6 semester
Fd. Ed. 232 and 428*.
hoнrs
Group 3. Secondary
Education ..... 11 semester hours
Sec. Ed. 442* and/or 445* and 447*.
D. Electives to complete the minimum program
of 124 houi·s. (See р. 16 for 1·egulations concerning upper division courses.)
III. Those planning to teach in the junior liigh school
will qualify for the вtandard secondary teaching
certificate аз follows :
А. Study in the "junior high school со1·е" in lieu
of а major field and С of Group П, above.
Group 1. The American
Culture . . ... . . 40 semester hours
Engl. 251, 252, 315; Sp. 220, 228, and
114 or 243; American Civ. 111 and
112 or Шst. 102; Soc. 111; Art 161;
Pol. Sci. 121: Hist. 131-132; and 8
hours from: Phil. 410; Pol. Sci. 451,
452; Anthro. 305; Engl. 801, 302, 303,
461; Rist. 331, 332, 431, 432, 433.
(Тhese may overlap I above.)
Group 2. The Physical
World ......... 22 semester hours
Intermediate algebra, plane geometry, and solid geometry completed
on high school or college level; Math.
106 or 121; Sci. Sur. 101 and Biology
101; one laboratory science course
of no fewer than 4 hours, though the
Student Teaching Semester.
semeзter
hours
El. Ed. 820, 321
Group 3. Student
Teaching .. . . .. 13 semester hou1·s
El. Ed. 447, 451
Group 4. Special
Content . ....... 9 semester hoш·s
То Ье selected from: El. Ed. 116,
Geol. 125, Mus. Ed. 200, Р.Е. 225,
Art Ed. 241.
В. Elcct one academic minor. See рр. 71-72.
С. Electives sufficient to complete the minimum
program of 124 semester hoщ·s. (See page 16
for regulations concerning upper division
courseз.)
Ed. Psych. 333 and 433*.
•тhе
above.
IV. The following program is required of all who plan
to qualify for the degree elementary teaching
certificate.
А. Complete the following sequence in professional education.
Group 1. Foundation
Courses ........ 7 зemeste1· hou1·з
Requirement 6. Electives ..... 8 semester hours
ll. The following program is required of all who plan
to qualify for the standard вecondary teaching
certificate, except those enrolling in III below.
А . Study in а major field no1·mally t.1.ught in
secondary schools.
В. Study in at least one minor field usuallytaught in higb schools. In no case wШ the
minor consist of less than 15 semester hours.
С. Complete the following sequence in professional education :
Group 1. Educational
Psychology ..... 6 semester hours
С
Ье
Р.Е.
teache1·з i11 the specialized fields of
art, music, and зpecial education are subject to
certain depai-tmental requirements. Majo1·s in
these curricula must also complete I and the p1·0fessional field requirements of ПС above.** School
Psychology requires five yeal"s.
V. Prospective
TEACHING FIELDS
Selection of teaching fields for the senior 1tigh school
must Ье made with an academk counselor f1·om the
College of Education. Most fields require а minimum
of 24 hours preparation for teaching. University departments may have other requirements. The teaching field or major should Ье declared not later than tbe
beginning of the jш1ior уеа1·.
The major may consist of not more than one-third
of the total program counted towa1·d the degree. It
gene1·ally is made up of not fewe1· than 30 semeste1·
hours. (For specific exceptionз see mathematics and
language.)
The usual teaching assignment involves а comЫna­
tion of subjects mo1·e or less closely i·elated. For this
reason intensive study in the comblned disciplines described below is offered in lieu of а major. Where а
specific curriculum is chosen for major study, the requirements of the CoLlege of Liberal Arts in that subject will prevail.
Combined Curricula
ComЬined Cur1'icula: The first objective of each of
these curricula is to prepare the p1·ospective teacher
"Candidates for Uic Bachelor of Mu~Jc EducatJon deg1·ce see
genei·al :1nd snecial r<щ11ircmenu.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
р.
84 !or
69
broadly for seconda1-y teaching. At the same time it is
desired that each student achieve as nearly аз possiЫe
the minimum requirements for graduate work in а
specified field. In some cases it will Ье necessary to
take an additional one or two courses to reach the
latter objective.
I f courses from the field major are used to вatisfy
а minor, such coui·ses may Ъе counted but once. The
major hourв must total 86, exclusive of minor field
i·equirements.
Business Education
Major
Teachers of the business subjects in Class А schools
of Kansas а1·е i·equi1·ed to have 24 semeste1· hours in
the field with the equivalent of 6 semester houi·s in
each subject Uiught, of whicb at least two semester
hours must Ье resident college credit in other than
the beginning coui·se.
Required
Accounting 193 апd 194; Economics 221 and 222;
Administration 261, 300, 332, and 343; Secretarial
Тraining 138, 237. In addition, опе of the options below must Ье elected. Тhis major consists of а minin1um
of 36 hours with at least 10 hours of upper-division
work.
Option А: Certification to teach business subjects including shorthand.
Secretarial Training 231 and 234 or Sec1·etarial Ti-aining 234 and 240.
Option В: Certification to teach business subjects except
shoi-thand.
Six hours of Accoiшting (in addition to 193, 194) of
\Vblch а couxse must deal \Vith Data Processing.
А student may major in Business Education and minor in
either Accou11ting or Economics. The i·equireme11t for а
minor 'vithin а field major totals 51 hours. If а student
elects а minor in Accounting and option В, he \vitl Ье required to elect 6 additional hou:rs in the three remajning
departments in the College of Business Administration.
Тhе business education counselor is to Ье consulted concerning the acceptabШty of any tra11sfer course.
Мinor
Accounting 193, 194; Econoшks 221; Sec1·eta!'ial
T1·aining 138, 237; and 9 hoш•s f1•om Accounting, Administl'ation, Econoшics, or Sho1·tha11d of \vhich one
coнrse must Ье uppe1· division.
in the State Гlan for Vocational Education апd must
have а minjn1um of 18 hours in Natш·al Sciences.
Majo1·
Required
Ind. Ed. 111, 120, 121, 319, and 401. In addition, at
least 3 of the follo,ving options must Ье selected and
а minimuш of 9 l1ours must Ье completed in each of
the selected options.
Options
А. (Drafting) Ind. Ed. 120, 121, 225.
В. (Wood\vork) Ind. Ed. 124, 125, 325, and 326.
С. (Auto Mech) Ind. Ed. 155, 156, and (D1·iver Ed &
Training) Р.Е. 300.
D. (Metalwo1·k) Ind. Ed. 135, 236, 237, 350, and 351.
Е. (Electricity-Electronics) Ind. Ed. 255, 256, 370,
and 371.
F. (Plastics) Ind. Ed. 260, 261, and 362.
Minor
Ind. Ed. 111, 120, 121, and at least 2 of the options
as listed for а шajor.
Language Arts - E nglish
Teache1·s in Class А high schools must have а minimum of 24 semester hours 'vith six hours in each
subject taught. Requirements for the major and
minor listed below include also the general graduation
requirements 2 (excepting fine arts) and 5 of the
College of Education.
Major
Required
Engl. 111, 221, 222, 225, 251, 252, and 315 or 461; Sp.
111, 220, and 114 or 813; and one of the foIIo,ving
options.
Options
А.
(Drania) Engl. 324, and 337 or 338; Sp. 243, 244,
343, 419.
(Literature) Complete group requirements of the
Liberal Arts major in English to total 12 upper
division hours.
С. (Speech) Sp. 228, 312, 419, 435, 432 or 436, and
421 or 448.
D. (Writing) Engl. 211, 311, 312, and 461 or 462.
Е. (Journalis111) Journ. 226, 232, 327 or 350, 335, 336,
and 440.
В.
Industrial E ducation
lпdustrial
Mino1·
Arts
for persons pla1ming to
teach Industrial Arts in Class А schools ai·e 24 hours
in the field \vith 6 or 11101·0 hours in each subject
taugbl.
Trades and Indш1tries
Students who have had adequate industrial experience, as specified in the State Plan for Vocational
Education, may specialize as teachers of trades and
industries.
Technical Education
Students preparing to become teachei-s of technical
subjects must have industrial experience, as specified
Mininшm
70
req11ireшents
Eвglish 111, 221 or 222, 225 or 315, and 251 or 252;
Sp. 111, 220, and 114 or 313; and 4 upper division
hours from any one of the
аЬо,•е
options.
Language Arts - Humanities
The teaching requirements in the English language
and literature subjects are set forth in the English
field above. Foreign languages require 24 semester
hours or tbeir equivalent prepai·ation. This comЪina­
tion is designed to qualify prospective teachers in
English and one foreign language. The requi1·ed
sequence includes general requirements 5 and 11 hoнrs
of requirement 2 of the College of Education.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Major
Мino1·
Required
Engl. 111, 221, 222, 225, 251, 252, and 315 or 461;
Sp. 111, 220, and one of the following options.
Options
А. French. 24 semester hours or equivalent, including
French 225, 333, 334, and 336; Pol. Sci. 227; Phil.
332 or 369; and Нist. 323, 324, 450, and 463.
В. Latin. 24 semester hours or equivalent; llist. 335,
336; and Pol. Sci. 345, 457.
С. Spanish. 24 semester hours or equivalent; Phil.
332; Pol. Sci. 227; and 6 hours from Hist. 225,
326, 328.
D. German. 24 semester hours or equivalent; Phil.
332 or 470; Pol. Sci. 228; and 6 hours from Hist.
323, 324, 424, 463.
Мino1·
No minor is offered.
Тhе
minor shall consist of at least 15 hours, beyond
the general graduation requirements, including S
hours of upper division credit from Chemistry, Geology, or Physics.
Physical Education, Health, and Recreation
Teachers in Class А schools in the field of physical
education are required to have 24 hours preparation,
including б hours of health, physiology, first aid, or
hygiene, and 10 hours in physical education, which
may include teaching methods in physical education.
Major
Required
Biol. 223; Р.Е. 115, 117, 212, 225, 227, and 444. In
addition to these courses one of the fol\owing options
must Ье completed. Physical Education 101-4 (service
courses) \vill Ье requu·ed of all majors.
Options
Natural Sciences - Biological
Teache1·s in Class А schools are required to hnve
24 hours in the field of science with 6 hours in each
subject taught. А teacher qualifying under this proviзion may аlзо teach general science. Requirements
for the major listed below include the general graduation requirements 3 and 5 of the College of Education.
А. (Women) Р.Е. 203W, 204W, 117, 202, 324, 330,
342W, 343W, 344W, 400, and 442W.
В. (Men) Р.Е. 118, 311М, 312М, 330, 331М, 335, 336,
and 337.
Minor
Biol. 223, Р.Е. 115. In addition
options must Ье completed.
опе о!
the following
Options
Majo1·
Required
Biol. 101, 102, 401; Chem. 111, 112; Physics 123, 124
(or 248, 244); and 12 hours, of which 8 must Ье upper
division, from one of the fol\owing options.
Options
А. Biology- 229, 322, 411, 423; Chem. 231.
IЗ. Biology - 301, 312, 324, 421, 460. (А minor in
Chemistry inclucling Chem. 231 is i·equired \vith
this option.)
С. Biology- 225, 226, 227, 310, 320, 411, 430; Chem.
231.
А.
(Women) Р.Е. 117, 225, 400 and 9 or 10 hours of
electives.
В. (Men) Р.Е. 118, 225, 3Н:М, 312М, 331М, and 3
hours of electives.
С. (Men and Women - Recreation) Music Ed. 200;
Р.Е. 117, 202, 212, 225, 326.
D. (Women - Dance) Р.Е. 212, 223, 324, 412, 424,
446. Skill courses: Folk Dance; Elementary, Intermccliate, and Alvanced Modern Dance; Social
Dance; Тheatre Dance; or equivalents to Ье approved Ьу the department.
Social Studies
Minor
Biol. 101, 102, and at least 4 hours of upper division
Biology; and 5 hours of Chemistry or Physics beyond
the general physical science requirement.
Natural Sciences - Physical
The teaching requirernent зеt forth in the Biological Science field applieз to the physical sciences аз
'vell. Requirements for the major listed below include
also the gene1·al gi·aduation 1·eqt1irements 3 and 5 of
the College of Education.
Major
Required
Biol. 101-102; Chem. 111, 112; Geol. 111; Phys. 123,
124; and 10 hoпrs from the following, including at
least 5 hou1·s from one department (specific course
prerequisites must Ье met): Chem. 801, 302, 323, 324,
411, 412; Geol. 331, 335, 336, 337, 446; Physics, any
of tl1e upper division courses.
То teach any of the social sciences, 24 hours in the
field of social studies are required for certification
with а rninimum of 6 hoш·s preparation in each specific subject taught. Requirernents for the major may
overlap general graduation requirements 3, 4, and
i·equi1·ement 6 of the College of Education.
.Маjо1·
Iicquircd
Есо. 211 and 340, 447 or 449 and 458; Нist. 101, 102,
131, 132; Pol. Sci. 100, 221; Psych. 111; Soc. 111;
Anthro. 124 or 125; Psych. 246 or Soc. 320. In addition to these courses а minimшn of 10 semester hours
shall Ье selected from one of the two options.
Options
А. Нist.
326, 328, 341, 342, 414, 431, 432, 444, 455,
456.
В. Ро\.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Sci. 311, 315, 316, 335, 345, 410, 441, 444, 451.
71
Mino1·
Есо.
221, and 340 or 447 or 449 or 453; Hist. 131,
132; Pol. Sci. 100, 221; Soc. 111; Anthro. 124 or 125;
and one course from Option А or В above.
DEPARТМENTAL МAJORS
AND
МINORS
Departmental Curricula: The various departments
of the schoolз and colleges of the Unive1·sity offer
major and minor fields of study. Any one of tbe cu1·ricula that follows is suitaЫe аз а supporting minor
to the comЬined fie\ds of study above. Only those
marked with an asterisk (*) will Ье accepted аз а
major in the College of Education. The specific requirement.s of the department prevail.
Accounting
• American Civilization
•Art
•Biology
Library Science
•Logopedics
•Chemiвtry
Philosophy
•Pbysica\ Education
*Physics
Political Science
Psychology•••
Religious Education
Secretarial Training
Sociology
*Spanjsh**
*Speech
•Ciassical Languages
Economicв
*English Language and
Literature
•Frencь••
Geology
•German••
*Нistory
Journalism
*:Мathematics
:Мusic
TEACHER EDUCATION CURRICULA
When the course numbers for the two semesters are
joined Ьу а hyphen (-) the first semester is prerequisite
to tЬе second; Ьу an ampersand (&), the two semesters
may Ье taken in either order. The number of hours of
credit for еасЬ course is indicated in parentheses follo"ring the course title. Unless otherwise stated the number
of class meetings each week is the same as the number of
hours of credit. In the case of courses involving other
than lecture periods the following вymbols are used: R,
lecture periods; L, laboratory periods; С, conference; D,
detnonstration. No1mally two clock hours of laboratory
\vork are required for one hour of credit.
ADМINISTRATION
AND
CURRICULUМ
Upper Diviвion Соиrвев
424 School Curriculum. (З). Curriculum philosophies and
theories. An examination of some recent state and
clty programs and curricula. Unit plans in elementary and seconda-cy schools for the social studies and
other :fields. (Offe1·ed st1mme1·s only, \vhen sufficient
demand exists.)
431 Introduction to Administration and Supervision. (2).
РrоЫеmз of improving instruction. Various methods
of supervision, as these factors conce111 the learnmg
process, and of evaluating the rest1lts. Offered fall
and summe1·.
434 Тhе Junior High School Curriculum. (3). Descriptions and proЬlem.s of the organization, function,
and curriculum content designed for the jnnior high
school program. (Offered summers only, \\·hen sufficient demand exists.)
preparatlen for а modern language requlres 24 semester
hours ln the language to Ье ta1,1gnt, or lб semester hourз i1 the proз­
pectlve teachei: has 24 eemester hourз in another modern laoguage.
• ••For the Speclal F.ducatlon program in School Psychology conвult
either with the nead of the Pвycbology Departmont or With the Dean
of the ColJege о! F.ducation.
••т~chlng
72
Graduate Соиrвев
503 Тhе Sociology of Administration. (3). Systems of
control; human relations and group dynamics; bases
of personnel p1·actices and organizatio11. Prerequisit~: 3 hoцrs in АС Ed. or Department consent.
(Offered alternate sp1·i11gs and alternate summers.)
504 Тhе lmprovement of Instruction. (3). Curriculum
theories and methods of supervision applied to probletns of instructional improvement. (Offered fall and
summer.)
506 Elementary Scltool Organization and Administration.
(3). Details of setting up the organization of various tурез of elementary зсЬооls. Records and reports; puЬlic relations; staff relationships; proЬlems
of elementary scЬool administration. P1·e1·equisite:
АС Ed. 431. (Offered fall and summer.)
510 Extra-Class Activities. (2). Organization and administration of tbe co-curriculum. The role of extraclass activities in the elementary and secondary
school progran1s. (Offered summers only, when
sufficient dema11d exists.)
522 PuЫic School Finance. (3). ProЫems of financial
support and business administration of schools. Prerequisite: АС Ed. 431. (Offered sprlng and summer.)
523 School Law. (2). General concepts of law, Kansas
school law, and the court's responsibility in interpreting school la,v. (Offered fall and alternate sun11ners.)
524 The School Plant. (2). Planning operation, and
maintenance of the physical pla11t. (Offered alternatc
springs and alternate summers.)
531 Administration of the Secondary School. (З). The
organization of junior high and high schools. Records; staff and puЬlic relations; р1·0Ыеmз of n1ode1·n
administration. P1·ereqtiisite: АС Ed. 431. ( Offered
spring and summer.
547-548-549 Тhе Externship. (4-4-4). Assignment in the
puЫic schools for one full semester. Prerequisite:
Master's degree, 12 hours school administration, a11d
3.25 grade a,rerage in graduate study. (Arranged
on an individual basis.)
560 Semmar in tlie Рrосезз of Administration. (3). Concurrent enrollment in АС Ed. 547-548-549 is required.
(Ai·ranged on an individual basis.)
AIR SCIENCE*
Тhе United States Air Force maintains а Senior Division of the Air Force Reserve Officers' Training Corps at
the University of Wichita. Тhis consists of two partз, the
Вазiс Course and the Advanced Course. Both courses are
voluntary, but if the student enrolls in either course he
must complete the course and honor his contract with the
Air Force as а p1·erequisite to graduation, пnless pe1·mission to 'vithd1·aw is i·ecei,•ed fron1 the Uni,•ersity authorities and tl1e Professor of Ai1· Science.
The Basic Course consiзts of one hour of classroom
\Vork and one hour of Leadership Laboratory during the
first semester of the freshman year and the second semester of the sophomore year, and two hours of classroom
work and one hour of Leadership Laboratory during the
second semester of the freshman year and the first semester of the sophomore year. During the first semester of
the freshman year and the second semester of the sophomore year ce.r tain regular college courses will Ье accepted
аз meeting pre-commission officer education requirements.
These courses must Ье taken from the ai·ea of Mathe-
°For
:М!Jlt.arY Sci~nce fleC
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
page 76.
matics, Physical or Natural Sciences, Foreign Languages,
the Humanities, or the Social Sciences. Final course
approval will Ье \vith the Department of Air Science.
Basic course uniforms and books are furnished Ьу the
United States Air Force.
Students may enroll in the Advanced Course of the unit
i! they have completed the Basic Course or have received
credit in lieu thereof for service in the armed forces, as
determined Ьу the Professor of Air Science. Students
must have а scholastic grade point average of 2.00 01·
above and must complete survey and general screening
tests аз may Ье prescribed. Students enrolling in the
Advanced Course will Ье paid the value of the commuted
ration (about 90 cents а day) from the time of their enro\1ment up to the maximшn emolument allowa.Ыe of 609
days, plus $2.60 per day for one 4-\veek required Summer
Training Unit. Transportation to and from Summer
Тraining Unit will Ье furnished Ьу the United States
Air Force. Uniforms are given to each advanced student
upon graduation. Successful completion results in commission аз Second Lieutenant, USAF Reserve. Excellent
opportunity is availaЫe for Regular USAF commission
and Flying Training in Grade.
Тhе Advanced Course consists of а minimum of four
hours of clasзroom and one hour of leadership laboratory
each week. Advanced Course students qualifying for pilot
training receive 361h hours of flight instruction under
supervisio11 of FAA and may qualify for an FAA Private
Pilot's License.
Lower Division Courses
113'" & 114 First Year Basic. (1-1). 1R-2R; 1 Leadersblp
LaЬoratory. Air Science 1. Foundations of Aerospace Power (Freshman Year). An introductory
examination of the facto1·s of aerospace po\ver, major ideological conflicts, requirements for military
forces in being, responsiЫlities of citizenship, development and traditions of the military profession,
role and attributes of the professional officer iл
American democracy, organization of the armed
forces as factors in the preservation of national
security, and the United States Air Force as а major
factor in the security of the free world.
223 & 224• Second Year Basic. (1-1). 2R-1R; 1 Leadership Laboratory. Air Science 2. Fundamentals of
Aerospace Weapon Systems (Sophomore Year). An
introductory survey of aerospace lnissiles and craft,
a11d their propulsion and guidance systems; target
intelligence and electronic warfare; nuclear, cheniical and blological warhead agents; defensive, strategk and tactical operations; proЫems, mechanics
and military implications of space operations; and
а sttrvey of contemporary mШta17 thought.
Upper
Diviвion Соиrвев
353**& 354 First Year Advanced. (1-3). 1-R-4R; 1 Leadership Laborato1·y. Air Science 3. Air Force Officer
Development (Junio1· Уеа1·). Staff organization and
fш1ctions, and tl1e skil\s i·equi1·ed for effective staff
work, including oral and written communication and
proЫem solving; basic psychological and sociologi<:al
principles of leadership and their application to
leadership practice юtd proЫems; and an introductio11 to military justice.
453 & 454••• Second Year Advanced. (3-1). 4R-1R; 1
• Alr Sclence 113 and 22.С atudent wilt t.ake cou.rses from the aren or
M1Ltbematics, Pbyeical or Nat'Oral Scienceз, Foreiя'n LAnguage, the
Humanitleэ, or Social Science а.а appi:oved Ьу the Department о{ Air
Scionce.
•*Air Science 353 studcnta wШ take S~h 228 (S hr. eourse only) рlш
one honr of AJr Scienoe.
••• Air Science 464 studentз will tnke Political Science 336 plus one bour
of Air Science.
Leadership Laboratory. Air Science 4. Global Relations (Senior Year). An intensive study of global
relations of special conce1·n to the Air Force officer,
with emphasis on international relations and geography. Also will include weather and navigation, and
briefing for commissioлed se1-vice.
ART EDUCATION
Lower Divisioti
Courseв
241 Art Education in the Elementary School. (3). Study
FS
of the child's creative and mental growth and development through the use of two and three dimensional materials; the development of an arts program
for the elementary school.
242 Handcraft Methods. (3). Creative experiences in
S
process and design i11 three dimeпsional materials
with emphasis on the interests, needs and capaЫli­
ties of students at the various age-class level.s; p1·imary through high school. Prerequisite: Art Ed. 241.
Upper
Diviвion
Courses
406 Art Curricular and Supervision Metltods. (3). Тhе
S
const1"Uction of an a1·t program of study outline for
elementary grades and junior and senior high school;
technics in the supervision of an art education
program.
442 .Art Education in Secondary School. (4). Study of
F
the junior-senior high school students' continuing
and developing need.s for creative expression and
understanding of art as а maturing individual. Included is observation in puЫic school art education
classes.
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Lower Diviвion Courвes
233 The Elementary School Child. (4). Шз socio-cultщal
FS context, developmental characte1·istics, \vith stt·ess
upon application to instl'Uction. P1·erequisite: Psycl1.
111, НР Ed. 232 (or depa1·tment coпsent), a11d
sophomore standing.
Upper
Diviвion
Courses
333 The Secondary School Student. (4). Development
FS during early and iniddle adolescent years a11d relation of theory and research to inst1·uction. Pre1·equisite: Psycl1. 111, НР Ed. 232 or departщent
consent.
361* Educational .Мeasurements. (3). Fundamental statistical methods applied to educational proЫems;
construction, administration, and analysis of teachermade examinations. Prerequisite: Ed. Psych. 233 or
333.
401* & 402 Introduction to Exceptio11al Children. (2-2).
Emphasis on recognition and education of the exceptional child. First semester: children with mental
and physical handicaps. Second semester: proЬlems
of the gifted child. Education of the socially and
emotionally maladjusted child. Prerequisite: Ed.
Psych. 233 01· 833.
405* Psychology of reading. (З). Stresses adaptation of
S
Research findings to needs of class1·oom. Individual
case study of а child \vith l·eading difficulties. Prerequisite: El. Ed. 320.
421 * Mental Пygiene. (3). Principles of mental hygiene
in relationship to the development of wholesome
personality. Тhere is examined the interrelationships
of teacher, school, home, and community as they
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
73
affect mental health. P1·erequisite: Ed. Psycl1. 233
or 833.
433 Psychological Aspects of the Teacblng Process. (2).
FS See Secondary Student Teaching.
465• Тhе Learning Procesв. (3). (Same as РsусЬ. 465.)
Graduate Соиrвев
500 Introduction to Graduate Study in Education. (3).
F
Teaching as а field of graduate study with eшphasis
on the nature and шethods of inquiry.
511 Evaluating Pupil Progress. (3). Educational evaluation in the cognitive, affective, and psycho-шoto1·
F
domains; statistical analysis of test results.
5ЗО• Educating tl1e Adolescent. (3). Relation of the p1'0bS
lem of adolescence to development of the secondary
curriculum. Prerequisite: 6 hours of Ed. Psych.
661• Teclшiques of Educational Research. (3), MethodS
ology for the consideration of professional proЫems.
Prerequisite: either :Мath. 105, 305, or Ed. Psych.
361.
562* Presentation of Research. (1-2). А p1·oject subшitted
in thesis manuscript fo1·m. P1·erequisite: Ed. Psych.
561 or concurrent enrollment. Мау Ье repeated for
а maximum total of 2 hours credit.
575-576-Thesis. (2-2).
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Lower Division Соиrве
216 Children'в Literature. (3). Reading and discussion
S
of stories, poems, and factual materials for children;
а background of appreciation essential to the setting
up of standards of selection. Authors, illustrators,
poets, and their contributions to children's literature
are studied; also the children's library and booklist.
Upper Divisiori
Courseв
з20• Тhе
Elementary School Curriculum 1. (5). Principles
of curriculum development; organization of learning
experiences; unit of work; presentation of materials.
An exan1ination of the entire teaching process as it
relates to experiences in the Social Studies and
Language Arts. Prerequisite: НР Ed. 232 and Ed.
Psycb. 233.
з21• The Elementary School Curriculuш П. (5). An
S
evaluatio11 of procedures used in construction of
tests; observation of and recording child behavior;
interpreting test data. Application of method and
the evaluation of pupil progress as it relates to
Science and Arithmetic. Prerequisite: НР Ed. 232,
Ed. Psych. 233, and El. Ed. 320.
406 Social Studies in the Elementary School. (З). Objectives, methods of teaching, equipшent and resources,
and evaluation and measurement in the social studieз
in the elementary school. Тhе unit method of con·
struction is stressed. (Not open to those \Vith credit
in El. Ed. 343.)
407 Aritlimetic in the E!ementary School. (2). For
teachers in service. Consideration of recent trends
in subject matter content and teaching guides to
improve understanding of meani11gs, vocabulary, and
matheшatical concepts. Instructional methods and
materials. (Not open to those \Vith credit in El. Ed.
344.)
F
•Prereciulsite1 mny
consent.
74
Ье
wnived for equivalent e:'(J)erlenco
Ьу
depnrt.ment
408 Science in the Elementary School. (З). То identify
and explore the principles of science that teachers
should recognize and understand; to give consideration to their development from kindergarten through
grade eight. То experience these co11cepts tbrough
demonstration or experimentation. (Not open to
those with credit in El. Ed. 235.)
447• Student Teaching in the Elementary School. (3-10).
FS Тhе student teaching program provides full time
participation in the public schools under guidance
of а master teacher and а college supervisor. Prerequisite: НР Ed. 232, Ed. Psych. 233, and El. Ed.
320 and 321.
450 Workshops in Education. (1 to 4).
451 Seminar i11 Student Teachi11g. (З). Taken concurFS rently with Student Teaching. Concerned with evaluation of experience and planning for the next experience in the classroom.
Graduate Соиrвеа
550 Special P1·0Ыems in Education. (1 to 4). Directed
reading and research under supervision of а graduate
instructor. Prerequisite: approval of the department.
559 Seminar in Elementary Education. (3).
s
563 Trends in Theories of Instruction. (3). Uses materials fro1n puЬlic school \vork groups and from
research joщ·nals to examine development of modern
practices.
INDUSTRIAL
EDUCAТION
Lower Divuion Courseв
111 lntroduction to Jпdustrial Education. (2). Industrial
FS Education as а career. An introduction to present
day programs and the oppo1·tunities availaЫe. А survey of materials and processes used in industry.
Recommended as а first course in the department.
120 Drafting I (3). lR; 5L. An int1·oduction to orthoFS graphic, isometric, and oЫique d1·awing, with emphasis placed on auxiliary views, sectional views, dimensioning, lettering, care and use of drafting instruments.
121• Drafting 11 (З) . lR; 5L. А continuation of D1·afting I with empbasis placed on care and use of draftS
ing machines in developing \Vorkiпg dra\vings. Pre·
requisite: Ind. Ed. 120.
124 Woodwork 1 (3). lR; 4L. Fundamental use and care
F
of handtools; building of projects involving basic
woodwork processes; development о! accepted shop
practices; application of brush and wipe-on finishes.
125 Woodwork 11 (3). lR; 4L. Continuation of WoodS
\VOrk I \vith ernphasis placed on the use and са1·е of
\VOOd\vorking machines and the application of spray
finishes.
135 М:~talwork 1. (3). lR; 4L. А basic course dealing
FS \V1th the processes, equipment, шaterials and products of the metalworking industry; lаЪ. eл"Perience
in sheetmetal, benchmetals, forging, founding, \veld·
ing, and machine tools.
155 Auto :Месh. I. (3). lR; 4L. Fundamental p1·inciples
F
of carbu1·etion, tune-up, and electrical system. (Тhis
includes battery, starter, generator, distributor, voltage regulator, etc.) Work with modern equipment
on Jive models.
156* Auto М:есh. П. (3). lR; 4L. Practical applicatioп of
S
theories studied in the first semester. Shop work in•Pre1·•'<1ui11ltot1 mny
conвent.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Ье
waived for equivalent experience
Ьу
depart.ment
225*
F
236*
1!,
237*
S
255
F
256*
S
260
F
261*
S
cludes tune-up, valve grinding, ti·ansmissioнs, f1·011t
end, etc. Pre1·equisite: Iлd. Ed. 155.
Drafting Ш. (3). 1R; 5L. Advanced drafting techniques with emphasis 011 design and methods of illust1·atio11. Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 121.
Metalwork П. (3). lR; 4L. Study of materials used
Ьу the sl1eet metal industry; methods of layout,
forming, fastening, flnishing; use of hand tools and
machines. Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 135.
Metalwork III. (3). lR; 4L. Study of mechanical
a11d physica! properties of metals and ho'v these
cha1·acteristics are affected Ьу heat; the working of
metals while hot; forging, heat treating, founding
and welding. Prereqi.1isite: Ind. Ed. 135.
Electricity I. (3). 2R; 4L. А study of basic concepts
of direct cщrent electricity \vith emphasis on ап
understanding of Кirchoff's and Ohm's laws.
Electricity II. (3). 2R; 4L. А study of basic co11cepts
of alte111ating curre.nt electricity witl1 emphasiз on
reactance and iшpedance of resonant and non-resonant circuits. P1·erequisite: Ind. Ed. 255.
Plastics I. (3). lR; 4L. Study of plastic mate1·ials
being used in indust1-y; fundamental operations including molding, casting, thermoforming, fabrication,
and finishing.
Plastics Il. (3). lR; 4L. Tech.n ical information and
product development. Construction oi шolds and
forms fo1· molding, casting, laminating, and thermoforming. Pre1·equisite: Ind. Ed. 260.
U pper Diviswn Соиrвев
319 Shop Planning and Organi2ation. (3). Selection, purS
chase, and organization of shop equipment and supplies. Developing and maintaining necessa1·y reco1·ds
and reports. Planning of shop facilities.
325* Woodwork ПI. (3). lR; 4L. Further application of
F
the fundamentals of woodwork and design in construction of advanced projects. А study of wood
technology and ho\V it afl'ects construction. Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 125.
326* Woodwork IV. (3). lR; 4L. Advanced work for speS
cialists in the woodworking fteld with emphasis
placed on proЫems growing from tl1e needs of the
student. Prel'equi/зite: Ind. Ed. 325.
350• :М:etalwork IV. (3). lR; 4L. Fundamentals of benchF
'vork and basic operations on lathes, mills, gi·indexs,
shapers, and drills. Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 135.
351 * Metalwork V. (3). lR; 4L. Emphasis on advanced
S
machine tool operations; new techniques of industry
a.nd the making of basic tools and dies. P1·el'equisite:
Ind. Ed. 350.
362* Plastics Ш. (3). lR; 4L. Advanced p1·0Ыems in р1·0р
duction techniques; comp1·ession and injection molding. Recent developments and experimental \vo1·k.
Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 261.
370* Electronics 1. (3). 2R; 4L. А study of the fundaF
mental cha1·acteristics of vacuum tubes and seщi­
conductors and an analysis of their operation. Prerequisite: Ind. Ed. 256.
371" Electronics П. (3). 2R; 4L. А study of basic elecS
tronic circuits and systems, including an int1·oduction
to ra.dio circuits and systems, with proper circuit
analysis techniques receiving major emphasis. P1·e1·equisite: Ind. Ed. 370.
401 Preparation of Instructional l\Iaterials. (3). Тhе seF
lection, development, and organization of instructional materials for effective teaching of industrial
education.
•Pre:requisites may
eonsent.
Ье
waived for equivalent e:xverience
Ьу
departrnent
LШRARY
SCIENCE
The Kansas State Board of Education requires that
t&acher-librarians in Class А and Class В schools with
enrollments under 200 11ave eight hours credit in library
science.
The coui·ses listed from 401 to 404 may Ье used to satisfy this requirement. Elementa1·y school librarians may
also select f1·om these courses. Тhеу are offered only in
the summer session.
Upper Diviвioti Соиrвев
401 School Library Cataloging and Classification. (3).
Тhе fundamentals of the Dewey Decimal Classiftcation system and the basic cataloging techniques
necessary for organizing а school library collection.
402 The School Library Вооk Collection. (3). The principles and methods involved in book selection for the
school liЬrary, the techniques of refe1·ence service,
and the literature of school subjects.
403 School Library Administration. (2). The activities
and functions of the school library, the relationship
of the liЬrarian to the teaching stafl', the organization of technical and mechanical processes such аз
circulation and order routines, the repair of boolcs,
and teaching the use of the library to students.
404 Library Reference .Мaterials. (3). Study and problems in the use of reference books, indexes, Ыbli­
ographies and non-book reference materials. Includes
the fundamentals of 1·efe1·ence se1·vice in libraries.
LOGOPEDICS
MAJOR. А major consists of thirty semester hours a11d
may emphasize either speech pathology or audiology. Тhе
major with emphasis in speech pathology includes t11e
follo\ving:
Requi1·ed
Logopedics 111, 112, 315, 317, 324, 326, 415 and
431 Plus five hours from Logopedics 417 and 441.
Тhе major with emphasis in audiology includes the
following:
Required
Logopedics 111, 112, 315, 431, 486, 437, 441, 455
Plus six hou1·s from Logopedics 317, 326 and 417.
At least one l1our c1·edit must Ье taken iл 417.
The logopedics unde1·gщduate major does not prepa1·e а
person for meшbership in nor certification Ьу the American Speech and He.a ring Association. Effective January 1,
1965, A.S.H.A. membership \Y'ill require the master's degi·ee, (or equivalent) with major emphasis in speech pathology and/or audiology. Certi:fication Ьу A.S.H.A. will
require membership and evidence of sixty semester hours
constituting а well integrated program.
Logopedics 111 and 112 may Ье transferred to the College of Liberal Arts as they are non-professional basic
courses.
Co:rrective training for students with speech or hearing
diзorders may Ье arranged with the Institute of Logopedics without charge to i·egularly enrolled University
Students.
Lower Division Соиrвев
111 Introduction to Speech Pathology. (3). 3R; lL. GenF
eral orientation, history of the field, the place of
Logopedics among the professions, speech and Ianguage disorders commonly found, and application of
the border sciences to these conditions.
112 Тhе Development of Language. (3). SR; lL. PreS
natal and post-natal development of the st1"Uctures
•P·rerequiaitea may
consent.
COlLEGE OF EDUCAT/ON
Ье
waived for equivalont experience
Ьу
department
75
\
involved in speech, and the applieAtions of the development and regression theories to speech disorders.
General development of the clUld from birth to five
years, emphasis on speech development.
232 lntroduction to Clinical Procedures. (2). lR; 4L.
FS Observat ion of clinical procedures.
Upper Division Courses
315 Clinical Phonetics. (3). 3R; lL. Anatomy of the
F
face, tongue, and mandiЫe. Inte1·national Phonetic
Alphabet аз it applies to articulatory defects. Prerequisite: Logopedics 111 a.nd 112 with а grade of С
or better, or departщent consent.
317 Techniques of Speecb Pathology-Articulation DisP S orders. (1·3). lR; З-9L. Observation of simpler types
of de.fects. Routine of record tak.ing, interview techniques with parents, professional workers, and the
use of graphic equipment. Prerequi.s ite: Logopedics
315 \vith а grade of С or better, or department consent.
324 Anatomy of Voice. (3). 3R; lL. Anatomy of the
S
pharynx, nose, la1·ynx, and thorax. Disorders frorn
organic and functional changes of the organs of
pЪonation. The normal voice. Prerequisite: Logopedics 315 with а grade of С or better, or department consent.
326 Techniques of Speech Pathology-Voice Disorders.
FS (1 to З). lR; 3-9L. Application of techniques to simple cases under supervision. Observation of more
difficult articulatory and phonatory disorders. P1·erequisite: Logopedics 324 witl1 а g1·ade of С or better, or department consent.
415 Cleft Palate, MongoHsm, and Cretinism. (4). 4R; lL.
F
The specific congenital anomalies that prodt1ce speech
disorders. Prerequisite: Logopedics 824 wit11 а grade
of С or better, or department consent.
417 Supervised Practicum in Speech Pathotogy. (1-3).
FS lR; 3-9L. Supervised practice teaching involving
application of advanced tech11.iques to proЫems of а
functional nature, and introduction of techniques
with the simpler organic proЫems. Prerequisite:
Logopedics 415 \Vith а grade of С or better, or Department consent.
421 The Speech Defective Child in the PuЫic School. (З) .
FS ProЪlems of the speech defective child in the schools
relative to emotional handicaps, pedagogical retardation, etc. Methods for classroom teachers.
431 Hearing ProЫems and Hearing Testing. (3). 3R; IL.
S
Шstory and scope of the field. Eleшentary anatomy
of the ear, Auditory testing. Rehahilitation and
training of the deaf and hard of hearing. Prerequisite: Logopedics 315 with а grade of С or better or
depa1·tment consent.
433 Education and Training of the Pre-School Deaf Child.
(3). 3R; lL. Compa1·ison and contrast with the normal chi1d. Concept-building techniques. Prerequisite:
Logopedics 431 with а grade of С or better, or department consent. (Offered in alternate years.)
434 Teaching Language to the Aurally Handicapped. (3).
ЗR; lL. Evo1ution of methods. A11alysis of language
proЫems and preventive techniques. Prerequisite:
Logopedics 433 with а grade of С or better, or department consent. (Offered in alternate years.)
435 Anatomy, PhysioJogy, and Pathology of the Ear. (3).
F
ЗR; ЗL. Detailed study of the eai·. Prerequisite:
Logopedics 431 with а grade of С or better or department consent.
436 Introduction to Audiometrics. (3). ЗR; 4L. Hearing
F
testing with special emphasis on pure tone and speech
reception techniques. Prerequisite: Logopedics 481
with а grade of С or better or department consent.
76
437 Speecl1 Reading and Auditory Training. (3). ЗR; lL.
S
Met!tods of teaching speech reading. Auditory t1·aining as а supplen1ent. Prerequisite: Logopedics 431
with а grade of С or better, or department consent.
438 Teaching Speech to the .Aurally Handicapped. (3).
3R; lL. Cur1·ent шethods. Evaluation techniques.
Prerequisite: Logopedics 433 with а grade of С or
better, or departшent consent. (Offe1·ed in alternate
years.)
439 Teaching Reading and the Content Subjects to the
Aш·ally Handieapped. (3). 3R; lL. Reading as а facet
of language. Text book selection. Methods of preparing supplementary materials. Prerequisite: Logopedics 438 with а grade of С or better, or depart!nent consent. (Offe1·ed in ~lte1·11ate years.)
441 Supervised Practicum in Speech for the Aurally
FS Flandicapped. (1-3). lR; 3-9L. Supervised application of techniques involving the teaching of speech,
speech reading, and audit01·y tJ:aining to the deaf
and hard of hearing child. Pi·e1·equisite: Logopedics
481 with а grade of С or bette1· 01· depa1·tment consent.
442 Infancy: Pre-and Post-Natal Behavior. (2). 2R; lL.
S
Development of behavior from the ontogenetic viewpoint in both sub-human and human in!ants. Prerequisite: Departmeнt consent.
4.50 Workshop in Logopedics. (1-4.). This cou1-se will Ье
otrered from time to time 011 various aspects of
speech and hearing habШtation.
455 Practicum in Audiometrics. (1-3). lR; 3-9L. ApplicaFS tion of audiometric techniques in clinical situations.
Prerequisite: Logopedics 436 with а grade of С or
better, or department consent.
4.61 Neurology of Cerebral Palsy and Aphaзia. (4). 4R;
F
2L. Groundwork of neuro-anatomy and neuro-physiology required for the unde1-standing of conditions
resulting f1·om lesions of the nervous system. P1·erequisite: Logopedics 315 a11d 324 with а grade of С
or better, or department con.sent.
462 Cerebral Palsy. (4). 3R; 6L. P1·0Ыems and t1·aining
procedures concerned with ce1·ebral pa1sy. PrerequiS
site: Logopedics 461 with а grade of С 01· better, 01·
department consent.
470 LaЬoratory Instrumentation. (3). 2R; 2L. ApplicaF
tion of and li.mitations of research and clinical instrwnents employed in the field of Logopedics. Prerequisite: 18 hours of Logopedics or department
consent.
490 Advanced Logopedics. (2). I11dividual study and r~
FS search on specific proЫems.
Grad1юte Courses
505 Introduction to Gradnate Stndy. (3). 3R; 2L. Survey
F
of research in the fields of speech patho1ogy, audiology, and voice science. Principles of research procedure. Prerequisite: department consent.
507 Early Speech Development. (2). 2R; lL. Mastery
F
during infancy of elementary speech iotшds, patterning of sounds, appearance of words, sentences
and meanings. Prerequisite: department consent.
514 Hearing Aids. (3). 3R; 6L. Speech audiometry.
Philosophies for hearing aid selection. Tests and
procedures used in hearing aid selection. Prerequisite: Logopedics 436 \Vith а grade of С or bette1· or
department consent. (Offe1·ed in alte1't1ate years.)
516 Advanced Clinical Audiology and Inst1-umentation.
(3). ЗR; 6L. Diagnostic procedures in an audiological
clinic. Prerequisite: Logopedics 436 with а grade of
С or better, or depa1·tment consent. (Offered in
alten1ate years.)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
518 Seminar in Audiology. (З). 3R; 2L. Principles of the
psycho-physical dimensions of hearing; research into
function of the normal ear; proЬ!ems in industrial
noise. Prerequisite: Logopedics 436 with а grade of
С or better, or department consent. (Offered in
alternate years.)
524 Aphasia. (4). ЗR; 6L. Various contemporary theories
S
in regard to the cause and neuro-physiology of
aphasia; modern techniques. Prerequisjte: Logopeilics 461 with а grade of С or better or department consent.
531 Experimental Phonetics 1. (З). ЗR; lL. А critical
F
review of pertinent literature concerning the articulatory system, breathing, rate and duration, and
side tone in relation to the production and recognition of hwnan speech. Prerequisite: Logopeilics
470 with а grade of С or better, or department
consent.
532 Experimental Phonetics 11. (З). ЗR; lL. А critical
review of pertinent literature concerning the human
phonation system and voice; included are studies
of vocal pitch, intensity, and other acoustical parameters of phonation. Physiology of voice and theories of phonation. Prerequisite: Logopedics 470 with
а grade of С or better or department consent. (Offered in alternate years.)
535 Stuttering. (4). ЗR; 6L. Organismal and functional
F
approaches to the proЫem. Prerequisite: Logopeilics 461 with а grade of С or better or concurrent
enrollment, or department consent.
541 Neurophysiology of Communication. (2). Мaterial to
Ьс covered Ьу four major lectures, seminars, clinical
demonstrations, independent study, and special reports. Prerequisite: Logopedics 461 with grade of С
or better or depa1-tment consent. ( Off'ered when
special instructors are availaЫe.)
552 Examination Methods in Speech Patl\ology. (4). 2R;
S
8L. Тhе diff'erentiation of logopedic disorders on an
objective basis. Prerequisite: Logopcdics 461 with
а grade of С or better.
560 8eminar in RehabiJitation of 8peeclt and Bearing
Bandicaps. (3). 3R. RehaЫ\itation of adults with
various types of organic proЫems including cerebral
palsy, aphasia, hearing loss or othcr hnndicaps resulting from organic impairments. Gucst lccturers will
sometimes Ье used and the course context \Vill Ье
inftuenced Ьу the particular specialization areas of
the instructors.
567 Seminar in Laryngeal Function. (З). ЗR; 2L. А review of current literature of the voice. Research
projects in voice and laryngeal functions. Prerequisite: Logopedics 532 with а grade of С or better, or
department consent. (Off'ered in altemato years.)
575 ТhesJa Reaearch. (2).
FS
576 Тheaia. (2).
F8
676 Doctoral Dissertation. (12-24).
FS
МILIТARY
SCIENCE*
Тhе Department of the Army maintains а Senior Division Reserve Officers Тraining Corps at the University
of Wicblta. Тhе General MШtary Science program is
taught and consists of two parts, the Basic and Advanced
course. Both courses are voluntary, but if the student
enrolJs in either course, he must complete the coцrse as
а prerequisite to graduation unless pennission to withdra\v
ia received from the Univerзity authorities and the Professor of Ъ!Шtаrу Science.
The basic course consists of one hour of classroom work
and one hour of Leadersblp Laboratory during the Freshman year. During the Freshman year certain regular
college courses will Ье acceptcd as meeting pre-commission officer education requirements. Any of the courses
currently listed in the University of Wichita Bulletin аз
"prcscribed fields of study," cxcluding art and music arc
ассерtаЫе. (See page 18.) Final course approval \vill Ьс
\vith thc Department of :Мilitary Science.
Students may enroll in the Advanced course of the unit
it they have completed the Basic course or have received
crcdit in lieu thereof for service in the Armed Forces аз
dctermi11ed Ьу the Professor of lШlitary Science. Studcnts must complete survey and general screening tests
аз may Ье prescribed. Students cnrolling in the Advanced
course \vill Ье paid the valuc of the commuted ration (90
cents а day) from the time of their enrollment up to the
ma.ximum emolument allo,vaЫe of 595 days, plus $2.60
per day and бФ per mile of trave\ to summer camp and
return for one six-,veek requircd summer camp. Successful completion results in commission as Second Lieutenant,
U. S. At·my Reserve. Exccllent opportunity iз availaЫe
for dircct Regular Army Commission. Uniforms are given
to each advanced student upon g1·aduation.
The Advance course consists of а minimum of one hour
of classroom \VOrk and one hour of Leadership Laboratory
during the first semester of the Junior and Senior years.
Durlng the first semester of thesc years the advanced
studcnt may substitute any of the courees listed as "prescribed fields of study" as indicated above for the Ьазiс
studcntв. The Junior and Senior military students will
meet for four classroom hours and one hour of Leadership Laboratory during the sccond scmester of each academic year.
Commissions in the follo,ving Arms and Services are
avallnЫo upon graduation and the succeзsful completion
of the ROTC curriculum: Adjutant Gcneral Corps, Annor,
Army Security, Artillery, Chemical Corps, Corps of Engineerв, Finance Corps, lnfantry, l\Icdical Service Corps,
Military lnteШgence, Military Police Corps, Ordnance
Corps, Quartermaster Corps, Signal Corps, and Transportation Соrрв. Opportunity is also availaЫe for assignment
to Army Aviation Units. Students commissioned in any
of the above branches may арр\у for pilot training in the
Anny Aviation Program upon entry on active duty.
Lower Diviaion Courses
F113 & 8114* First Year Basic. (1-1). lR; 1 Leadership
Laboratory. Organization of the Army and ROTC,
lndivfdual Weapons and l\Iarksmanship, United
States Army and National Security.
F22З & 8224 8econd Year Basic. (1-1). 2R; 1 Leadership
LaЬoratory. Cadet non commissioned officer training; map and aerial photograph reading; operations
and basic tactics, American :Мilitary History. Prerequisite for 223; :МS 113 and 114.
Upper Diviaion Соиrвев
First Year Advanced. (1-З). 4L; 1 Leadership Laboratory. Branches of thc Army; Small Unit
tactics and Communications. Prerequisite for 333:
1\IS 223 and 224.
F·НЗ• & 8-1(4 8econd Year Advanced. (1-3). 4L; 1 Leadership LaЬoratory. Operations, Logistics; Army Administration, Role of the United States in World
Affairs; Service Orientation: Prerequisite for 443:
ltS 333 and 334.
F33З•
& 8334
•For Alr g.,1enc. -
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Page 71.
77
МUSIC
EDUCATION
Lower Divi8ion Courses
135
136
137
138
139
140
Ъlethods of Teaching Orchestral lnstrurnentв (violin
and viola). (1). Procedures and materials for class
and private teaching. Performance and fundamentals in first position. Тheory and reading knowledge
of positions two through five. Band and orchestra
laboratory.
Methodз of Teaching Orchestral Inзtruments (cello
and string bass). (1). Procedures and materials for
claзs and private teaching. Application of fundamental techniques. Кnowledge of more difficult positions and special techniques. Band and orchestra
laboratory.
Methodв of Teaching Band and Orchestral Instrumentз (clarinet and saxophone). (1). Procedures and
materials for class and private teaching. Major emphasis on clarinet tone qu.a lity, embouchure, and
technique. Band and orchestra laboratory.
Methodз of Teaching Вand and Orchestral Instruments (flute and douЫe reeds). (1). Procedure and
materials for clasв and private teaching. Reed making. Application of fundamental techniques and study
of more advanced techniques. Band and orchestra
laboratory.
Methods of Teaching Band and Orchestral lnstruments (brass). (1). Procedures and materials for
class and private teaching of all brass instruments,
emphasizing tone qualities, difference in embouchure,
and necessary technique for perfonnance. Band and
orchestra laboratory,
Methodз of Teaching Band and Orchestral Instruments (percussion). (1) . Procedures and materials
for class and private instruction. Application of snare
drum fundamentals. Study of basic techniques for all
percussion. Band and orchestra Jaboratory.
200 Elementary Sc.hool Music. (3). For student planning
to teach in the elementary school classroom. Furthering children's musical growth through singing,
listening, rhythmic and creative activities. Development of вtudent'в own musical ability.
201 Fundamentals of Music for the Elernentary School.
(2). Techniques and materials focused on teaching
music in elementary schools. For students primarily
interested in teaching music in elementary schools.
Includes observation in public schools. Prerequisite:
Music education major or consent of instructor.
203 FundsmentaJв of Music for Secondary Schools. (2).
Techniques and materials focused on teaching music
in junior and senior high schools. Includeз observation in public schools. For students primarily interested in teaching music in the secondary schools.
Upper Dioiвion Соиrвев
Survey of E lementary School Ъlusic. (З). An oYerview of activities carried on in the elementary school.
lncludes observation in the puЫic schools. For students primarily interested in teaching music in
secondary schools. Prequisite: Music Ed. 203.
302 Advanced Tecliniqueз in Elementary School Music.
(2). Organization of the music program in the еlе301
•мшt.аJТ Sclenee 113, 114, ЗЗЗ, and 448
the Лrее. of :М:athem&tlea, Ph)'elc&I or
students w!ll take cour&es from
Natural Sc!ence, Forelgn Lan/f\l81f8, the Rumanltles, or Soclal Sclence а.а avvroved Ьу tho Devartment of Mlllt.ar:v Science. Students enrolled in ЗЗЗ or 44 8 must auЬ­
stltute а coune of three or morв crIO!t hours.
1. Credlt for portlons of t.he bulc coureo ma:v Ье given for vrlor mlllt:u-y
иrvJc..
mu Ье waived b:v devart:ment consent.
Preroqulelte 11187 Ье waived Ьу department consent provided atudent
!а eomprнaln&' t.he advanced courм.
2. Prerequlslte
3.
78
303
304
337
339
340
430
432
484
487
mentary school. Evaluation of materials, practices,
Philosophies, and trends in music education. For
students primarily interested in teaching muslc in
the elementary school. Includes observation in public
schools. Prerequisite: Music Ed. 200 or 201 and 303.
Survey of Secondary Scbool Mnsic. (3). An overview
of methods and materials used in secondary schools.
Includes observation in puЫic schools. For students
primarily interested in teaching music in the elementary school. Prerequisite: Music Ed. 201.
Advanced Techniques in Secondary School l\lusic.
(2). Organization of the music program in the junior
and senior high school. Practice, philosophies, and
trend.s in music education. Prerequisite: Music Ed.
203 and 301. Includes observation in puЫic schools.
Advanced Techniques in Woodwind l\lethods. (1).
(See Mnsic З37.)
Advanced Techniques in Brass Methods. (1). (See
Music 339.)
Advanced Techniques in Percussion Methods. (1).
(See Music 340.)
Pedagogy of Тheory. (2). (See Music 430.)
Teaching of Music Literature. (2). (See l\iusic 432.)
String Teaching Seminar. (2). Historical development of string instrument teaching. ProЫerns involving traditional and recent techniques. Private
study versus class study. School class methodв, studio
methods, etc. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Piano Pedagogy. (2). Designed to improve the work
of the private teacher of piano and to equip pianists
to teach piano classes effectively. Techniques and
materials. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Graduate Courseв
521 Elementary Music Supervision. (З) . Тrends in elementary mt1sic education; evaluation of variouз materials and techniques; specjal projects in planning
and executing а modern program of music supervision. Prerequisite: Music Ed. 302.
531 Developing the Child's Musical Understanding. (3).
532 Вand Rehearsal Laboratory. (2).
535 Seminar in Music Edncation Materials (Vocal). (2).
(See l\lusic 535.)
541-542 Special Project in Music. (1-3; 1-3). (See Ъlusic
541-542.)
545 Seminar in Music Education Ъlaterials (lnstrurnental). (2). (See Music 545.)
551 Psychology of Music. (2). (See l\lusic 551.)
552 lntroduction to Graduate Study. (3). (See Music 552.)
554 Research Serninar in Music Education. (3). (See
Music 554.)
575 Thesis Research. (2).
576 Тhesis. (2 or 3).
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH,
AND RECREATION
MAJOR. See page 77.
MINOR. See page 77.
Minors for men and women, Recreation option, may Ье
elected in the College of Liberal Arts in accordance with
transfer regulations. See р. 13.
All activity classes will meet two periods а week each
semester. Each semester will сапу one hour of credit,
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
wblch will count towards graduation requirementз, but will
not replace any academic hours required.
Junior and senior studentз may enroll for three hours
of physical education per week with one hour о! credit per
semester. Тhis will not replace any academic requirements
for graduation.
Professional courses for physical education, health, and
rec1·eation are offered in the College о! Education and,
unless otherwise indicated, are open to both men and
women.
SERVICE COURSES
When enrolling in service courses, the course numbers
are to Ье followed in sequence.
101, 102, 103, 104 Physical Education for Ъfen. (1 each).
1\vo hours per week to Ье elected each semester
from the follo\ving activities:
Group Activities: touch football, speedball, softball,
volleyball, basketball, gymnaзium garneз, and varsity
activities.
Individual Activitieв: tennis, badminton, handball,
golf, bowling, swimming, weight training, social
dance, folk and square dance, and adapted physical
activities.
(}v1miaвticг: tumЫing, apparatus, and trampoline.
Combativeв: wrestling.
105, 106, 107, 108 Physical Education for Ъfen. (1 each).
Тwо hours per week each sernester. An additional
hour per week will Ье assigned Ьу arrangement. Prerequisite: Phys. Ed. 101, 102, 103, 104.
101, 102, 103, 104 Physical Education for Women. (1
each). Тwо hours per week to Ье selected each
semester on the advice of the di.r ector and physician
fro1n the following activities: archery, badminton,
bowling, recreation games, tennis, golf, swimming,
life-saving, fencing, gymnastics, tumЫing, self-testing activities, body mechanics and basic skills, track,
basketball, field hockey, soccer, speedball, softball,
volleyball, hiking and outing activities, folk dance,
modern dance, theatre dance, social dance, folk dance
and square dance, aDd special restricted activities.
105, 106, 107, 108 Physical Education for Women. (1
each). М:ееt three hours а week each semester, two
hourз of activity and one hour о! leadersblp training. Prerequisite: Phys. Ed. 101, 1021 103, 104.
PROFESSIONAL COURSES
All courses are open to both men and women unless other\vise indicated. Course numbers followed Ьу М are for
men only; Ьу W for women only.
Lower Diviвion Соиrвев
115 Personal and Community Health. (3).
117 First Aid. (2). Standard and/or advanced first aid
with certification Ьу the American Red Cross.
118М Fundamentals of Major Sports. (3). The elementary fundamentals of major sports. Emphasis on
materials, techniques, theory, and coacblng methods.
202 Camp Leaderзhip. (2). General camping standards
S
and sk.ills. Meets 3 hoнrs per week.
203W lntroduction to Physical Education (2), 2R; 3L.
Includes а study of standards, testing procedures,
officiating and basic skills.
204W Воdу Mechanicз and Gymnasticэ (2). 2R; 3L.
Principles of body mechanics and application to
gymnastics including free exercise, tumЫing, apparatus, and trampoline.
210 Safety Education. (2). А general survey of the field
of safety education. Emphasis on the selection and
organization of instructiona\ materials for classroom
use.
212 Folk and Square Dance. (2). :Мaterials from dift'erent countries and teaching methods for high scbool
and recreational groups. T\VO hourз practice and
one conference per week. Prerequisite: sophomore
standing or department consent.
220М Rules and Mechanicз of Officiating. (2). 2R; lL.
Тheory, rules, and mechanics о! officiating major
sports common to the high school and co!lege athletic program.
223 lntroduction to Dance. (2). History, philosophy, and
basic background work in the field of dance. Two
hours practice and two hours conference per week.
Prerequisite: one activity course in modern dance.
225 Play Activities. (2). Background and organization
of supervised play. Practice through playing and
teaching games, progressing through the grades of
the elementary school. Meets three hours а week.
P:rerequisite: sophomore standing or department consent.
227 History and Principles of Physical Education. (3).
History, philosophy, aims, and objectives of physical
education; survey of а modern program.
Upper Diviвion Соиrвев
300 Driver Education and Training. (5).
311 Techniques in Physical Education I. (3). 2R; 3L.
Emphasis upon development о! skill and assimiJation
of teacblng techniques. Activities covered are soccer,
golf, bo,vling, volleyball, tumbling, and gymnastics.
312 Techniques in Physical Education П. (3). 2R; 3L.
Emphaзis upon development of skill and assimilation
of teacblng techniques. Activities covered are wrestling, baseball, badminton, and tennis.
324 Method.з in Modern Dance. (2), Teaching techniques
and compilation of materials for teaching da:nce in
educational programs. Prerequisite: one semester of
n1odern dance and one semester of folk dance or
equivalent.
330 Кineзiology. (3). Тhе study of human motion Ьу
means of muscular and mechanical analysis. Prerequlsite: Вiol. 223 \vith а grade of С or better or
department consent.
З3НrI Athletic lnjuries and Тraining Tecbniques. (2). 2R;
lL. Injuries common to atbletic activities, emphasizing prevention, first aid, treatment and care as prescribed Ьу the team physician.
3351\I Football Theory and OrganJzation. (2). Advanced
theory of team play, organization and management
of competition, etc. Prerequisite: Phys. Ed. 118 or
concurrent enrollment.
3361\I Вaзketball Тheory and Organization. (2). Тheory
ot basketball, including methods of teacblng fundamentals, individual and team oft'ense and defenзe,
various styles of play, and methods of coaching. Prerequisite: Phys. Ed. 118 or concurrent enrollment.
3371\1 Тheory and Organization of Тrack and Field Athletics. (2). Selection о! personnel, conditioning, training, and techniques. Prerequisite: Phys. Ed. 118 or
concurrent enrollment.
342W Advanced Techniques in Sports (2). 2R; 2L. Techniques and teaching progressions in seasonal sports,
study of rules, duties of officials, organization of
classes and contestз, educational management. Soccer, speedball, softball, volleyball. (Prerequisite:
М:inimum skills in above sports.)
343W Advanced Tecbniqueз in Sportз (3). ContiDuation
S
of 342. ЗR; 2L. Basketball, golf, bo,vling, swimming.
(Prerequisite: Minimum skills.)
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
79
344W Advanced Techniques in Sports (3). Continuation
of 342W and 343W. 3R; 2L. Hockey, arche1-y, badnlinton, tennis. (Prerequisite: Jl,finimum skills.)
400 Health Education. (2 or 3). Health proЫems and organization of materials for health instruction. Individual projects for graduate students.
412 Methods and Materials in Folk and Square Dance.
(2). Materials selected from American and European countries and teacblng methods for schools and
recreational groups. WШ include outside preparation dealing with source materials and methods. Тwо
hours classwork. (Тhose \Vho have the required prerequisite hours may t.ake tbls for graduate credit.)
Prerequisite: Phys. Ed. 212 or consent of department.
424 Creative Dance in the Schools. (2) . Discussion and
laboratory work with emphasis on appropriate and
sincere expression. Class work, reading, and obse1-vation of selected groups.
426 Community Recreation. (2). Тhе organization and
administration of community recreation.
436 Camp Administration. (3). Modern practice in camp
organization, program-building, business practices,
staft' training and guidance. ProЫems in camping
administration.
444 Organization and Administration of Health and Physical Education. (3).
446 Dance Composition and Production. (2). Prerequisite: Phys. Ed. 212 and 324 or consent of department.
495 Applied Health 1. (2). Introduction to puЫic health
proЫems and practices. Field excursions arranged.
Prerequisite: department consent.
496 Applied Health II. (2). Intensive study of selected
health proЬ!ems \Vith regard to illness prevention and
the present state of world health. Prei·equisite: Phys.
Ed. 495 or department consent.
Graduate Courseв
500 Recent Literature in Health, Physical Education, and
Recreation. (3). Survey and critical anaJysis of i·esearch and other pertinent materials in the field.
510 Adapted Physical Education. (3). Pbllosophy, principles, and methods of adapting physical education
and recreation activities to the needs of the handicapped and the exceptional individual; laboratory
experience. Prereqilisite: Phys. Ed. 330 or consent
of department.
512 Advanced Techniques in Р.Е. (3). Comprehensive
coverage of select physical activities \vith special emphasis on class procedures. Laboratory experiences.
520 Foundations of Physical Education. (3). Examination
of the pbllosophical and Ьiological bases for physical
education.
525 Physical Education in Elementary Schools. (2). New
concepts, recent trends, methodology, programroing,
and supervision. For the elementary school teacher
and physical education specialist.
533 Tests and l\feasurements in Physical Education. (3).
Methods of test construction, critical analysis of published devices, utШzation of tests.
540 Seminar in Advanced Methods. (2). Practical solutions for special proЫems in grading, discipline,
progтamming, administration, and motor learning.
550 Analysis of l\fotor Skills. (3). Techniques of analyzing fundamenta1 motor skills. Selected mechanical
principles; fundamental motor skills analyzed in
terms of the stated mechanical principles. Prerequisite: Phys. Ed. 330.
557 Seminar in Physical Education Problems. (3). Seminar in major proЬlems in health, pl1ysical education,
and recreation. Prerequisite: Ed. Psych. 561 and
Phys. Ed. 600.
80
SECONDARY EDUCATION
Upper
Diviвion
Courses
311 & 312• Home Nursing for Instructors. (2-2). Мау
not apply on secondary education requirements.
Methods, procedures, and techniques for teaching
home nursing, maternity, and infant care. Prereq11isite: Registered Nurse (R.N.), home economics
teacher.
442* Special Methods in Teacblng. (4). 3R; 2L. Cannot
Ье counted for graduate credit. Prerequisite:
232 and Ed. Psycb. 833.
НР
Ed.
А.
ART EDUCATION IN ТНЕ SECONDARY
SCHOOLS. (Same as Art Ed. 442.)
В. FIELD AND LABORATORY МЕТНОDS IN
BIOLOGY.
D. MEТHODS OF TEACНING SPEECH AND
DRAМAТIC ART.
Е. ТНЕ TEACHING OF ENGLISH.
Preparation for student teaching of English composition, grammar, and lite1·ature. Required of
all English majors expecting to teach in junior
and/or senior high schools, and strongly recommended for а11 English minors expecting to teacb
English in junior and/or senior blgh schools.
Prerequisite: Completion of the requirements of
the English Depa1·tment for English majors and
minors planning to teach Englisb in junior and/or
senior high schools.
I. METHODS OF ТEACНING INDUSТRIAL
EDUCATION. Selection and arrangement of
teaching content, methods of teaching, lesson
planning, courses of study, testing and g1·ading
shop work, evaluating pupil progress, securing
industi·ial arts positions, and professional responsiЫlity of the shop teacher.
l\I. МETHODS IN PНYSICAL EDUCATION.
Presentation and participation in methods of
teaching physical education. Emphasis on techniques, skills, organization of activities, and classroom procedure. Fo1· men only.
S. SPECIAL l\:IETHODS OF BUSINESS EDUCATION.
Prerequisite: Sec. Тr. 234 or Data Processing,
Sec. Tr. 237, Acctg. 198 and 194.
W. MEТHODS OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN
SECONDARY SCHOOLS.
Organization of activities in the curriculum; classroom procedures, evaluation techniques. Observation of selected classroom work. For women only.
STUDENT
TEACШNG
Required of all working toward а degree-secondary certifi.cate. Effective the Fall semester 1962, student teaching
is а full-time assignment. Applications for approval to
enroll in this program must Ье made to the Director of
Student Teaching during the term prior to tke гemeste1·
of en:rollincnt. The assignment begins with the opening
of the public school semester and enrollees must arrange
to meet from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. daily and Ье availaЫe fo1·
selected evening programs.
Although enrollment in only one of the following titles
is not pennitted, credit for the student-teacblng semester
•Prereciuisiteз
consent.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
may
Ье
walved for equivalent experience
Ьу
department
will Ье entered on the transcript acco1·ding to the follo,vinA'
distribution:
НР Ed. 428. Social Aspects of the Teaching Process.
(3).
Ed. Psych. 433. Psychological Aspects of tl1e Teaching Process. (2).
Sec. Ed. 445. Methods in Teaching, (4). (Тwо of
the four hours may Ье ea111ed in Sec. Ed. 442.)
Sec. Ed. 447. Student Teaching. (7). Pre1·equisite:
Senior standing, НР Ed. 232, Ed. Psych. 333, and
depa11;ment consent.
Total - 16 semester hours.
450
Workshops in Education. (1 to 4.)
Graduate
Соиrвев
487V Teaching Modem Algebra. (2). (See Math. 487V.)
488V Teaching Probability and Statistics. (2). (See Matl1.
488V.)
550 Special ProЫems in Education. (1 to 4.) Directed
reading and research under supe1'Vision of а graduate instructor. Prerequisite: department COl\sent.
557 Seminar in Secondary Education. (3).
PНILOSOPHICAL
FOUNDAТIONS OF EDUCAТION
SOCIAL AND
Loicer Division
232
FS
Соиrвев
Introduction to the Study of Teaching. (3). Public
education in the United States: history, trends, 01·ganization and finance, curriculum, and purpose. Prcrequisite: sophomore standing.
Upper Diviвion Соиrвев
of Education. (3). Education's caree1· in relation to other institutions (political, religious, etc.)
in promoting and inhiblting social change.
426 Comparative Education. (3). Educational syste1ns of
selected nations in terms of their unique structures
and of pervasive proЫems.
427* Educational Sociology. (3). Sociology for teachers
is conceived as the discipline which studies education
and its place as one of the institutions of society.
Attention is given to the contributions of sociology
and anthropology to the understanding of human
behavior. Prerequisite: НР Ed. 232.
425
Нistory
Social Aspects of the Teacltini Process. (3). (See
Secondary Student Teacl1ing.)
429 Philosophy of Education. (3). Focus on educational
concepts, sucJ1 as "mind," "discipline," "teaching,"
and tl1ei1· rclation to philosop11ic systems.
428
Graduate Соиrве
Ed11cational Classics. (3). Depth study of master
\Vo1·ks, ancient and mode1·n, in education. Prerequisite: coпsent of instructor.
534• Basic Concepts of Citizensl\ip. (3). Basic principles
of citizenship as found in great treatises, are discussed in the cor1text of tl1e democratic American
tradition. Prerequisite: 6 11oux·s of НР Ed.
529
STUDENT PERSONNEL AND
Upper
GUШANCE
Diviвion Соиrвег
423• Principles of Guidance. (3). Foundations of student
personnel \VOrk; purpose and aims of the personnel
prograin and its organization. Prerequisite: Ed.
Psych. 233 or 833.
440• Clinical l\1ethods. (3). (Same as Psych. 401.) Prerequisite: Ed. Psych. 238 or 333.
Graduate Соиrвев
502• Teclшiques of Counseli11g. (3). Procedures used in
conducting counseling intervie\vS, interpreting diagnostic tests, and preparing case studies, emphasizing
the theoretical bases of counseling. Prerequisite:
SPG 423.
520• Occupational Information. (2). Sources; dissemination to individuals and gi·oups; use in counseling
process. Prerequisite: SPG 423.
533* Administration of the Student Personnel Services.
(2) . Organization and role of personnel services in
elementary and secondary schools. Prerequisite:
SPG 423.
54Р Psychometric Procedures in Counвeling. (3). Use of
standardized tests for individual appraisal. Prerequisite: Introduction to Statistics or its equivalent.
542 Psychological Foundations for Counseling. (2). Counseling techniques and their theoretical bases.
543 Practicum in Counseling. (3). Prerequisite: consent
of instructor.
575-576 Theзis. (2-2).
•Prerequleltee may
con.sent.
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
Ь. walvЮ
!or equivnJent
experlen~ Ьу
depnrtment
81
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS
WALTER DUERKSEN,
DEPARТМENT
OF ART
The Department of Ai·t cur1·iculum provides students with proficiency in art in the fields of Painting,
Sculpture, Graphic Arts, Ceramics, Metalsmithing,
Advertising Design, Interior Design, Fashion Illustration, Art History, and Art Education. The program
leading to the degrees offered is а four-year course.
ADМISSION
All entering freshmen wШ Ье enroHed in the University College. Upon completing 24 semester hours
of specified courses with а minimum gi·ade point average of 1.5 the student is eligiЫe to enroll in the Department of Art. The University College i·equi1·ements
are listed on р. 30.
М.М.,
Dean
requirements for graduation are the follo•ving: A1-t
200, 205, 300, 303, 310, 401, 402, 461.
The Department controls all art work or essays submitted fo1· credit Ьу the student and reserves the i·ight
to select certain pieces for the permanent Collection of
the University.
All art materials, witl1 the exception of certain
permanent laborato1·y equipment, а1·е furnished Ьу the
individual student. The1·e are no laboratory fees in
the Department of Art.
GRADUATE ART STUDIES
The Graduate School offe1·s а prog1·am leading to а
Master of Fine Arts or а Master of A1·ts. For information concerning requil·ements for entrance and
cu1тiculum see Art listings in the G1·aduate School
Bulletin.
REQUШEMENТS
Admission for
Вachelor
of Fine Arts Degree
In addition to the scholastic and residence requirements for graduation from the University, candidates
for this degree must complete the following: (1) а
minimum of 80 hours of art; (2) general requirements for graduation (see р. 18).
Вachelor
of Art Education Degree
Secondary Certificate issued Ьу the
State Board of Education
ART
CURRICULUМ
Lower Dioi8ion Courses
А studio course in visual fundamentals as they apply to two and three dimensional
art.
141 BASIC ART 1 (5).
FS
142 BASIC ART П (5). Continuation of Art 141. P1·eFS requisite: Art 141.
200 WESTERN ART 1 (3). А course tracing the history
and the sources of Western art from prehistoric and
ancient origins to the 15th century.
F
In addition to the scholastic and residence requirements for graduation from the University, candidates
for this degree must complete the following: (1) а
minimum of 49 hours of art; (2) 32 hours of teacher
education to include 13 hoш·s of art education; (3)
general education: 50 hours of required coш·ses in
Liberal Aiis plus 4 hours in physical activities.
205
S
PRIМIТIVE AND ORIENТAL ART (3).
of primitive and Oriental art.
А
study
241 Art Education in the Elementary School. (3). (Sec
FS Art Education 241.)
242 Handcraft
s
Methodз.
(3). (See Art Education 242.)
Requirements For the Art Мajor or Мinor
in the Bachelor of Arts Degree
267• Life Drawing 1. (З) . Drawing and painting from
FS life with emphasis on :figure construction. Prerequisite: Art 142.
Major: Students in the College of Liberal A1·ts who
choose а major in art elect not more than 40 hoщ·s as
follows: Art 141, 142, 200, 205, 300, 303, 461, 462,
and 12 hours of art electives.
Minor: Students in the College of Liberal Arts
choosing an art minor elect 19 hours аз follows : Art
141, 142, 200, 300, and 3 hours of a1·t electives.
Specific graduation requi1·ements of the College of
Liberal A1·ts are desc1·ibed on р. 35.
271• Painting 1. (3). An introduction to oil painting.
F
Emphasiz.ing studio practices, fundamental principles, and techniques. Prerequisite: Art 142.
General Requirements
276• Grapblc Art IL (3). Basic intaglio methodз and
S
introduction to lithography. Prerequisite: Art 142.
The ai·t courses which will fulfill the
82
со1·е
cu1·riculum
272• Painting IL (3). An introduction to watercolor
S
painting in both transparent and opaque media.
Prerequisite: Art 142.
275• Graphic Art 1. (3). Basic intaglio methodз (etching,
F
engraving, soft ground, aquatint, and mixed techniques) and .relief printing. Prerequisite: Art 142.
•Prerequl.site may
COllEGE OF FINE ARTS
Ье
walved
Ьу
conaent ot department.
>
281• Cerarnics I. (3). Experience in hand building, glazF
ing, and firing of the kiln; ceranuc textures. Prerequisite: Art 142.
282• Ceramics 11 (3). Experience in thro\ving on the
S
potter's \vheel, glaiing, and firing of the kiln. Prerequisite: Art 142.
285• Scolpture L (3). Principles о! achieving expressive
FS fonn in the round. :Мodeling in с\ау; casting, slab,
and coil methods о! building; work in terra-cotta.
Prcrequisite: Art 142.
295• Lettering 1. (3). Тhе relationship of type fасез to
F
brush and pen \ettering. Emphasis on formation of
characterз, spacing, nnd techniques of professional
lettering. Prerequisite: Art 142.
297• Letterinr and Layout. (3). Prerequisite: Art 295.
s
Upper Di11i1ion
Courseв
300 Westem Art 11 (3). А study of Western a1't from
S
the 14th century tlн·ough the 18th centu1·y: the
Renaissnnce both No11;h and South; the Baroque
and the Rococo.
303 American Art. (3). Тhе history of American art
S
from 1700 to the prescnt.
310 Inter-related Arts (3). (see English 310).
367 & 368• Ltfe Drawing 11 & IП. (3-3). Continuation of
Art 267. Prerequiвite: Art 267.
371 & 372• Painting 111 & IV. (3-3). Advanced painting.
Stressing creativity and individual interpretation.
Prerequisite: Art 271 and 272.
375• Graphic Art 111. (3). Experimental approach to
F
intaglio and relicf printing. Emphasis upon artistic
expression. Prercquisite: Art 275 or 276.
376• Graphic Art IV. (3). Optional or combined printmaking tcchniques, Ыасk and white and color. EmS
phasis upon individual interpretation and sound
printing techniques. Prerequisite: Art 275 or 276.
379• Ъlctalsmithlng 1. (3). Design and construction problemз in common metals. Prerequisite: Art 142.
F
380• l\letalsmlthing IL (3). Design and construction of
S
projects in silvcr and other metals. Prerequisite:
Art 879.
381 • Ceramlcs III (3). Special emphasis on the chemF
istry of glazes and clay bodies. Pre1·eqttisite: Art 282.
382• Ceramics IV (3). Continuation of Art 282. PreS
requisite: Art 282.
385 & 386• Sculpture 11 & IП. (3-3). Executjon of major
projects in wood, stone, metal, and с\ау. Prerequisite: Art 286.
387 & 388• Faahion Пlustration 1 & П. (3·3). DevelopF
ment о! the fashion figure for use in advertising.
lnterpretation о! varied textures о! furs, faЬrics,
Jeathers, etc. Attention given to accessories. Problems in \ayout peculiar to fashion advertising. Work
in media for newspaper and magaz.ine reproduction.
Prerequisite: Art 267 and 272.
393 & 394• Advertising Design 1 & 11. (3·3). Organization of factual materiзl for use in contemporary
advertising. Тhorough knowledge о! commercial
processes of reproduction. Layout proЫems. Development о! portfolio of professional samples, Work in
Ыасk and wblte and full color in all commercial
media. Prerequisite: Art 297.
395 & 396• Interior Design 1 & IL (3-3). Design аз applied to homes and puЫic buildings. Thorough study
ot color, textures, fabrics, fumiture, floor coverings,
etc. Familiarizatlon \Vith period design as \Ve\1
contemporary design. Prerequisite: Art 272.
398• Delincntion. (3). Prerequisite: Art 142.
аз
s
401 Tl1e Italinn Rcnaissance. (3). Тhе schools of architecture, painting, and sculpture. (Otfered in alternate ycars).
402 The Northern Henaissance. (3). History of Renaissance art in northern Europe. {Offered in altemate
years).
405 Specia\ Art Project. (2 or 3). For qualified upper
FS division nrt students. Consists of an original research project in the Fine or Applied Arts. Мау Ье
repeated once for credit.
406 Art Curricular and Supervision Methodз. (3). (See
S
Art Education 406.)
442 Art Education in the Secondary School. (4). (See
F
Art Education 442.)
461 Contemporary Tendencies in Art. (3). Nineteenth
F
and twentieth century art.
462 Seminar: Philosophy of Art. (3). А survey of the
S
field of aesthetics and philosophy of art. А critical
examination of ideas.
467 & 468• Advanced Drawing 1 & 11. (3-3). Drawing
in any med.ium, field work and laboratory. Group
criticism. Prerequisite: Art 367.
471 & 472• Painting V & VI. (3-3). Continuation of Art
372. Prerequisite: Art 271 and 272.
475 & 476• Graphic Art V & VI. (3-3). Continuation о!
Art 375 and 376. Specialization in the use о! comЬined methods in color printing and in Ыасk and
white. Prerequisite: Art 275 or 276.
479 & 480• Ъletalsmithing ПI & IV. (3-3). Advanced
projects of design and construction in silver and
other metals. Prerequisite: Art 379.
481 & 482• Ceramicз V & VI. (3-3). Continuation о! Art
381. Prerequisite: Art 282.
485• Sculpture IV. (3). Continuation о! Art 386. PreF
requisite: A1·t 285.
487 & 488• Fashion I\lustration 111 & IV. (3-З). P1·eF
requisite: Art 267 and 272.
493 & 494• Advertising Design 111 & IV. (3-3). Continuation о! Art 394. Prerequisite: Art 297.
495 & 496• Interior Design IП & IV. (З-3). Continuation
о! Art 396. Prerequisite: Art 272.
500
F
503
505
507
509
511
Graduate Соиrвев
ltlethodology in Art Research. (3). Investigationa1
procedures in art research; significant ideas and
directions in art literature; p1·inciples о! thesis \vriting; research design and creative thesis project.
& 501 Research ProЬ\ems in Art History and the
Philosophy of Art. (1 to 5 - 1 to 5).
& 506 Special Pr0Ыen1s in Painting. (1 to 5 - 1
to 5).
& 508 Special ProЫems in Grapruc Art. (1 to 5 1 to 5).
& 510 Special РrоЫеmз in Sculpture. (1 to 5 - 1
to 5).
& 512 Special ProЫems in Ceramics. (1 to 5 - 1
to 5).
•PreNtQulalt• ma7
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS
Ье
walved
Ьу
coneent of department.
83
513 & 514 Special ProЫems in Silversmithiпg. (1 to 5 1 to 5).
515 & 516 Special Art Proj~t. (1 to 5 - 1 to 5).
517 & 518 Special ProЫems in Art Education. (1 to 3 1 to 3).
520 Semi11ar in Art Education. (3).
s
570
s
Seminar in Advanced Criticism. (3).
575 & 576
Thesis. (2-2).
SCBOOL OF MUSIC
Walter Due1·ksen, М.М., Dean
The School of Music provides cou1·ses, p1·ograms,
and curricula which are designed to train and educate
serious music students who are planning ca1·ee1·s in
the music p1·ofession, and to allow students in othe1·
colleges to gain an understandi11g of music as а humanistic study. Recitals Ьу students, faculty, and guests,
augment the ove1·-all community p1·og1·ams in the
Fine Artз. The School of Music is an acc1·edited
member of the National Association of Schools of
Music. Requirements for entrance and graduation are
in accordance with its puЬlished i·egulation.s.
Тwо undergraduate degrees а1·е off'ered Ьу the
School of Music: (1) The Bachelor of Music Education degree contains а minor in education meeting the
state requirementз for the secondary th1·ee year certificate and degree three year elementa1-y certificate.
An option within this degree is the Bachelor of Music
Education degree, Vocal Emphasis, which is offe1·ed
to satisfy the needs of the student whose chief performing medium is voice 01· pia110, and who plans to
enter the field of vocal mнsic teaching in the puЬlic
schools; (2) The Bachelor of Music degree may emphasize piano, organ, voice, orchestral and band instruments, or theory as the major а1·еа of concentration.
REQUIREMENTS
Admission
Proficiency Examinations
In 01·de1· to dete1·mine the status of all students of
applied music, proficiency exarninations will Ье given
following the i·egistration pe1·iod. Thereaftel', repe1·toi1·e cards will Ье maintained, recording the student's
progress each semester. Proficiency examinations in
music theory will a1so Ье given new students. Those
deficient will Ье required to enroll in remedial wo1·k
until cornpetency has been attained.
Music Major in the College of Libe1·al A1·ts
Students in the College of Libe1·al Artз who wish
to major in music а1·е required to elect 40 hours аз
specified in the following ai·eas and сош"Sе listings:
G1·oup I
Group
П
-
М:usic
-
Music Theory .............. 12 hou1·s
127-128, 227-228
Lite1·atui·e &
113-114, 331-332
Нisto1·y ...
9
hoщ-s
Group III -
Counterpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 hours
361
Group IV - Conducting, 01·chest1·ation &
Choral A1·1·anging . . . . . . . . . . . 4 hours
217 01· 218 and 441 ог 445
G1·oup V
All entering f1·eshmen will Ье en1·olled in the University College. Upon completing 24 semester hours
of specified coш·ses with а minimum grade point average of 1.5 the student is eligiЬle to enroll in the
Scbool of Music.
T1·ansfer students may еш·о11 in the Scl1ool of Music
if transcript indicates that student has completed а
minimum of 24 semester hours with а grade point
average of 2.000 (С) or higher. Students with g1·ade
average of 1.5 and less than 2.000 may petition for
admittance to the School of Music. T1·ansfer studentз
who do not meet this minimum i·equirement will Ье
enrolled in the Unive1·sity College until this i·equi1·ement is met.
Majors in music must demonstrate perfo1·ming
abllity on one instrument or voice to the satisfaction
of the music examining committee following 1·egistration.
Entering students unaЫe to meet applied music
requirements will Ье en1·olled in Applied Music 10
until they attain proficiency necessary to meet the
84
i·equi1·ements of Applied Music 11. New studentз ai·e
u1·ged to contact the School of Music office with regard to dates when АСТ and othe1· tests will Ье
administered. ТЬе resultз of these tests ai·e utШzed
fo1· counselling purposes.
Freshmen who elect to major in music should indicate this on the Application for Admissio11 fo1·m Ьу
placing а mark opposite the wo1·ds "College of Fine
Arts," and Ьу writing the word "Music" di1·ectly
below. This will provide the student with а faculty
advisor from the School of Music staff.
For additional details write to the Scl1ool of Music,
Unive1·sity of Wichita, Wichita 8, Kansas.
- Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voice, Piano, Organ 01· Solo
Orchestral Inst1·ument
б
hours
EnsemЬ!e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 houi·s
Select in consultation
with adviser
G1·oup VП - Electives from the areas of
Music Literatш·e, Music The01·y, Counte1-point, Conducting, 01·chest1·ation, and Choral Lite1·atu1·e .............. 4 hou1·s
G1·oup VI -
А total of 128 credit hours is required in this program. Two minors are also requi1·ed in the ColJege
of Liberal Arts. Competence in performance in one
medium in applied music must equal performance of
music major at termination of Freshman year.
Music
Мinor
in the College of Liberal Arts
А music minor in Liberal A1·ts consists of 18 hours
selected f1·om the following: Music 127, 128, 161, 227,
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS
228, 323, 331, 332, а maxjmum of 4 hou1·s of ensemand а maximum of 4 hoш·s in applied music.
Students who choose to utШze 4 hours of applied music must meet the i·equirements of Applied Music 11.
Ыes
Music
Мinor
in the College of Education
А teaching minor in music fo1· students in the College of Education consists of 17 01· 18 hours comprised
of the following coш·ses: Music 200 01· 201 (at disc1·etion of inst1·uctor - 200 recommended for students
wИh limited musical background), 127, 113 or 161
01· 2 hou1·s of ensemЫes (vocal 01· instrumental), 302,
4 hours voice, 4 hours piano.
Graduation Requirements
Bachelor of Music Degree Requirements
1. General graduation requirements of the University,
see page 18.
2. Music reqwrements for Bachelor of Music in Theory
А.
В.
С.
Applied Music
Chief performjng medium ........... 16 hours
Second performing medium . . . . . . . . . . 8 hours
( one of these must Ье piano)
Theory and Composition
Music 127-128, 227-228, 323, 361, 371, 372, 441,
459-460, and 461 ... . .... ......... 28 hours
History and Literature of Music
Music 113-114 and 331-332 .......... 9 hours
D. Conducting
Music 217 or 218, and 451 ... . ..... .. 4
Е. EnsemЫes
hoш·s
........................ 10 hours
F. Electives (Music or non-music courses) 8
hoш·s
G. Recital attendance for 8 semesters.
4. Requirements for Bachelor of Music in Pe1·formance (Vocal major).
А.
Humanities
Music 113-114, 331-332 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 hours
В.
Foreign Languages ................. 16 hours
French 111-112
German 111-112
Italian 111-112
(8 hours in each of 2 of the above 3 languages.)
С.
Applied Music
Voice . ............................ 24 hours
·:~*Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 hou1·s
D. Theory
Music 127-128, 227-228, and 323 ...... 14 hou1·s
Е.
Music 218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
F. Voice Pedagogy and Repe1·toire ..... 5 hou1·s
Music 425, 426
G. Electives in upper division Theo1·y, Conducting
or Choral Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 hoш·s
Н. EnsemЬles
Theory
Music 127-128, 227-228, 323, 361,
and 441 ............ . ............ 18 hours
С.
History and Literature of Music
Music 113-114 and 331-332 . . . . . . . . . . 9 hoш·s
D. Conducting
Music 217 or 218 and 451 or 491 ...... 4 hou1·s
Е. EnsernЬJes
........... ............. 12 hours
I. Senior Recital ..................... 1 hour
J. Attendance at specified numbe1· of i·ecitals ре1·
semeste1· for 7 semeste1·s plus senio1· recital.
Вachelor of
Music Education Degree Requirements
1. The following program fulfills both the University
general graduation requirements and Kansas state
certification requirements and is required of аП
Bachelor of Music Education deg1·ee candidates
enrolled in the instrumental/vocal emphasis prograrn. (See page 84).
I. Mathematics and Natural Sciences 10 hours
А minimum of 4 hours rnust Ье а laborato1·y science. Must include coш·ses from
both the Ьiological and physical science
fields, after which rnathematks may Ье
elected to reach 10 hoUl's.
3. Music requirements for Bachelor of Music in Performance (Inst1·umental major).
А. Applied Music
CЪief performing medium ......... 24 hours
Second performing medium ........ 8 hours
В.
hoш·s
П.
Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 hours
English 111 & 211, 6 hrs.;
Speech 111, 2 h1·s.
III. Humanities . ........ ... .. ....... 17 hours
Fine Arts: Music 113, 331-332 . . 7 hours
Нistory
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 or 4 hours
(lf student elects а 3 hour course, an additional 2 hour course in social sciences is
required), and may Ье counted as an elective under "VI."
........................ 12 hours
*F. Electives (either rnusic
or non-music courses) ............ 11 hours
Literature (English or foreign). . 6 hours
G. Senior Recital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 hour
Н.
Attendance at specified number of 1·ecitals per
sernester for 7 semeste1·s plus senior t·ecital.
•Muзic
381 or 882 requlred of 11lano majors. :Мusic 484 required of
majors. Music 297, 298, 897 and 398 required of organ majors.
•~study in another instrument m.~y Ье suЬstituted if etudent meeta 11roficiency in p;ano 22.
вtring
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS
85
IV. Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Economics 221 or Political
Science 101, 211 or 221 . . . . . .
Psychology 111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sociology and Anthropology
111 or 124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 hours
3 hours
3 hourз
С.
Conducting
217 or 218 and 451 or 491 4 semester hours
3 hours
D.
EnsemЫes
Е.
Music
V. Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 hours
Air Science, Military Science, Physical
Education, or Marching Band ( 4 hrs. in
Marching Band required of all wind and
percuзsion majors). At leaзt 2 hrs. must
Ье in one subdivision.
VI. Electives in non-music courses . . . . 3 hourз
То Ье selected from areas I to IV above.
VII. Education . . .................... 31 hours
Ed. Psych. 333, 433* . . . . . . . . . . . 6 hours
Fd. Ed. 232 and 428* . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 hours
Elementary Education 447 . . . . . . . . 3 hourз
Secondary Education 447 . . . . . . . . . 3
hourв
Special Methods : Music Ed. (Elementary)
201, 302 and 303; or (Secondary) 203, 301,
and 304. In addition, 6 hours of inзtrumental muзic methods .......... 13 hourз
VIII. Music .......................... 50 hours
Applied Music
Chief performing medium . . . . 8 hours
Second performing medium . . . 4 hours
Third performing medium . . . . 4 hours
Theory: Music 127-128, 227-228, 323,
441 or 445 .................. 16 hours
Conducting: Music 217 or 218 and
451 or 491 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 hours
EnsemЫeз .................. 14 hours
(Football Band may Ье counted either as
an ensemЫe or аз physical education,
but not both).
Recital attendance fo1· 7 semeste1·s pluв senior recital.
**History of music: Music 331-332 (5 hours)
Bachelor of Music Education (Vocal Emphasis)
The f ollowing program is required of all Bachelor
of Music Education degree candidates (Vocal Emphasis):
1. 50 semester hours of
courses:
А.
В.
86
nшsic
323 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester houra
445 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester hours
f1·om the following
Applied Music . ........... 16 semester
Chief performing medium, minimum
Piano 22 or Voice 22 .. 8 semester
Second performing medium, minimum
Piano 20 or Voice 20 . . 4 semester
Applied Music Electives
4 semester
Theory
6 semester
127-128
227-228
6 semester
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
................ 10 semester hours
Electiveз
. . . . . . . . . . . 4 semester bours
F. Recital attendance fo1· 7
recital
зemesters pluз
senior
2. 51 semester hours of general education (including
5 hours of music hiзtory and 2 hours of music
literature).
3. 27 semester hours of professional education (including 7 hours of music education plus two hours
of instrumental music methods).
General Music Requirements
1. For
а
student studying in his chief pe1·forming
medium, participation in
а
studio i·ecital is ex-
pected each semester when that student attains
an Applied Music classification of 11 or above.
2. Attendance iз required for а specified numbe1· of
recitals and conce1-ts sponsored Ьу the School of
Music. The recital requirementз for each semester
are specified at the first recital following registration.
3. Seniors will Ье required to attend 10 specified recitals du1·ing the semester in which they are enrolled in practice teaching.
4. Each student shall Ье required to decla1·e а performance medium, and in this major area he shall
Ье required to present а puЬlic or jury recital.
А jttry i·ecital is pe1'fo1·med before at least 3 facttlty members.
Each student is to p1·esent to an e."tamining committee, at the end of his junior year, а projected
senior recital program. It shall Ье the function of
the examining committee to determine at this
time: (1) the suitaЫlity of tbe projected program;
(2) the capabllity of the student to perfo1·m this
program puЬlicly; or (3) whether this prog1·am
shall Ье performed befo1·e а faculty jш-у.
5. Music education students should plan on one summer's work to еnаЫе them to realize full benefits
of the four-year curriculum. Students majoring
in this field are encouraged to continue the study
of tbeir chief performing medium during the full
four years.
6. А specified number of ensemЫes is required of all
students according to degree requirements described above. Specific ensemЫes must Ье scheduled in consultation with faculty adviser.
Although eight hours iз the minimum requirement
for an applied major, it is understood that no graduating senior may prepare or perform the graduation
recital without the guidance of а full-time staff mem•за and 428 must Ье taken concurrent\y.
to fult\11 muslc requ!rement and L!Ьeral Atte requ!rement
in hwnanltlee.
•F.ducatlon
••UtШzed
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS
ber. In the event the eight bours are ea1·ned p1·ior
to the recital presentation, tbe student is expected
to audit the applied major during preparation for
recital performance.
З.
Any request for credit for applied music on the baзis of
instruction received from private teachers shall Ье subject to the customary examination for proficiency on the
part of the student.
7. P1·io1· to gi·aduation, candidates in various phases
of applied music must pass an examination on the
list of materials from the outline below:
А.
Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Music
Education must pass an examination in Piano
10 not later than their sophomore year; pass
an examination in the chief performing medium
on the materials listed under Piano 22, Organ
22, Voice 22, Band and Orchestral Instruments
22; second and thi1·d performing mediums,
Piano 10, Organ 10, Voice 10, or Band and
Orchestral Instruments 10. Total number of
hours of applied music sball equal 16. Minimum
applied music requirements are as follows:
Voice Majors - Voice, 8 hours; Piano, 4 hours ;
Instrument, 4 hours. Piano or Organ majors
- Piano or Organ, 8 hours; Voice, 4 hours;
Instrument, 4 hours. Instrumental majors Instrument, 8 hours; Piano, 4 hours; Voice,
4 hours.
В.
Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Music
must, before graduation, Ье clasвified ав follows:
Vocal majors - Voice 42 and Piano 22.
Piano or Organ majors - Piano 42 or Organ 42,
and Secondary Medium 22.
Instrumental majors - Major instrument 42,
and Secondary Medium 22.
GRADUATE MUSIC
SТUDIES
The Graduate School offers а program leading to а
Master of Music Education or а Master of Music degree in Performance or Theory. This program may Ье
pursued during the summer session or during the regu1ar fall and spring terms. Fo1· information concerning requirements for entrance and curriculum consult
the Director of Graduate Music Studies, School of
Music, University of Wichita.
APPLIED
МUSIC REGULAТIONS
А minimum of 10 hours practice per week is required
for 2 semester hours credit for applied music in the chief
performing medium. Practice rooms are availaЫe to all
students in the School of Music \vho are enrolled for any
phase of applied music. А practice room fee is charged
each semester. For practice room fee see departmental
fees, page 15.
1. Applied music instruction at the college level shall Ье
on the University carnpus with approved music faculty
staff.
2. Any credit for applied music requested оп the basis of
transfer from other institutions shall Ье subjected to
the normal routine of the Committee on Admissions,
Adva.nced Standing, a.nd Exceptional Programs.
Curriculum f or Piano
Мajors
Piano 10. (2 to 4). Тhе student should Ье аЫе to read at
sight hymn tunes and folk songs and Ье аЫе to play
accompanin1ents of average difficulty; all major a.nd
minor scales, arpeggios, and suggested material to Ье
agsigned Ьу the instructor taken from technical studies and standard repertoires.
Piano 11-12. (2 to 4 - 2 to 4). First course for the student \Vho enrolls 'vith piano as а major study, Students admitted Ьу examination only. Suggested quality of material : ВасЬ, Тwo-Part Inventions or
French Suites; Beethoven, Sonata Ор. 2 No. 1, Ор. 14
No. 1; Chopin, easier Waltzes, Mazurkas, Nocturnes,
etc. Studies and technical material adapted to the
needs of the students.
Piano 20. (2 to 4). Course designed for choral majors.
Special emphasis is placed on developing skill in
reading vocal accompaniments and choral scores.
Piano 21-22. (2 to 4 - 2 to 4). Technical material and
studies such as Cramer or Czerny, Ор. 740 adapted
to the needs of the student. Suggested quality of
material: Bach Тhree-Part Inventions, French a.nd
English Suites; Beethoven, Sonatas, Ор. 14 No. 2,
Ор. 10 No. 1, Ор. 26, etc.; Schubert, lmpromptu;
Chopin, Waltzes, Nocturnes, Polonaises. Other compositions Ьу standard composers of corresponding
difficulty.
Piano 31-32. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Тhе вtudent should have
acquired а technique sufficient to play arpeggioв and
scales in parallel and contrary motion in rapid tempo.
Technical materials and вtudies adapted to the needs
of the student. Suggested quality of materials:
Bach, Well Tempered Clavier; Beethoven, Son.a ta
Ор. 31 No. 2; Chopin, Etudes, Ballades; Бrahms,
Rhapsodies. Selected works of modern and contemporary composers.
Piano 41-42. (2 to 4 - 2 to 4). Senior Recital. Must have
bad consideraЫe experience in ensemЫe, and Ье а
сараЫе sight reader. Quality of material : Bach,
Partitas, Тranscriptions; Beethoven, later Sonatas
such аз Ор. БЗ, Ор. 57, or а concerto; larger works
of Brahms, Chopin, Ravel or Debussy.
Curriculum for Violin
Мajors
Violin 10. (2 to 4). Studies selected from the :following:
Kayser, Wohlfahrt, Laoreux, Dont; scales and arpeggios in all keys in the first position; detailed study
of shifting and positionв; special Ъowing studies;
Concertos Ьу Sitt, Rieding, Seitz, DeBeriot, etc.;
compositions of intermediate difficulty in the lower
positions.
Violin 11-12 (2 to 4- 2 to 4). Studies chosen from the
following: Sevcik, DiJanni, Schradieck, Kreutzer,
Hoffman; advanced scale and arpeggio technique;
detailed study of douЫe stops; Sonatas Ьу Handel,
Tartini, Corelli, Veracini; Concertos Ьу Кreutzer,
Rode, Viotti; single compositions of а more adva.nced
nature.
Violin 21-22. (2 to 4 - 2 to 4). Rode and Fiorillo Etudes,
Flesch scale studies; corrective exercises from
DiJanni; Concertos Ьу Spohr, Mendelssohn, Bach,
Vivaldi; Sonatas Ьу Beethoven, Mozart; short nurnbers Ьу romantic and modern composers.
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS
87
Violin 31-32. (2 to 4 - 2 to 4). Etudeз Ьу Dont, Rode,
Wieniawski; continuation of Flesch and DiJanni
scale studieз; Concertoз Ьу :М:ozart, Wieniawski;
Vieuxtempз; Sonatas Ьу :М:ozart, Beethoven, Grieg,
etc., concert pieces of Sarasate, Wieniawski, Vieuxtemps, Brahms, and modern composers.
Violin 41-<12. (2 to 4-2 to <i). Bach solo sonatas; Sonatas
Ьу Schumann, Brahms, modern American composers;
Concertos Ьу Saint-Saens, Lalo, Бruch, Tschaikowsky, Brahmз, etc.; extensive review of program material. Senior recital.
Curriculum for Вand and Orchestral
lnstrurnental Majors
Вand
and Orchestral Instruments 10. (2 to 4). Ability to
demonstrate proficiency equivalent to standards in
other applied music subjects. Specific requirements
are on file in the music office.
Band and Orchestral Instruments 11-12, 21-22, 31-32, 41-42.
(2 to 4- 2 to 4 each), Chief performing medium is
offered on the follo\ving instruments: trumpet, french
horn, trombone, percussion, baritone, tuba, tl.ute, оЬое,
bassoon, clarinet, saxophone, violin, viola, cello, string
bass, and harp. An outline of all courses is on file
in the music office.
Curriculum f or Voice Majors
Voice 10. (2 to 4). Тhе student must demonstrate (1) bls
ability to sightread simple melodies, (2) а pleasing
and promising tone quality, (3) satisfactory ability
of intonation, (4) ability to sing one or more songs
with proper interpretation.
Voice 11-12. (2 to 4-2 to 4). Posture, breathing, tone
production, diction, interpretation, ability to sing
required songs with а well-produced tone, good intonation, clear diction, and musicianly interpretation.
Voice 20. (2 to 4). Designed for piano majors in Music
Education. Emphaзis on techniques of teacblng
rather than performance. Repertoire includes music
suitaЫe for teaching at the elementary and secondary levels. Prerequisite: Voice 10.
advised Ьу the instructor. Тhв Liturgica,l
J. S. Bach will receive special emphasis.
Уем
of
Organ 31-32. (2 to 4 - 2 to 4). Study of the trio sonatas
of J. S. Bach will begin, and fu1·ther work will include the organ sonatas of :М:endelssohn and shorter
works Ьу Cesar Franck.
Organ 41-42. (2 to 4- 2 to 4). Senior recital. Тhе study
of Басh will continue with the t1·io sonatas and the
larger preludes and fugues. The larger workз of
Franck, and compositions Ьу Brahms and Reger will
Ье introduced. Selected contemporary music Ьу such
composers аз Sowerby, Dupre, and Messiaen \vill Ье
used.
МUSIC CURRICULUМ
When the course numbers for the two semesters are
joined Ьу а hyphen (-) the first semester is prerequisite to
tbe second; Ьу an ampersand (&), the two semesters may
Ье taken in either order. Тhе number of hours of credit
for each course is indicated in parentheses following tbe
course title. Music Education courses are described under
College of Education on page 76.
MAJOR. Prescribed courses leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Music and Bachelor of Music Education are
found on page 87. These schedules must Ье follo,ved
without deviation except Ьу permission of the Dean of the
School of Music.
Music 111-112, 211-212, 311-312, 411-412 (EnsemЬle),
either vocal or instumental, is а laboratory requirement
to complete applied music. Each music student is required
to participate in а minimum of specified combinations of
the following: (А) orchestra, (В) band, (С) university
chorus, (D) men's glee club, (F) university singers, (G)
string ensemЫe, (Н) brass ensemЫe, (J) piano accompaniment, (К) opera theater, (L) small vocal ensemЫe,
(М) football band, (N) Wood\vind ensemЫe, (Р) piano
repertoire, (Q) percussion ensemЫe, (R) organ repertoire,
(S) string repertoire.
Voice 31-32. (2 to 4- 2 to 4). Continued technical development.
Lower Division Couraes
111-112, 211-212 EnsemЫe. (1-1). (А) orcbestra, (В)
band, (С) university chorus, (D) men's glee club,
(F) university singers, (G) string ensemЫe, (Н)
brass ensemЫe, (J) piano accompaniment, (К) opera
theater, (L) small vocal ensemЫe, (М) football band,
(N) woodwind ensemЫe, (Р) piano repertoire, (Q)
percussion ensemЬle, (R) organ repertoire, (S) string
repertoire.
Voice 41-42. (2 to 4 - 2 to 4). Higher standards of performance in technique and interpretation. Bachelor
of Music students will prepare а full recital program.
Bachelor of Music Education students will prepare а
portion of а recital program.
113-114 lntroduction to Music Literature. (2-2). Survey
of tbe vocal and instrumental music wblch bas become basic for tbe background of the serious music
student. Designed for music majorз or student witb
advanced music background.
Voice 21-22. (2 to 4-2 to 4). More advanced technical
studies; remedial training аз needed.
Curriculum f or Organ Majors
Organ 11-12. (2 to 4 - 2 to 4). Organ major students
must demonstrate piano proficiency. Тhе student
must continue piano study if advised Ьу the instructor. Technical study will Ье based on Barnes'
School of Orgaii Playing and Dupre's Sвventy-Nine
Clwrales. Study will include the workз of the рrе­
БасЬ period and tbe shorter preludeз and fugueз
of J. S. Вась.
Organ 21-22. (2 to 4 - 2 to 4). Study will concentrate on
the works of J. S. ВасЬ. ТЬе pre-Bach composers
will Ье continued, and other material will Ье used as
88
127-128 Music Tbeory. (3-3). Part writing from figured
basses and given sopranos, using triads and seventh
cl1ords in all inversions. Sight singing and ear training iв integrated in tbls course of study as well as
original work in elementary composition.
135 Metbods of Teaching Orcheзtral Instruments (violin
and viola). (1). (See Music Education 135.) Band
and Orchestra Laboratory.
136 Methods of Teaching Orcbestral Instruments (cello
and string Ьавs). (1). (See Music Education 136).
Band and Orchestra Laboratory.
137 .Methods of Teaching Вand and Orchestral lnзtru­
ments (clarinet and вaxophone). (1). (See Music
Education 137.) Бand and Orchestra LaЬoratory.
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS
138 Metllods of Teacblng Band and Orchestral Instruments (fiute and douЫe reeds) . (1). (See Music Education 138). Band and Orchestra Laboratory.
139 Methods of Teaching Band and Orchestral lnstruments (brass). (1). (See Music Education 139.) Band
and Orchestra Laboratory.
140 Methods of Teaching Band and Orchestral Instruments (percussion). (1) . (See Music Education 140.)
Band and Orchestra Laboratory.
161 Music Appreciation. (2). Includes representative
works taken from claзsical, romantic, and modern
schools. Designed to bring about understanding of
music. For the non-music major. Special attention
given to aesthetic principles of listening and musical
form.
200 Elementary School Music. (3). (See l\1usic Education
200.)
201 Fundamentals of Music for the Elementary School.
(2). (See Music Education 201.)
203 Fundamentals of Music for the Secondary Scl\ool.
(2). (See Music Education 203.)
217 Instrume1\tal Conducting. (2). Fundatnentals of baton
technique, elementary score-reading, and musical
leadersblp. Practical experience in conducting \aboratory and class1·oom groups.
218 Choral Conducting. (2). Fundamentals of choral conducting technique, score reading, group psychology.
Practical experience in conducting choral organizations.
227-228 l\fusic Theory. (3-3). Harmony based on the
style of the 18th to the 20th centuries; modulation,
altered chords, original work emphasizing the smaller
fonns. Prerequisite: Music 128.
297-298 Churcb Music Practicum. (2-2). А course concerned \vith practical matters and proЫems wblch
face the chu1·ch musician. Practice under conditions
similar to actual sitнations. Prerequisite: Organ 12
performance standing.
Upper
Diviвion Соиrвев
301 Survey of Elementary &hool Music. (3). (See Music
Education 301).
302 Advanced Techniques in Elementary School l\1usic.
(2). (See Music Education 302).
303 Survey of Secondary School Music. (3). (See Music
Education 303).
304 Advanced Tecliniques in Secondary &hool Music.
(2). (See l\1usic Education 304).
310 Inter-related Arts. (3). Inter-departmental course
presenting an aesthetic analysis of three arts. The
course will emphasize style in the three arts.
311-312, 411-412. EnsemЫe. (1-1). (А) orchestra, (В) band,
(С) university chortts, (D) men's glee club, (F) university singers, (G) string ensemЫe, (Н) brass ensemЫe, (J) piano accompaniment, (К) opera theater,
(L) small vocal ensemЫe, (М) football band,
(N) woodwind ensemЫe, (Р) piano repertoire, (Q)
percussion ensemЫe, (R) organ repertoire, (S)
string repel'toire.
315 Music of the Twentieth Century. (2). An aesthetic
approach to music of this century, its major composers, stylistic and !ormal characteristics. Designed
primarily for the non-music major who has musical
interest and background. Мау Ье elected Ьу the
music major. Prerequisite: Music 118, or 114, or 161,
or Hum. 102, or Engl. 310, or consent of instructor.
316 l\lusic of the Symphonic Masters. (2). An advanced
course in the great orchestral literature covering
the development of the symphony orchestra and its
music from the 18th century Mannheim School to
the present. Designed primarily for the non-music
major who has musical interest and background.
Мау Ье elected Ьу the inusic maj'or. Prerequisite:
Music 113, or 114, or 161, or Hum. 102, or Engl. 310,
or consent of instructor.
323 Form and Analysis. (2). The elements of structщe,
form, and design in musical composition. Prerequisite: Music 228.
331-332 Вistory of l\lusic. (2-3). Designed for the student possessing а moderate musical background.
The place of music in civilization !rom primitive
times to the present. Lectures, reference readings,
and the study of representative music of the various
periods and composers.
337 Advanced Techniques in Woodwind Methods. (1).
Special proЫems and techniques in the teacblng of
woodwind instruments. Survey of current materials.
Prerequisites: Music 137 and 138, or equivalent.
339 Advanced Teclmiques in Brass Methods. (1). Special
proЫems and techniques in the teaching of brass
instruments. Survey of current materials. Prerequisite: Music 139 or equivalent.
340 Advanced Techniques in Percussion Methods. (1).
Special proЫems and techniques in the teaching of
percussion instruments. Survey о! current materials.
Prerequisite: Music 140 or equivalent.
361 18th Century Counterpoint. (2). Contrapuntal devices of the 18th century as found in the works of
J. S. Bach. P1·erequisite : Music 228.
371 19th Century Harmony. (2). Тhе composition harmonic techniques of the 19th century. Prerequisite:
Music 323 01· concurrent enrollment 01· department
consent.
372 20th Century Analysis. (2). Тhе coшposition techniques of the 20th century composers. Prerequisite:
Music 323 or concu1тent enrollment or department
consent.
381 & 382 Piano :мaterials. (2-2). Discussion and analysis of suitaЫe materials for teaching at elementw:y,
intermediate, and advanced levels.
397 Organ LHerature of the 16th-18th Centuries (2).
An intensive survey of the lite1·ature of the inst1·ument. Discussion and performance of the w01·ks Ьу
students and p1·ofessor. P1·erequisite: Music 228 or
department consent.
398 Organ Literature of tlte 19th and 20th Centuries (2).
At1 intensive su1"Vey of the literature for the instrument. Discussion and pe11'ormance of the 'vorks Ьу
stttdents and p1·ofessor. P1·erequisite: :М:usic 228
or department consent.
425 Voice Pedagogy. (2). Designed for voice majors to
acquaint them with methods appropriate for private
and class instruction.
426 Voice Repertoire. (3). А comprehensive survey of
vocal literature and its suitaЫlity for different voices.
Survey includes early Italian arias, French chansons,
German Lieder, art songs, and contemporary literature. Primarily designed for those interested in
teaching singing.
430 (Music or Music Education) Pedagogy of Theory. (2).
Teaching of music theory, including analysis and
evaluation of the many texts availaЫe to the theory
teacher. Plaмed course of study for various levels
of instruction. Prerequisite: Music 323.
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS
89
432
441
(l\Iusic or i\lusic Education). Teachil\g of .Мusic Literature. (2). Designed fo1· the teache1· preparing to
teach music literature or app1·eciation. Aesthetic
principles in music Hstening related to the other fine
arts, and their application to va1·ious levels of teacl1ing. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Orcheвtration.
(2). Scoring for string quartet and
string orchestras, brass and woodwind trios, quartets,
quintets, and sextets, small and full orchestra, and
band. P1·erequisite: Music 228.
445 Choral Arranging. (2). Scoring for vocal
Prerequisite: Music 228..
еnвеmЬ\ез.
451 Advanced Conducting & Score Reading. (2). Baton
technique, score reading, musicianship. Prerequisite:
Music 117.
452 Choral l\laterialв. (2). Study of choral materials and
methods applicaЬle to the music-education program.
459-460 Compoвition. (2-2). Original work in the large
forms. Prerequisite: Music 323, or department consent.
461 16th Century Counterpoint. (2). Analysis аюd application of the contrapuntal composition-techniques of
the 16th century. Prerequisite: Music 228.
482 Marching Band Techniques. (2). Study and analysis
of current formations and pageantry for the marching band. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor.
484 String Teaehing Seminar. (2). (See l\!usie Education
484).
487 Piano Pedagogy. (2). А detailed atudy and analysis
of the proЫems related to performing and teaching
representative works of piano literature. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
491 Advanced Choral Conducting. (2). Fundamental
proЬ\ems of choral conducting. Choral performance,
analysis, and study of sign.iftcant styles of choral
composition. Pre1·equisite: Music 217 or 218.
492 Band Organization and Adm.injзtration. (3). Problems of organization and administration particularly
relevant to the band programs in the field of music
education. Band pageantry.
505 Applied Music. Taken in fulfillment of graduate
music degree.
511-512 EnaemЫe. (1-1). (А} orchestra, (В), band, (С)
university chorus, (D) men's glee club, (F) university singers, (G) string ensemЫe, (Н) brass ensemЫe, (J) piano accompanimыt, (К) opera theater,
(L) small vocal ensemЫe, (М) football band, (N)
woodwind ensemЫe, (Р) piano repertoire, (Q) percussion ensemЫe, (R) organ repertoire, (S) st1·ing
repertoire.
Superviвion.
(3). (See Muaic
531 Developing the Child's l\tusical Understanding. (3).
(See l\fusic Education 531). Definition of understandings necessary for the attainment of musical
awareness in the young child. Exploration of classroom experiences di1·ected to\vard the successful
development of these understandings th1·ough the
application of basic learning principles.
535 Seminar in Music Education Materials (Vocal). (2).
Critical analysis of new materials and literature for
vocal organizations. Current ЫЬ\iography. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
541-542 (Mu.sic or Music Education). Special Project in
Music. (1-З -1-З). lndividually superviaed stud.y or
research with emphaзis upon the personal needs of
the student. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
545 Seminar in Music Education Materials ( Inвtrumen­
tal). (2). Criticзl analysis of new materials and literature for band, orchestra, and sma11 ensemЫes.
Current blbliography. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
551 (Music or Mu.sic Education). Psychology of Music. (2).
Adapted to the vieWpoint of the music educator. Emphasis on physics of sound, psychology of performance, and teaching. Aesthetic principles of listening.
Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
552 l ntroduction to Graduate Study. (3). Techniques of
research. Development of blЫiography. Reports
adapted to the needs of individual class members.
554 Research Seminar in Music Education. (3). Continued application of techniques of research. Completion of а major research project. Prerequisite:
Music 652.
559-560 Advanced Composition (2-2). Original \vork in
the large forms. Continuation and expansion of 469460. Prerequisite: Music 460.
573-574 Graduate Recital. (2-2). Performance of а full
recital featuring the chief performing medium. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
575
Gr11dшite Соиrвев
90
521 Elementary Muaic
Education 521.)
(Muвic
or Music Education). T hesis Research. (2).
576 (Music or i\Iusic Education). Tl1esis. (2).
591-592 Seminar in Music Шstory. (3-3). Areas of interest in music history will Ье developed аз fully as
time and graduates' interest permit. No effort at
а chronological survey will Ье made - rather the
ideas evoking the most interest, and considered Ьу
the instructor to Ье of the greatest professional
benefit, \vill Ье taken \vhen interest warrants.
Prereqwsites: 331 and 332 or consent of instructor.
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
KENNETH RAZAK, M.S. in
The curricula of the School of Engineering lead to
the degreeз of Bachelor of Science in Aeronautical
Engineering, Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering, Bachelor of Science in Induзtrial Engineering, Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering,
and Master of Science.
А comblned program in Liberal Arts and Engineering leads to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science in one of the four engineering
fields. This program requires five years for completion
and is operated jointly Ьу the College of Liberal Arts
and the School of Engineering.
The programs in Engineering are offered in daytime and evening classes. The courses are the same
whether they are taught in the daytime or at night.
The curricula on the following pages are arranged for
full-time day course sequences, but contain the requirements for the degrees whether day or night
classes are attended.
The curricula (both day and night programs) of
the Departments of Aeronautical Engineering,
Electrical Engineering and Mechanical Engineering
have been accredited Ьу the Engineers' CounciI for
Professional Development.
Programs leading to the Master of Science Degree
are offered in the Departments of Aeronautical, Electrical, Industrial and Mechanical Engineering.
ENTRANCE
REQUIREMENТS
Studentз
entering the School of Engineering from
University College must (1) have completed Е. G.
109, (2) have completed Math. 142, (8) have 24 or
more credit hours, (4) not Ье on probation.
CURRICULA
Each of the curricula consists of three parts: (1)
the General Requirements of the University, (2) an
"Engineering Core" program, and (3) specialized
department courses. ТЬе requirements are:
Humanities and Social Sciences .... 24
Communicationз . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Physical Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Engineering Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Engineering Department Courses . . . 22
Physical Activitieз . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Total Requirementз ........... 144
hours
hours
hours
hourз
hours
hours
hours
hours
The recommended sequence of courзes fo1· all engineering students is outlined below. This sequence has
been planned for completion of the p1·ogram in minimum time and to satisfy all pre1·equisites. Any deviation from this sequence should Ье discussed with the
faculty advisor.
М.Е.,
СОММОN
Dean
SEQUENCE OF COURSES
FRESВМAN
YEAR
Firat Semeater
Соиrве
Ноиrв
Engl. 111, CoHege English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Math. 142, Intro. Analysis I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech 111, Ext. Speaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Е. G. 109, Grapblca I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Activitiea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Б
2
1
6
1
Second Semester
З
Communications elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Math. 243, Intro. Analysis П . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . .
Е. G. 110, Graphica П . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phys. 24З, Gen. College Pbysics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Activitiea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
З
2
4
1
SOPBOMORE YEAR
First Semester
Cour8'
Ноиrв
Chem. 111, General Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . б
Math. 244, Intro. Analysis III ..........." . . . . . . . . . . 4
Phys. 244, Gen. College Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Е. G. 213, Grapblcs III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
М. М. 22З, Statics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Second Sentester
Math. З49, Applied Analysis 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
М. Е. 298, Thermodynamica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Chem. 112, General and Inorganic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . б
М. М. 373, Mechanical Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Е. Е. 382, Electrical Dynamica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Соиrвг
JUNIOR YEAR
First Semeвter
Н ottrв
Phys. 311, Topica in :Моd. Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . З
М. М. 883, Strength of Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . б
General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . З
М. М. 898, Electromech. Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
•Engr. 377, Flow and Field Sys. I (4) or
Е. Е. 392, Electronic Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Second
Senteвter
М. М.
б
347, Sci. of Engr. Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
•Engr. 377, Flow and Field Sys. 1 (4) or
*Engr. 378, Flow and Field Sys. II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
*Engr. 313, Engr. Seminar I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . О
М. Е. 369, Energy Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . З
General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Department Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
•ть-
courle8
t.he ltudeut.
SCHOOL OF ENGJNEERING
wШ Ьеаr ~ь. dмla-natloo
of th• maJor
depart.mюt
of
91
DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREМENTS
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
Second Semester
JUNIOR YEAR
Second Semester
Course
**А. Е.
Hours
324, Aerodynamic
Тheory
. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
SENIOR YEAR
First Semester
Course
Hoi,rs
А. Е.
414, Perfonn" Stability & Control . . . . . . . . . . . . .
А. Е. 425, Aircraft Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Е. Е. 392, Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Semester
*Engr. 413, Engr. Seminar II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
А. Е. 416, Supersonic Aerodynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
А. Е. 427, Airplane Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*Engr. 393, Engineering Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Chosen from А. Е. 417, 418, 429, 432, 478; Е. Е. 484,
494; М. М. 477; Math. 450.)
5
5
4
3
1
2
2
3
6
4
JUNIOR YEAR
Second Semester
Е. Е.
Нours
480, Transient & Frequency Analysis . . . . . . . . . .
*393, Engr. Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I. Е. 452, Factory Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I. Е. 454, Statistical Anal. & Control II . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I. Е. 357, Safety Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Reqwrements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*Engr. 413, Engr. Seminar П . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
SENIOR YEAR
Firat Semester
*Engr. 378, Flo\v and Field Sys. II (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Е. Е. 485, Elec. Design Project I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
Е. Е. 486, Information Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Е. Е. 487, Electroшech. Energy Convertors I . . . . . . . . . 4
Е. Е. 492, Physical Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Second Semester
*Engr. 413, Engr. Seminar 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
*Engr. 393, Engr. Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . З
Е. Е. 482, Energy & Information Transmission . . . . . . . 4
Е. Е. 495, Elec. Design Project 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Technical Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
(Chosen from Е. Е. 483, 484, 490, 491, 494; А. Е. 414,
418; М. Е. 435, 436; Math. 450; Phys. 325.)
3
3
2
2
6
1
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
SOPHOMORE YEAR
First Semester
Соиrве
Hours
М. Е.
211, Intro. to Mech. Engr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
М. Е.
JUNIOR YEAR
Second Semester
338, Thern1odynamics П . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
SENIOR YEAR
First Semester
Сои1·ве
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Course
Н.ош·в
Course
Ноиrв
*Eng1·. 378, Flow and Field Sys. П (4) 01·
Е. Е. 392, Electronic Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
М. Е. 435, Power Plant Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
М. Е. 438, Machine Design I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
М. Е. 445, Transpo1·tation Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
М. Е. 471, Heating, Ventilati11g, and Air Conditio11ing
Second Semester
General Require1nents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical Engineering Electives***. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*Engr. 413, Engr. Seminar II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*Engr. 393, Engr. Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
М. Е. 449 ................................. . .. . ...
(***Chosen froщ М. Е. 437, 440, 443; I. Е. 355;
Math. 450.)
4
3
4
3
2
3
8
3
1
3
2
OTHER ENGINEERING FIELDS
Students desiring to specialize in other fields of
engineering may complete two years at Wichita before
t.r ansferring. It is suggested that the student planning
to transfer at the end of two years make the selection
of his school аз soon as possiЬle in order to permit his
program to Ье planned to meet the requirements of
that school.
GRADUATE WORK
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
I.
Е.
JUNIOR YEAR
Second Semester
335, Engineering Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
SENIOR YEAR
First Semester
Course
Hours
I. Е. 352, Work Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I. Е. 354, Statistical Anal. & Control I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I. Е. 451, Industrial Operations Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . .
I. Е. 458, Production Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*Engi-. 378, Flo\v and Field Sys. П (4) or
Е. Е. 392, Electronic Ci1·cuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
92
З
3
З
3
3
The departments of Aeronautical Enginee1·ing, Electrical Engineering, Industrial Engineering, and Mechanical Engineering supervise graduate programs
leading to the degree of Master of Science as offered
Ьу the G1·aduate School. А notation on the diploma
identifies the department of study. Va1·ious зpecializa­
tionз are availaЫe in each of the departments.
Studentз muзt Ье accepted for graduate standing
before any graduate work can Ье scheduled. Prospective students should obtain а Graduate Bulletin
and the Engineering Graduate Regulations prior to
application for graduate standing.
•тьеве couraeв
4
the вtudent.
"lnst.end of Е.
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
wUI
Е.
Ьеаr
the deaiJ:natlon of the major department of
892, Elect.ronjca in the common seQuence of cour!le1!.
COMBINED LIBERAL ARТS AND
ENGINEERING PROGRAМ
The Unive1·sity of Wichita hаз instituted а plan
that enaЫes а studen t to secure two deg1·ees in ftve
years of college. The degrees of Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science in Engineering can Ье earned Ьу
completing three years of work in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences followed Ьу а summer school
and two years of work in Engineering.
The student may major in Chemistry, Physics, or
Mathematics and complete а minor in Chemistry,
Physics, Mathematics, or Geology in the Co!lege of
Liberal Arts and Sciences and may complete his engineering work in Aeronautical, Electrical, Industrial,
or Mecbanical Engineering. Students initially enrolling in the College of Liberal Arts may declare their
intention to enter the five-year program at any time
prior to completing their Liberal Arts l·equireme11ts.
Students initiaПy entering the School of Engineering
must transfer to the five-year program prior to completing thirty hours of work in the School of Engineering. Тhе Liberal Arts requirements for the
major and minor must Ье completed within the first
120 hours, and students must receive both degrees at
the same commencement.
Students desiring to enter the Comblned Liberal
Arts and Engineering program should consult with
the Liberal Arts advisor for all students in this program. Не will specify the courses necessary to complete this program.
ENGINEERING
CURRICULUМ
When the course nшnbers are joined Ьу а byphen the
first вemester iз prerequisite to the second; when the numberз have an ampersand between them tbe two semesters
may Ье taken in either order. The number of hours of
credit for еасЬ course is indicated in parentheses following
the course title. Unless otberwise stated the number of
class meetings еасЬ week is the вате as the number of
hours of credit. In the case of courses involving other
than lecture periods tbe following symbols are used: R,
lecture; L, laboratory; С, conference; D, demonstration.
Normally, two hours of laboratory work are required for
one hour of credit.
l\Iajors and Specia!ized Curricula. See page 92.
Upper
Diviвion
Coursts
The following courses wilI Ье listed as offerings of each
degree granting department. Students will receive major
department credit Ьу enrolling in any section of these
courses.
313
Seminar 1. (0). 2L. Evaluation and rating of the
preparation and presentation of tecbnical рареrз
and discussions. Prerequisite: junior standing.
377
Flow and Field Systems 1. (4). 3R; .(L, Systems in
wblcb the quantities of interest va.ry in space, but
not in time. Vector analysis; genera1 principles of
conservation Iaws; potential flow; so!ution of simple
boundary value proЬlems; application to heat transfer, diffusion processes, electric and magnetic fields,
and fiuid fiow. Prerequisite: М.М. 223, М.Е. 298, and
Math. 349.
378
Flow and Field Systems II (4). ЗR; 4L. А continuation of Engr. 377 to include the tensor analysis of
deformaЫe bodies and viscous fluids, the effect of
ti.me va.riations in heat transfer, electro-magnetic
tields, deformaЫe bodies and fiuid flow. Introduction to wave motion in solids, fluids, and space. Prerequisite: Engr. 377.
393
Engineering Analysis. (З). 2R; 3L. Тhе professional
method of engineering analysis and design with the
objective of developing in the student the ability to
deal with new situations in а creative manner Ьу
meanв of fundamental principles; an integration of
the engineering sciences and mathematics through
use in proЫem-solving activities. Prerequisite: :М:.М.
398 or concurrent enrollment, Engr. 377.
413
Seminar П. (1). 2L. ProЫem solving Ьу discussion
groups, prepa.ration and presentation of technical
papers, registration, professional orЬiting. Prerequisite: Engr. 313.
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
Upper
Diviвion Соиrвев
324
Aerodynarnic Тheory. (4). Dynam.ics of compressiЬle
and incompressiЪie flow. Тwо and three-dimensional
airfoil theory. Viscous fiow and drag. Prope!lers.
Prerequisite: Engr. 378 or concurrent enro1lment.
414
Performance, Stability and ControJ. (5), 3R, GL.
Power required and drag estimation, Iongitudinal,
lateral and directional static stability and control.
Introduction to dynainic stability. Prerequisite: А.Е.
324.
416 Supersonic Aerodynamica. (2). Dynamics of compressiЫe fiow. Prerequisite: А.Е. 824.
417 Senior Projects in Aeronautical Engineering- (1)
or (2). Мау Ье repeated for а total of 2 hours.
418
Missile and Space Dynamics. (2). Нigh-speed aerodynamics of slender wing-body combinations, optimization of two dimenвional powered tlight dynamics,
guidance systems, central force fields. Prerequisite:
А.Е. 824, 416.
425 Aircraft Structures I. (5). 4R; 3L. Fundamenta!s of
aircraft basic loads, stress analysis and strength
analysis. Prerequisite: А.Е. 324, М.М. 333.
427 Airplane Design. (2). 6L. Prelitninary design procedure. Prerequisite: А.Е. 414, 425.
429 Aircraft Structureв II. (2). Advanced topics in aircraft structural analysis. Prerequisite: А.Е. 425.
432
Aerodynamicз of Propu\sion. (2). Theory and performance of turbo-jet, turbo-shaft, ram-jet and rocket
engines. Prerequisite: А.Е. 324, М.Е. 869.
478
Structural Dynamics (2). Тhе application of thc
principles of elasticity, aerodynamics, and mechanical
vibrations to the study of the effects of dynamic
forces on elastic bodies, with emphasis on static aeroelasticity and fiutter. Prerequisites: А.Е. 425, М.М.
398.
Graduate Courses
502 Jet Propulвion (3). Analysis of jet propulsion devices, study of cycles, effect of operating variaЬ!es,
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
93
proЫems of inзtallation, operation, and instrumentation. Prerequisite: А.Е. 482.
503 Advanced Engines LaЬoratory. (2). Supervised individual experimental work with internal comЬustion
engines. Prerequislte: А.Е. 502 or concurrent enrollment.
504. Research in Aeronautical Engineering. (2). Individual experimental work Ьу qualliled graduate students. Prohlems to Ье selected, in consultation with
instructor, from one of the following fields; Aerodynamics, Aeroelasticity, aircraft power plants, fatlgue,
photoelasticity, stress analysis, or thermoelaзticity.
509 Airplane StabШty and ControL (4). ЗR; ЗL. Comprehensive analysis of airplane static and dynamic stability and control. Prerequisite: А. Е. 414, Math. 450.
511 Aerod11tamics of Non-Viscouв F luids. (З). Equations
of motion; potential flow, conformal transformations;
flnite wing theory; non-steady airfoil theory. Prerequisites: А. Е. 324, Math. 450 or Math. 509.
512 Aerodynamica of Viscouв Flaids. (З). Viscous fluid
ftow theory and boundary layers. Prerequisites: А.Е.
324; Math. 450 or Math. 509.
516 Aerodynamics of Compre-11siЫe Fluids. (З) . Inviscid
compressihle flow theory in transonic, supersonic, and
hypersonic speed regimes. Prerequisites: А.Е. 824,
Math. 450 or Math. 509.
521 Advanced Alrcraft Structurea 1. (З). Stress analysis
of shell structures; shear la.g, and torsion with restrained warping. Prerequisite: А. Е. 425, Math. 450.
483 Network Тheory. (3). Matrix algebra, generatized
theory and analyвis of lumped parameter network.s;
introduticon to network synthesis; symmetrical components. Prerequisite: Е.Е. 480.
484 Servomechanisms. (4). ЗR; ЗL. Analysiз of closedloop control systems; feedback theory, dynamic response, stabllity criteria, introduction to compensation methods. Prerequisite: Е.Е. 487 or concurrent.
485 Electrical Design Project 1. (1). ЗL. А design project
under faculty supervision chosen according to the
student's interest. Prerequisite: department consent.
486 Information Processing. (4). ЗR; ЗL. Properties of
signals and noise; introduction to information theory;
АМ, FМ, and pulse modulation and detection. Principles of sampling, coding and multiplexing, organization of analog and digital systemв for information
processing. Prerequisite: Е.Е. 480 or concurrent.
487 Electro-l\Iechanical Energy Convertors 1. (4). 3R;
ЗL. Тheory and analysis of electro-mechanical energy conversion devices. Prerequisite: М.Е. 869,
м.м. 398.
490 Electro-.Мechanical Energy Convertors 11. (4). ЗR;
ЗL. Further theory and analysis of electro-mechanical energy conversion devices; synchronous and induction machine action, metadynes, dynamics of ma.chinery, introduction to system stabllity. Prerequiвite: Е.Е. 487.
491
522 Advanced Aircraft Structures П. (3). Stress analysis
of shell structures with cutouts. Prerequisite: А.Е.
521.
550 Aeronautical Seminar. (1). А fortnightly two-bour
meeting of staff memЬers and graduate students to
discuss current aeronautical proЬlems.
576
Тhesil.
(4.).
ELECТRICAL
ENGINEERING
Upper Divleion
Соиrвее
382 Electrical Dynamlcs. (4). ЗR; ЗL. Electric circuit
analysis with empha.sis on the time varying case;
sinusoidal excitation, frequency response, network
theorems, coupled circuits; polyphase circuits. Prerequisite: М.М. 228, Math. 244, Physics 244.
392 Electronlc Circnits. (4). ЗR; ЗL. Physical electronics,
electron beams; semi-conductor, vacuum, and gaseous
devices and their equivalent circuits; application to
the field of information processing, power modulation, and simulation. Prerequisite: Е.Е. 382, М:ath.
849.
480
Тransient
and Frequency Analysis. (З). Review of
transient analysis and Fourier Series; Introduction to LaPlace and Fourier Тransformв with
emphaзis on network response; complex frequency
concepts; signal spectra. Prerequiвite: Е.Е. 392,
м.м. 898.
claзsical
482 Energy and lnformation Тranвmission. (4). ЗR; ЗL.
Тransmission line parameters; power, signal and high
frequency transmission lines; wave propagation in
free space and bounded media; wave guides and antennas. Prerequisite: Е.Е. 486 or concurrent enrollment.
94
UНF Generation and AmpUfication. (3). Шgh frequency limitations of vacuum tubes; theory and
characteristics of microwaves oscillators and a.mplifiers; Юystrons, Magnatrons, Тraveling Wave ТuЬез,
and Masers. Prerequisite: Е.Е. 482 or concurrent
enrollment.
492 Physical Electronics (3). Тheory of electron emission, optics, and beam deftection devices; storage
tubes; surface and junction effects in meta.ls and
semiconductors; high frequency Jimitations to vacuwn
and semiconductor devices; rnicrowave tuhes. Prerequisite: М.М. 347 and Е.Е. 392.
49<1 Automatic Compnters. (4). ЗR; ЗL. Basic con.struction and principles of operation of analog and digital
computing machines and use of these macblnes in
the solution of engineering and scientific prohlems.
Prerequisite: Е.Е. 392, М.М. 898.
495
EJectrical Design Project 11 (1). 3L.
Graduate Courses
576
Тhesis
(4.).
580 Advanced EngineeriJ1g Analysis. (3). Integration of
fundamental mathematical and phyЮcal principles;
use ot these principles in professional methods of
analysis. Prerequisite: Math. 349. Intended for students who have not had 393.
582
Тheory
of System Response. (З). Response of linear
physical вystems with empbasis on electrical networks. LaPlace and Fourier Тransforms, complex
trequency concepts, frequency spectra, pole and
zero viewpoint of network analysis and synthesis,
complex plane Ioci, attenuation-phase diagrams. lntroduction to advanced theory of feedЬack systems;
servo-mechanisms, negative feedback ampШiers and
oscillators; вtability criteria. Prerequisite: М.М. 398
or equivalent.
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
583 lntermediate Electromagnetic Field Theor7 1. (3).
Introduction to advanced mathematical treatment of
electric and magnetic fields using vector notation;
boundary value proЬlems; time varying fields; development of Maxwell's Equations. Prerequisite: Math.
349.
584 lntermediate Electromagnetic Field Тheory 11. (S).
Application of Maxwell's Equations; eddy currents,
sk:in effect; electromagnetic \vaves; introduction to
wave guides, cavity resonators, radiation, and antenna. Prerequisite: Е.Е. 583.
585 E lectron Dynamics. (4). Electron ballistics in static
and dynamic fields including spnce charge effects;
electron optics, space charge spreading, abberation
and thermal velocity limitations; врасе charge
waves, theory of Юystrons, Magnetrons and Traveling Wave Тubes. Prerequisite: Е.Е. 584 or concurrent enrollment.
586 Solid-State Electronics. (4). Principles of operation
of solid-state electronic devices with erophasis on the
underlying physical phenomena. Special treatment
wШ Ье given to electron emission, semiconductor,
dielectric and magnetic devices. Some consideration
of circuit application of these devices. Prerequisite:
Е.Е. 583, Physics 515.
587 Communkation Theory. (3). Тheory of in!ormation
and noise; comrounication of infonnation in presence
of noise, channel capacity; modulation and roultiplexing, sampling and coding; detection theory including
effects о! noise nnd non-linear circuits, correlation
methods. Prerequisite: Е.Е. 582.
588 Selected Topics in Antennas and Propagatlon. (З).
Determination of characteristics of practical antenna
systems; radiation patterns and antenna impedance;
ditfraction, horns, slots, etc.; wave propagation in the
earth's environment, including tropospheric and ionospheric phenomena. Prerequisite: Е.Е. 584.
589 Advanced Electrical LaЬoratory. (2). (6L). Тraining
in fundamental experimental technology in some field
of electrical specialization. This course will consist
of se\ected experimer1ts in various аrеаз о! electrical
engineering. Тhе general subject area will Ье announced each semester the course is offered. Мау Ье
taken more than once for credit. Prerequjsite: department consent.
590 Advanced Se"omechanism. (S). Application of feedback theory. Stability and response Ьу various methods, Nyquist (complex plane), Bode (log-deciЬel) and
Evans (root-locus). Compensating networks, multiple loops, load and intemal disturbances. lntroduction to carrier-type servomechanisms, non-linear systems and statistical properties. Prerequisite: Math.
509 or 510 or concurrent enroltment; and Е.Е. 582.
591 Instrumentation and Control of Nuclear Reactors
(ЗR). Reactor kinetics; time constants, fission products and poisoning and temperature effects. Control
rod effectiveness; neutron fiux depression. Reactor
instrumentation and control elements. Reactor control systems; internal and external loops. Analysis
of t1·ansient and steady-state response. Control during startup; steady-state operation and shut-down.
Prerequisite: Department consent.
595 Direct Energy Conversion (ЗR). А theoretical treatment of basic methods of energy conversion, i.e"
thermoelectric and thermionic devices, magnetohyd:rodynamic generators, solar and fuel cells, etc"
based on modern physics and thermodynamics. Prerequisite: Department consent.
ENGINEERING
GRAPШCS
Lower Division Cour11es
109
110
112
115
117
213
256
260
Graphicв
Graphicз:
1. (1). ЗL. An introduction to Engineering
the basic principles of orthographic drawing including lines, planes, and solids; and the fundamentals of dimensioning. Prerequisite: Math. 112.
Graphics 11. (2). 6L. А study of the representation
of all solid forms on the drawing and the graphical
methods for determining their true size, true slopes,
and true relationships to each other. Prerequisite:
E.G. 109.
Architectural Drawing 1. (2). lR; 2L. Theories and
analysis of residential planning and construction with
dra\vings and sketches of space arrangements.
Arcbltectural Drawing IL (З). 9L. Тhе study of
materinls and construction details pertaining to the
design о! simple buildings including the preparation
о! working dтa\vings and speciJications. Prerequisite:
E.G. 109 or E.G. 117.
Descriptive Geometry. (З). 9L. Тhе representation of
solid objects Ьу means of multiview projection, perspective, and the relationship of shade, shadows, and
color to form.
Graphics IIL (2). 6L. Conventional practices and
standards used in the gтaphical presentation of engineering materials, ideas, and information; vectors,
grapblca\ computation, gтaphical calculus, and the
geometry of macblne elements. Prerequisite: E.G.
110, Physics 243, or concurrent enrollment in Physics 243.
Advanced Tool Drafting. (2). 6L. Тhе study of the
materials and conventional practices used in the
grapblcal presentation of information pertaining to
the design and fabrication of jigs, fixtures, and dies,
including the solution о! вimple design proЫems.
Prerequisite: E.G. 213.
Production Шustration. (2). 6L. Тhе study of the
graphical methods of presenting engineering information in the form of rendered pictorial (three-dimensional) drawings. Prerequisite: E .G. 109 or
E.G.117.
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
Upper Diviвion Соиrвев
352 Work l\Ieasurement. (3). 2R; ЗL. Work measurement, motion and time study, Ьiomechanics, work
s.a mpling, predetermined time standards and time
formula derivation. Prerequisite: Department Consent.
354 Statistical Analysis and Control 1. (3). Basic theory
of probability and statistics with emphasis on app\ications to engineering process control and statistica1
quality control. Prerequisite: Department Consent.
355 Engineering Economy. (3). Economic comparisons
of engineering alternatives. Limiting factors of economic retum. Prerequisite: department consent.
357 Safety Engineering. (2). Deвign for sa.fety. Environmental aspects of accident prevention. Industrial
compensation and sa.fety legislation. Prerequisite:
department consent.
451 Induзtrial Operational Analyзiз. (3). The uses of
schematic methodз, linear programming, statistical
control, sampling inspection, industrial experimentation, Monte Carlo analysis, use of random numЬers .
Prerequisite: 1.Е. 354, 355 if applied toward major.
Department consent for others.
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
95
452
Factory Planning. (3). 2R; 3L. Determination of
methods and capacities to meet production requ.irements economically. Principals and techniques of
plant layout. Methods of production planning, scbeduling and dispatching. Pre1·equisite: I.E. 352, 355,
458.
454 Statistical Analysis and Control П. (2). Continuation of I.E. 354. Prerequisite: I.E. 354.
458
Production Design. (3). Design of the product, the
manufacturing process, tooling for economical production. Prerequisite: Depa1·tment Consent.
Graduate
Courвes
540 Advanced Engineering Economy (3). Time value of
money; economics of equipment selection and replacement; engineering estimates; evaluation of proposals, computer analysis and solutions of economic
proЫems.
542 Eleetronic Data Prooessing. (3). Study of the data
systems aspect of digital computing; programming
and operation of the IВМ 1620.
543 Operations Research. (3). Model building techniques
for industrial proЫems; linear and dynamic prograrnming; queuing theory; allocation processes; inventory theory; replacement theory; experimental
designs; utilization of digital computers.
545
Production Engineering. (2). Тhе organization, design, and control of production and associated sta.ff
functions; formulation and manufacturing policies;
case studies in production design.
549 lndustria) Engineering ProЫems. (1-3).
a.nd solution of а selected proЪlem.
Analysis
576 Thesis (4).
МECHANICAL
298
437
Thermodynamics L (3). Тhе First and Second Laws.
Тhermodynamic analysis as applied to thermal, mechanical and chemical systems. Prerequisite: Math.
244 and Physics 248.
Power Plant Design. (3). Power plant cycles, energy
balances, economics, efficiencies and heat rates, steam
generators and prime movers. Design of power plant
units and inter-connected piping. Nuclear power
plants. Prerequisite: М.Е. 338.
96
(З). Energy relations between
fiuid stream. Prerequisite: Engт. 878.
Тurbomachinery.
а
445 Transportation Vehicles. (2). Determination of power
required, selection of power pJants and determination of the performance of vehicles for transporting
material, equipment and people. Prerequisites: М.Е.
378, 369.
446 Metals in Design. (З) . Ferrous and non-ferrous alloys; binary phase systems; principles of heat treatment of steel, aluminum, and magnesium alloys;
selection and fabrication of alloys. Pre1·equisite:
Chem. 112, Physics 244.
447
Mechanical Engineering Laboratory Projects. (1),
(2) or (3). Individual and group laboratory experiments conducted on any phase of Mechamcal Engineering. Prerequisites: М.Е. 369, Е.Е. 392.
449 The Human Factor in Engineering Design. (2). The
synthesis of human physiological, psychological, sociological and legal Iimitations and infiuence on design of consumer, puЪlic and experimental products.
Prerequisites: Department consent.
471 Heating, Ventllating, and Air Conditioning. (З) . 2R;
3L. Тheory and practice of air conditioning and refrigeration. Prerequisite: М.Е. 338.
(З). Specialized studies
of current machine design proЬlems wblch involve
high speed, high temperature, vibration and dynamic
Ioading. Prerequisite: department consent.
550 Gradnate Seminar. (1-З). Assigned projects involving specialized study. Prerequisite: department consent.
551
Соиrив
Energy Conversion. (З). Energy conversion principles and their i.mplementation in engineering devices; consideration of all main areas of converting
energy from one form to another. Prerequisite:
М.М. 873, Engr. 377, Е.Е. 382.
rotor and
443 Small Power Plants. (2). Тhео1·у and perfonnance
of small or portaЫe po,ver and thrust engines. Pi·erequisites: М.Е. 338, М.Е. 378.
549 Advanced Machine Design,
Соиrвег
338 Thermodynamics IL (З) . Properties of non-reactive
and reactive systems, vapor cycles, reversed cycles,
Мaxwell Equations, Evaluation of irreversiliility.
Prerequisite: М.Е. 298.
435
440 Machine Design П. (3). lR; 6L. Creative emphasis
in designing macllines including dynamic efi'ects.
Prerequisite: М.Е. 438.
Graduate Courses
Introduction to МесЬ. Engineering. (2). 1R; ЗL. Introduction of the engineering approach to measurement procedures and laboratory techniques, technical
report writing. Prerequisite: sophon1ore standing.
Upper Dioision
369
Macl1ine Design 1. (4). Basic principles and design
subassemЫies. Prerequisite:
м.м. 333.
of machine elements and
ENGINEERING
Lower Diviswn
211
438
а
Heat Transfer-Conduction. (2). Тheory and measurement. Fourier's equation. Steady and unsteady state
with and without heat sources. Numerical methods.
Prerequisite: departшent consent.
552 Heat Тransfer-Convection. (2). Free and forced convection in laminar and turbulent fiow. Design of
convection heat transfer eqnipment. Prereqnisite:
departme:nt consent.
553 Heat Transfer-Radiation. (2). Prerequisite: department consent.
554
Тurbomachinery. (З). Application of the principles
of fiuid dynamics and thermodynamics to radial, axial
and mixed fiow compressors and turblnes. Prerequisite: department consent.
555-556 Advanced Thermodynamics. (З-3). Prerequisite:
6 hrs. of undergraduate thermodynamics.
557 Fluid Dynamics. (2). Steady and transient fiow of
ideal, real and heterogeneous liquids and gases in
simple and complex passages. Prerequisite: department consent.
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
559 Mechanical Control. (3). Application of feedback
methods to the mechanical control of machines. Prerequisite: Math. 409, Math. 435 or equivalent.
560 Lubrication. (3). Тhе chemistry and properties of
luЬrication, rheology, film and bowidary lubrication,
additives, surface phenomena and applications. Prerequisite: department consent.
561 Similitude in Engineering. (2). Critical analysis of
models and analogies as aids to engineering design.
Prerequisite: department consent.
562 Power Plant Economics. (2). Critical survey of the
fundamental economic principles employed in the
selection and operation of po\ver plants. Prerequisite: department consent.
563
398 Electromechanical Dynamics. (2). An integration of
methodз of analysis of electrical, mechanical and
combined linear systems. Analogies; classical solution of traлsient and steady-state sinusoidal response;
physical significaлce and relationзhip of tranвient
and frequency response; Fourier Serieз; theory and
use of analogue computers. Prerequisite: М.М. 373,
Е.Е. 882, Math. 349.
433
Тransport
Phenomena. (2). Comblnation of heat
transfer, diffusion, and tluid dynamic theories in the
determination of transport of mass, momentum and
energy.
564·565 Nuclear Power Plants (3-3). Analysis types of
nuclear reacto1·s for power plants' operation with emphasis on reactor fuels, moderators, coolant, control,
shielding, and auxiliary equipment. Prerequisite: department consent.
576
373 l\lechanical Dynamics. (3). The laws of rnotion and
the dynamics of particles and systems о! particles.
Prerequisites: М.М. 223 with а grade of С or better,
and Math. 244.
Тhesis.
(4).
474 Physical .Мetallurgy (3). Phase equilibrium diagram,
relation of structures to metals and alloys, recovery,
recrystallization and grain growth. Physical effects
о! heat t1·eatment. Prerequisite: М.М. 347.
476 Selected Topics in Structural Engineering.
requisite: department conзent.
477
MECПANICS
AND
МATERIALS
Lower Divuion Соиrве1
223 Statics. (З). Composition and resolution of vector
quantities, conditions of equilibrium, friction, and the
statics о! lumped and distributed systems including
fiuid systems and direct current circuitз. Prerequisites: Math. 248, Physics 244 or concurrent enrollment, E.G. 218 or concurrent enrollment.
227 Digital Computer Programming. (1). 2L. Programming and operation of the IВ.М 1620 data processing вystem, introduction to numerical methods. Prerequisite: Math. 244 or concurrently.
Upper Diviвion Соиrвев
333 Strength of Materials. (5). 4R; 3L. Theories of stress
and strain. Analysis of structu.ral elements. Prerequisite: М.М. 223 with а grade of С or better,
Math. 244.
347 Science of Engineering Materials. (5). 4R; ЗL.
Мicroscopic and macroscopic structure and properties of materials with engineering applications. Prerequisite: Chem. 111, Physics 311 or concurrent enrollment, М.М. 833.
Advanced Strength of Materials. (З). Limitationз
and usefulness of basic concepts of resistance of materials. Advanced concepts, including theories of
failure and stresses and deformation in thin plates,
cylinders, non-symmetrical and curved tlexural members, non-circular Ьars in torsion, etc. Stress concentration. Energy methods. Prerequisite: М.М. 338.
(З).
Pre-
.М:echanical Vibrationв (З). Mechanical vibrations,
free, fot-ced, damped and undamped, linear, nonlinear, single, multi-mass and elementary elaвtic systems. Electrical analogues. Prerequisite: М.М. 398.
Graduate
Соиrвев
520 Theory of Elaзtic Stability. (3). Buckling and bending of columns, beams, plates, and shells. Prerequisite: Math. 349.
530 Introduction to Elasticity. (З). Elements of the common theory of elasticity with emphasis on two-dimensional proЬlems in stress and strain. Prerequisite: Math. 349.
535 Experimental Stress Analysiз. (З). Тhе theoretical
bases and techniques of the common methods of experimentally determining stress and strain in structural and machine parts. Selected laЬoratory demonstrations. Prerequisite: Math. 349.
537
Advanced Engineering Dynamics (3). An extension
of the principles of kinetics and kinematics. Prerequisite: М.М. 398.
543
Corrosion and Chemical Process in l\Iaterials (З).
Classical thermodynamics applied to Jiquid and solid
state reactions in single and multi-component systems, cells, solid state devices, etc. Prerequisite:
:М.:М. 347 or equivalent.
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
97
ТНЕ SUММER
SCHOOL
HUGO WALL, Ph.D., Director
Summe1· School
AJI the collegeз and divisions of the University function during the summer sesзion. Credit toward а11 undergraduate degreeз offered Ьу the University may
Ье earned during the summer. Graduate work leading to the Masterз degree iз availaЫe through certain
departments.
associations wblch accredit the University or in which
it hаз membership.
Adrnission Requh·ements
The Rules governing admission to the summer session are the same аз those of the regular session.
Summer Session Bulletin
The bulletin of the summer session containз а list
of dateз, all courses otfered, nameз of inзtructorз,
and hourз of credit. This bulletin will Ье mailed
promptly to those requesting it.
ТЬе University extends а cordial invitation to all
interested persons to avail themselves of the opportunitieз which the summer session offerз.
For bulletin and information write to the Director
of the Summer Seзsion, University of Wichita, Wichita 8, Kansas.
Special Students
Summer session students who do not plan to apply
for а degree from the University, and who wish to do
summer work with other objects in view, will upon
declaration, Ье admitted аз unclassified or special
summer session students in accordance with the rules
and regulations governing the admission of special
зtudentз. They will not Ье required to bring credit for
work completed elsewhere.
General Information
Тhе
University maintains its summer session as an
extension of its regular scholastic year. All work is
offered Ьу thoroughly competent instructors, and the
standards of achievement are identical with those of
the regular academic year.
Standards
Credits earned in the summer sesзion are accepted
Ьу all colleges accredited Ьу or belonging to the
98
ТНЕ
Credit Hours
The student may carry as many c1·edit hou1·s
the number of weeks fo1· \vhich 11е is en1·olled.
Тuition
аз
and Fees
For information regarding tuition and fees see
pages 14 and 15.
SUMMER SCHOOL
1N DEX
Раgв
А
Accouлting
•
"
•
Department:
Certificate of Public Accountant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courses ............ . .................. .. ......
Curricular Emphaзis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Major .................. .........•............. .
Minor ..........................................
Admin:istration Department:
Courses ............................... .... .....
Curricular Emphasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Major ..........................................
Minor ....................................... ...
Administration and Curriculum Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Administrative Officers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Admission Requirements: ..........................
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
College of Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
College of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduate School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
School of Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
School of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
University College ..............................
Advanced Standing, Admission to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Standing Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advisors, Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
62
63
61
62
62
63
61
63
63
72
3
13
14
60
68
34
14
91
84
98
30
14
17
48
30
Aeronautical Engineering Department:
Courses .................................. ... ... 93
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Aid, Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Air Science Department:
Courses ............................. . .......... 72
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Summer Camp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Раgв
Art Education:
Bachelor of, Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courses ........................................
Assistantsblps :
Clerical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Departmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Library .........................................
Technical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Associate of Applied Science Degree ............. 32,
Attendance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audit Course Тuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
82
82
25
25
25
25
60
15
15
Auditor, Regulations Concerning ................. 15, 66
Awards ..... ..................................... 19
Sorority and Fraternity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
в
Bachelo1·
Bachelor
Bachelor
Bachelor
Bachelor
Bachelor
Bachelor
of Art Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . .
of Arts in Education Requirements .........
of Business Administration Requirements. . .
of Fine A1·ts Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
of Music Education, Vocal Emphasis .......
of Music Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . .
of Music Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bachelor of Science:
Aeronautical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Biology ................... .... .................
Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Geology ........................................
Industrial Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics . ..................................... ..
82
68
60
82
86
85
85
91
39
60
40
92
43
92
48
92
бl
Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Band and Orchestral Majors C\1rriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
American Civilization Department:
Courses ................................ .. . ... .. 38
Major ............. .. ........................... 38
Biology Department:
Cotн·ses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Major .. ...... .................... . ............. 39
Mino1· .......... ..................... . . . . . ...... 39
Alumni-Student
Employшent
Anthropology Courses . .
Applied Music
Instructorз
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Applied Music Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Art Department:
Bachelor of Art Education Requiremc11ts . . . . . . . . . .
Bachelor of Fine Arts Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courses ........................................
Deg1·ees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Genera\ Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
l\fajor, Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Мinor, Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . .
З
Bulletin:
Graduate School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
University College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ЗО
Business Adm.inistration and Industry (See College
о!)
Business Administration, Transfer of Credit to . . . . . . 60
Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Major ................................. ... ...... 70
Мinor ........... ......... .......... ...... ..... 70
INDEX
99
Page
Раое
с
Calendar: 1968-1964 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Campuз Activity Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalogue, Graduation Under . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certificates:
Certified PuЫic Accountant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change of Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry Department:
Courses ................................... .....
Major ..........................................
Minor ..........................................
Classif\.cation of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clerical Assistants . " .... " .. " .... " ........ " . . .
College of Business Adm.inistration and lndustry:
Admission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Course Work ......................... .. ........
Curricular Emphasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Degrees ................... .... .... .......... ...
Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
College of Education :
Admission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Baccalaureate Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ComЬined Curricula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courses ................................. .. .. ...
Creditation and Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Degree Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Departmental Majors and Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elementary Teac11ing Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior Нigh School, Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secondary Teaching Certiftcates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specialized Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Teaching Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (See Fainnount
College of)
Combined Curricula, College of Education . . . . . . . . . . .
Combined Liberal Arts and Engineering Program . . . .
ComЬined Student Loan Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Com.munications Requirements ... ........ , . . . . . . . . .
Continuing Edttcation, Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
62
68
lб
40
40
40
16
25
60
60
61
60
60
60
68
68
69
72
68
68
72
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
69
91
24
33
81
86
Course Numbers Explained . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Соurвев:
Change of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dropping of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EligiЬility for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Honors .......... . ..............................
Honors Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Numbers Explained . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sequence of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100
Credit Ьу Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Credit in Бeginning Language Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Credit Point Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In Major ................ , .....................
For Graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Credit Points:
Defined ... .... . .... . ............................
For Claвs Standing .. .. .. .......... ............. .
For Graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curricula:
Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
l\fusic ..........................................
2
28
18
18
18
16
17
17
29
16
91
17
35
16
18
18
16
16
18
61
69
93
50
88
D
Dean's List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Degree Requirements, General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Degrees, Organization and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Departmental Assistants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Departmental Fеев . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DepartmentaJ Majors and Minors, Education . . . . . . . . .
Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dormitories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dropping of Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D-Work, Credit Toward Graduation .................
19
18
18
25
lб
72
15
27
18
18
Е
Economics Department:
Courses ....................... ........... .. ....
Curricular Emphasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Major ............................ ... ...........
Minor ..........................................
Education, Bachelor о! Arts in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Education, Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational Psychology Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Engineering:
Courses ........................................
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elementary Education:
Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courses ........................ , ...............
Eligibility for Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Employment Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engineering (See School of)
Engineering Graphics Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English, Language and Literature Department:
Courses .................. . .....................
Major ..... .. .............................. .. ...
Мinorз .........................................
Enrollment Summary (Inside Back Cover)
Entrance Physical Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INDEX
65
61
65
65
68
70
73
94
92
68
74
16
26
95
41
41
41
27
Page
German Department:
Courses ..... ... ..... . ...... ........... ......... 45
Major .. . ..... .......................... ...... .. 45
М:inor ........... ....... ...... .. .............. .. 45
Grading Notation
15
Graduate Courses:
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Eligibility for ................................... 14
Graduate FеПоwв . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Graduate Fellowвhips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Graduate Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Graduate School:
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Вulletin ..... ...... ........ . .. ...... ........ .... 14
Degrees ..... ...... ........ ........ ........ ..... 14
Fellowships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Scholarsblps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Тuition ......................................... 14
Page
Examination, Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Examinations, Rules Regarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Exceas Hours, Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Exemptions for Superior Achievement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Extension Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
F
Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fairmount College of Liberal Arts and Sciences:
Admission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Degreeв ........... ............... ..... .... .....
Field Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Major Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minor Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer of Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fees:
Departmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
l\fiвcellaneouв . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fellows, Graduate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fellowships, Graduate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Field Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fieldв of Study Prescribed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fine Arts, Bachelor of, Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fine Arts, College of ( See Art Department and
School of Muвic)
Foreign Studentв, Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign Students, Scholarshipв . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foundationв for Religiouв Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fraternities, Social . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
French Department:
Courвes ........................................
Major ...... ....... ......... .......... .... ......
Мinor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman Courses:
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eligibllity for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
34
38
85
35
34
84
З4
36
36
Graduation Requirements, General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Graduation with Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
15
15
23
Graduation, Catalogue Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Greek Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
2З
35
18
82
н
Health and Hospitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Нigh
Department:
Courses . ...... .... ... .......................... 46
Major ............... ........................ ... 45
Minor .......................................... 45
Шstory
26
26
25
28
Honorary Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Honors and Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
43
43
43
Honors
Courseв
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Honors, Graduation with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Honors Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
30
30
G
Gene1·at М:usic Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Regulationв . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Requirements, Admission ...................
General Requirements for Graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Geography:
Courses ... ........ ....... .......... ............
Мinor ..........................................
Geology and Geography Department:
Courses ........................................
Major .... •. . . ............. .. ........... ...... ..
Minors ......... . ... . ......... ..... ............ .
School Preparation, Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
84
15
13
18
45
43
Hospitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Hours:
Credit Point lndex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess ....... . .. ......... ... ...................
For Graduation, D-work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For Graduation, Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hours of Credit, Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum in One Department . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maxiznum per Semester ..........................
Residence, Required in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upper Diviвion, Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16
17
18
18
18
17
16
16
16
Hours in One Department, Maximum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Hours of Credit, Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
43
43
43
Housing .................................. ...... .. 27
Humanities Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
INDEX
101
Page
Раgв
1
Incomplete, Regulations Regarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Industrial Education:
Major ........................... ... ... ..... . .. .
Мinor ..........................................
Industrial Education Department:
Courses ... .. ...................................
l\Iajor ... ..... ................... .. ... ..........
Мinor ............... .. ............ ... ..........
lndustrial Engineering:
Courses ................ .... .. .... ....... . . .....
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intemational Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Italian Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
J
Job Opportunities ......................... . .......
J oumalism Department:
Courses ................. ... ............. .... ...
Major .................................. ...... ..
l\Пnor ....... .... ........................... ... .
Junior Courses:
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eligibllity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
м
15
70
70
74
72
72
95
92
26
4,6
26
47
46
47
16
16
L
Laboratory Science Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Language Arts, English:
Major .................... ......................
Мinor .................................. . .......
Language Arts, Humanities
Major ..... .....................................
Language Requirements, Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Latin and Greek Department:
Courses ........................................
l'tiajor ............. .......................... ...
Minor . .........................................
Law, Pre ......... . . .. ..... . ......................
LiЬeral Arts and Engineering Combined Curriculum. . .
Liberal Arts and Sciences (See Fairn10unt College of)
Мiscellaneous
18
41
41
70
34
48
48
48
48
30
34
17
96
92
97
27
50
50
87
77
77
77
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1't1iscellaneous Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Music,
Бachelor
of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Music Department:
Courses .. ...................................... 88
Major ..................... .. . ... . . ............. 88
l\:Iinor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
(See also School of Music)
Music Education:
Bachelor of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Courses ........................................ 77
37
Music Instructors Applied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
91
N
Library Science Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Library Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Living Accommodations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Loan Fund:
Comblned ........ ..... . ......................... 24
Special ............... .......... .. .............. 24
102
17
48
48
48
Library Assistants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Logopedics Department:
Corrective Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courses .......... .... . .. .......... .. ..........
Major ................. .. .......................
l\Iinor . .............. .. ................ ... . .. ...
Majors (See Various Colleges and Departments)
Make-Up Examinations, Regulations ................
Mathematics Department:
Courзes ....... . .................................
Шgh School Credit Validation ........... ... ......
Majors .........................................
Мinors .........................................
Mathematics Requjrements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Мathematics Requirement, Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximurn Hours in One Department . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical Engineering:
Courses ........................................
Requirements .. ..................... ............
Mechanics and Materials Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Medical Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Medical Technology:
Courses . .......................................
Cш·riculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Medicine, Pre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Military Science Department:
Courses ......... ... ....... .. ...................
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sunlffier Сашр . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Мinors (See Various Colleges and Departments)
75
76
75
75
Natural Sciences, Biological:
Major .................... ............ .. ... ..... 38
Мinor .......... ... ...................... . ...... 88
Natural Sciences, Physical:
Major ........................... ... ............ 51
Шдоr ............................ . ............. 51
Natural Science Requirements
35
Non-Credit Courses:
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Тuition for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Non-Resident
Тuition
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Nursing Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
INDEX
Раgв
Раое
о
Officers, Administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Officers, Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orchestral Instrument Cur1·icula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organ Majors Curriculum
........ " " " .... "
Organizations:
Honorary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Мiscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Regu1ations Conceming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . .
Social ........................................ . .
Organization and Degrees, University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
3
88
88
Psycl1ology Department:
Courses ........................................ 55
Major .......................................... 54
Minor .......................................... 55
Public Accountant, Certificate of Certified . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Public Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
28
28
28
28
13
30
R
Reading lmprovement Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Recommended High School Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Refund of
р
Personal Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Philosophy Department:
Courses ..................................... .. ..
Major ...... ....... .............................
Minor .........................................
Physical Activities Requirements ...... ............
Physical Education Department:
Courses ........................................
Major ..........................................
l\finors ........... ..... ...................... 72,
Professional Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Exam.ination Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics Department:
Courses .. ......................................
Majors ........................................
Minor ..........................................
Piano Majors, Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Police Science Department:
Courseз ....... ..................................
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Major ........................................ ..
Мinor ......................... .... .............
Political Science Departlnent:
Courseз ........................................
Major ..........................................
Мinor ..........................................
Pre-Dental .................................... . ...
Pre-Freshman Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pre-Law ..... .....................................
Pre-Medical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pre-Optometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pre-Pharmacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prescribed Fields of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pre-Тheological . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Тuition
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Regents, Boa1·d of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26
50
50
50
78
79
78
78
79
79
27
51
51
51
87
52
52
52
52
53
53
53
87
80
87
37
37
37
18
87
Pre-Veterin.ary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Prizes ............................................ 19
Probation, Ru1es Regarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Regulations:
Admission to Graduate School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Applied IV!usic .................................. 87
Attendance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Auditorз .................................... 15, 66
Catalogue for Graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Cha.nge of Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Classification of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Credit Ьу Examination ............... ...... ..... 17
Credit Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Dropping of Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Eligibility for Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Entrance Physical Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
General ......................................... 15
Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Honors Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Hospitalization, Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Hours of Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Housing, Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Incomplete, Make-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Loans to Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Majors a.nd Minors, Тransfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Max.imum. Hours in One Department ............. 17
Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Repetition of Course ............................ 17
Residence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Scholarship ..................................... 16
Student Responsibility ........................... 17
Suзpension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Тransfer Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Upper Division Courses ............ .. ............. 16
Withdrawal from University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Religious Education Department:
Courses ........................................
Foundationз . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Major ..........................................
Minor ..........................................
INDEX
56
25
55
55
103
Page
Requirements:
Admiзsion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Graduation, General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Preзcribed Fields of Study ........................ 18
(See also various Collegeз, Schools and
Departments)
Resident Тuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
R.O.T.C. (See Air Science and Military Science)
Rules Regarding Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Rules Regarding Scholarship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Page
Social Studies:
Major .......................................... 71
l'r1inor .......................................... 72
Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Social W ork Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Sociology and Anthropology Department:
Courses ........................................ 56
Major .......................................... 56
Ь!inor ............. .. ... ................... . . ... 56
Sophomore Courseв:
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Eligibility for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Sororities, Social . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Spanish Department:
Courses ........................................ 58
Major ..... .. ...... .. ........................... 58
?tiinor .......................................... 58
Special Examinationв .................. " " .. " . " . 17
Special Loan Funds •........... . ..... . .. .......... 24
Special Programs, LiЪeral Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Special Students:
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
University College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Speech Defects, Corrective Тraining for . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Speech Department:
Courses ........................................ 58
Major .......................................... 58
Мinor .......................................... 58
Student Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Student Health and Hospitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Student Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Student Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Student Personnel and Guidance Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Student ResponвiЫlity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Student Services:
Campuв Activities Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Cou.nseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Health and Hospitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Houвing ........................................ 27
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Reading Improvements Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Teacher Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
s
Schedules (See Hou1·s)
Scholarship, Rules Regarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scholarships:
Graduate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undergraduate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
School of Engineering:
Aeronautical Enginee1·ing Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ComЫned Liberal Arts and Engineering Program. . .
Common Sequence ot Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curricula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Departmental Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Engineering Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engineering Graphics Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entrance Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Industrial Engineering Cou111es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical Engineering Coi1rses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanics and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
School of Muвic:
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Applied Music Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bachelor of Music Requirements • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bachelor of Music Education Requirements . . . . . . . .
Courses ........................................
General :Мusic Requiren1ents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Music Мinor, Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Muвic Major, Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Muaic Мinor, Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proficiency Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secondary Education Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secondary Teaching Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Training Department:
Associate of Applied Science Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courses ........................................
Eligibility for Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Тuition .........................................
Senior Coursee:
Deftnition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eligibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Social Orga.n.i.zationв . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Social and Philosophical Foundations of Education
Courses ......................................
Social Science Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
104
16
23
16
93
91
91
93
91
94
95
91
95
96
97
84
87
85
78
88
84
72
Зб
85
84
80
68
60
66
66
66
14
16
16
28
81
19
Veteran's Affairs .......................... ...... 26
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Students, Cl.aвsification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Summer School:
Bulletin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Superior Achievement, Exemptionв for . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suspension for Unвatisfactory Scholarship . . . . . . . . . .
INDEX
98
98
17
18
Page
u
т
Teacher Education Соurвез:
Administration and Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Science . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Art Education .............. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elementary Education ...........................
Industrial Education .............................
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Logopedics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MШtary Sciencc ................................
Music Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education, Hcalth, nnd Recreation . . . . . . . .
Secondary Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Social and Philosophicnl Foundations of Education. .
Student Personnel and Guidnnco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Teacher Placement Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Teaching, Liberal Artв . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Teaching Ce1·t.ificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Teaching Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Assistants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology, Medical .......................... .. 36,
Тheology, Pre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer of Credit:
College of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
College of Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Department of Logopedics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
From Other CoUegiate lnstitutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
University College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Тransfer Students, Major and Мinor Restrictions . . . .
Тuition, Refund of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Тuition Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undergraduate ..................................
Tuition Fellowships, Grnduatc ......................
Page
Undergraduate Fe\lowships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
72
72
73
73
University:
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Organization . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
74
74
University College:
Admission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bulletin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courses ...................................... ...
Division of Continuing Education . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . .
Extension Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recommended High School Preparations . . . . . . . . .
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residence Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer of Credit to а Degree Granting College . . .
75
75
77
77
78
80
81
81
26
38
ЗО
30
32
31
31
30
30
30
31
ЗО
31
68
University Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
69
Upper Division Courses:
Eligibl\ity for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
For Lower Division Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Hours Required for Graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
25
50
37
68
34
75
30
31
14
3
v
Veteran's A.ffairs .......•.. ..... ......... .......... 26
Violin Major Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Voice Majors Curriculum ......... . ... ........... ... 88
Vocal Emphasis ................................... 88
14
20
2З
20
23
INDEX
w
Withdrawal from Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Withdrawal from the University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
105
ENROLLMENT SUMMARY
1961-62
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
Men
Seniors .............................. .
Juniors .............................. .
Sophomorcs .......................... .
Freshn1en ............................ .
Specials . . . . . . . . . ................... .
Div. Cont. Ed.. ........ ............... .
JV01111щ
1
Total
Total
1
2
47
799
1
10
355
2
259
611
3
57
1154
2
870
2087
FAIRMOUNT COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES
Seniors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Juniors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophoinores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshmen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Мсп
H'nml'n
269
187
368
126
16
83
58
167
94
10
Total
362
245
636
220
26
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND INDUSTRY
Jlen
JYnmen
Total
Seniors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ju11iors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshme11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
186
133
238
12
4
61i
48
14
10
3
198
137
286
80
13
Total
1597
T otal
714
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
,Не11
Seniors .................. . ........... .
Juniors .............................. .
Sophomores ....................... ... .
Freshmen ............................ .
Specials .............................. .
294
142
213
63
38
1f'l)lltl'/l
3
3
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
i1-le11
П'птrп
Seniors .............................. .
Juniors .............................. .
Sophomorcs .......................... .
Freshmen .... ...... .................. .
Specials ..... .......... ............... .
123
75
78
11:1
15
20
36
21
GR
11 /)
COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS
l1lе11
П'птrп
.... ........... ....... ... .... .
7:3
li2
Seniors
Juniors . . . . . . . ... ... ..... . ........ .
Sophornorei; ......... ... . ............. .
Freshmen ............................ .
Specials ..... ....... .. ......... ...... .
65
44
57
12
2
7
21
/}
Tntlil
297
142
216
63
38
Total
Tntal
236
143
Total
756
193
:!!)
57
664
Tntal
135
66
122
18
Total
9
349
Tot.al
1005
Total
1005
Tntal
2802
Total
2802
9974
GRADUA ТЕ SCHOOL
Ме11
Н 'п те11
703
302
Summer School 1962
Jlen
1543
Grand Total
П'птеn
1259
.
Duplicates Deducted .... ....... . ................... . ..... .. . .. .. . .. .
1436
Net Total ......................................................... .
8538